As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on ~~April~~December 16, 2024

Registration No. 333-~~__________~~

UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. ~~20549~~20549FORM ~~FORM~~ S-1REGISTRATION STATEMENTUNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF ~~1933~~1933Symetra ~~Symetra~~ Life Insurance Company(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Iowa(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	6311 (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	91-0742147(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
777 108th Ave NE, Suite 1200Bellevue, WA 98004(425) 256-8000(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
Margaret A. MeisterPresidentSymetra Life Insurance Company777 108th Ave NE, Suite 1200Bellevue, WA 98004(425) 256-8000(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Margaret A. MeisterPresidentSymetra Life Insurance Company777 108th Ave NE, Suite 1200 Bellevue, WA 98004 (425) 256-8000 (Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:Jacqueline M. VenezianiSenior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Symetra Life Insurance Company777 108th Ave NE, Suite 1200Bellevue, WA 98004(425) 256-8000
Copies to:Jacqueline M. VenezianiSenior Vice President, General Counsel and SecretarySymetra Life Insurance Company777 108th Ave NE, Suite 1200Bellevue, WA 98004 (425) 256-8000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: XIf this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. oIf this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. oIf this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. oIndicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: XIf this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer X(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company o

Emerging growth company o

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer X(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

Symetra Trek® ~~Frontier Individual Single Premium Deferred Index-Linked Annuity Contract Issued By: SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY Prospectus Dated: May 1, 2024~~Plus

Individual ~~This~~Single ~~prospectus~~Premium ~~describes~~Deferred the Symetra Trek ® Frontier Contract (the "Contract") and contains important information. Please read it before investing and keep it for future reference. This prospectus does not constitute an offering in any jurisdiction in which the Contract may not lawfully be sold. The Contract is a single premium deferred indexIndex-~~linked~~Linked ~~annuity~~Annuity ~~contract issued by Symetra Life Insurance Company. Only one Purchase Payment is allowed under the~~ Contract. The Contract is designed to help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals. We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. The Contract is not designed to be a short-term investment. Certain words and phrases used and capitalized throughout the prospectus are defined in the section titled "Defined Terms."

Issued By:

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Prospectus Dated: December 13, 2024

This prospectus describes the Symetra Trek® Plus Contract (the “Contract”) and contains important information. Please read it before investing and keep it for future reference. This prospectus does not constitute an offering in any jurisdiction in which the Contract may not lawfully be sold. The Contract is a single premium deferred index-linked annuity contract issued by Symetra Life Insurance Company. Only one Purchase Payment is allowed under the Contract. The Contract is designed to help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals. We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. The Contract is not designed to be a short-term investment. Certain words and phrases used and capitalized throughout the prospectus are defined in the section titled “Defined Terms.”

This prospectus describes all material rights and obligations of annuity purchasers under the Contract. The Contract may not be currently available in all states, may vary in your state, or may not be available from all selling firms or from all financial professionals.

Under the Contract, you may allocate your Purchase Payment to one or more of the "“Indexed Accounts"” that are available under the Contract. Each Indexed Account is tied to a market index and has an applicable Crediting Method. At the end of an “Interest Term,” we will credit to your Contract an amount of interest (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero) based on the Index performance and Crediting Method of the Indexed Account you invest in. Interest Terms track the Index performance for one, two or six years.

For •Indexed ~~Indexes. All~~Accounts ofwith ~~the~~an ~~Indices~~Indexed weAccount ~~currently~~Charge, ~~offer~~the ~~are~~Indexed ~~price~~Account ~~return~~Charge ~~indices~~is ~~which~~calculated doat ~~not reflect dividends or distributions paid on~~ the ~~components~~beginning of ~~the~~each ~~Indices. Each~~Interest ~~Index~~Term and is ~~comprised~~equal ofto orthe ~~defined~~Indexed byAccount ~~certain~~Base ~~securities~~Value ormultiplied by athe ~~combination~~charge rate of ~~certain~~1% ~~securities~~ and ~~other~~further ~~instruments.~~multiplied ~~Please~~by ~~see~~ the ~~section~~number ~~titled~~of ~~"Indexes"~~years ~~for~~in athe ~~description~~Interest ~~of each Index~~Term. Thus, ~~The~~the ~~Contract~~charge ~~offers~~is ~~Indexed~~1% ~~Accounts~~for ~~that~~a ~~credit~~1-year ~~interest~~Interest Term, in2% ~~part, (which~~for ~~may~~a be2-year ~~positive,~~Interest ~~negative~~Term, orand ~~equal~~6% tofor ~~zero)~~a ~~based~~6-year onInterest ~~the performance of the following Indexes:~~ Term.

~~S&P~~•Indexes. ~~500®~~All ~~Index~~of ~~Russell~~the ~~2000®~~Indices we currently offer are price return indices which do not reflect dividends or distributions paid on the components of the Indices. Each Index ~~NASDAQ-100®~~is comprised of or defined by certain securities or by a combination of certain securities and other instruments. Please see the section titled “Indexes” for a description of each Index. The Contract offers Indexed Accounts that credit interest, in part, (which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero) based on the performance of the following Indexes:


S&P 500® Index			Russell 2000® Index			NASDAQ-100® Index

Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 may also have Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index and PIMCO Equity Fusion Index. These Indexed Accounts are only available for contract owners that had Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

• Crediting Methods. Each Crediting Method permits positive interest to be credited, upsubject to ana ~~Indexed~~limit, ~~Interest Cap~~ and provides limited protection against negative interest. The Crediting Methods are described in more detail in the section titled "“Crediting Methods."” Subject ~~Currently~~to state approval, ~~the~~Contracts ~~Contract~~purchased ~~offers~~on or after May 1, 2024 offer Indexed Accounts with the following Crediting Methods:

Point to Point withBuffer, Cap, and Participation Rate Point to Point with ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~and Trigger Rate Point to Point with Buffer Plus, Cap, and Participation Rate Point to Point with ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~and ~~Floor~~Dual Trigger Rate

~~•Interest~~Contracts ~~Terms. Depending~~purchased on ~~the~~or ~~Crediting~~before ~~Method~~April ~~and Index selected~~30, we2024 offer ~~one~~Indexed ~~year~~Accounts ~~and~~with ~~six~~the ~~year~~following ~~Interest~~Crediting ~~Terms.~~ Methods:


Point to Point with Floor, Cap, and Participation Rate (Only available for Contract Owners that have Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.)			Point to Point with Barrier, Cap, and Participation Rate (Only available for Contract Owners that have Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.)
Point to Point with Buffer, Cap, and Participation Rate			Point to Point with Buffer and Trigger Rate

•Interest Terms. Depending on the Crediting Method selected, we offer one year, two year, and six year Interest Terms.

The Contract also includes a “Return Lock” feature for each Indexed Account. If you decide to exercise the Return Lock feature during an Interest Term, the value of your investment in the Indexed Account (which fluctuates each Business Day) will not change for the remainder of the Interest Term unless you take a withdrawal. You should fully understand the operation and impact of the Return Lock feature, as described in this prospectus. See the section titled “Return Lock.”

You may also choose to invest all or a portion of your Contract Value for one or more Interest Terms in the Fixed Account. Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account earn compounded interest at a fixed rate for the duration of an Interest Term. At the end of an Interest Term, a new fixed rate for the next Interest Term is declared. The interest rate for the Fixed Account will never be less than the guaranteed minimum rate of 1.00%. The effective annual interest rate represents the rate of daily compounded interest over a 12-month period. See the section titled “Fixed Account” for more information.

Any interest credited to your Contract, either as a result of investing in an Indexed Account or the Fixed Account, is subject to our creditworthiness and claims-paying ability.

You are permitted to make transfers under the Contract. Transfers between the Indexed Accounts, or between the Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account, are effected only at the end of an Interest Term. If the Return Lock feature has been exercised, you are permitted to transfer any locked-in Indexed Account Value at the end of the Interest Term Year.

You may also take partial withdrawals (including repetitive withdrawals, a form of systematic partial withdrawals) and a full withdrawal (i.e., surrendering your Contract) at any time prior to annuitization, regardless of whether the Return Lock feature has been exercised. Withdrawals may be subject to a surrender charge up to 9% of the amount withdrawn in excess of your free withdrawal amount. If you take a withdrawal from your Contract, there is a risk of loss of principal and related earnings due to any applicable surrender charge, negative adjustments to certain values under your Contract, and negative tax consequences. A withdrawal will reduce your Contract Value. In addition, if you withdraw Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account prior to the end of an Interest Term, the withdrawal will cause a reduction (perhaps significant reduction) to your Base Value. Reductions to your Base Value will negatively impact your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term and may result in a lower amount of Indexed Interest being credited, if any, at the end of the Interest Term. Reductions will also impact the Death Benefit available for your Beneficiaries. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. If you plan on taking withdrawals, this Contract may not be appropriate for you. You should ~~should~~ speak with a financial professional about how taking withdrawals, especially repetitive withdrawals, can negatively impact your investment in the Contract.

Index-linked annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles. Investors should speak with a financial professional about the Contract’s features, benefits, risks, and fees, and whether the Contract is appropriate for the investor based upon such investor'’s financial situation and objectives.

An investment in this Contract is subject to risks, including the possible loss of principal. See “Risk Factors” beginning on Page 912.

You should be aware that with an Indexed Account with anthe ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, Dual Trigger Rate or Cap upside potential feature, if the Index Return exceeds the ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, Dual Trigger Rate or Cap percentage, your Adjusted Index Return is set to equal the lower ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, Dual Trigger Rate or Cap percentage. In this instance, you risk losing the opportunity to realize the higher Index Return.

~~In addition, the Buffer provides only limited protection from downside risk.~~ You should ~~understand~~be aware that ~~the~~an ~~Buffer does not provide absolute protection against negative~~ Indexed ~~Interest.~~Account ~~We currently offer Indexed Accounts~~ with ~~Buffers~~the ~~that~~Barrier ~~provide~~downside protection ~~from~~feature, aunder ~~negative~~certain ~~Index~~circumstances, ~~Return~~provides ofno updownside ~~to 10% or 20% depending on the Indexed Account selected~~protection. ~~The~~ ~~following~~You ~~chart~~risk ~~show~~losing ~~the~~100% ~~percentage~~ of ~~your~~any ~~investment~~Contract ~~you~~Value ~~could~~allocated ~~lose~~to ~~for negative performance in connection with~~ an Indexed Account with ~~Buffer.~~a Barrier.

Crediting Method			Maximum Potential Loss % for Negative Performance
10% Buffer			90%
20% Buffer			80%

In addition, the Buffer and Buffer Plus Rate provide only limited protection from downside risk. You should understand that the Buffer and Buffer Plus Rate do not provide absolute protection against negative Indexed Interest. We currently offer Indexed Accounts with Buffers that provide protection from a negative Index Return of up to 10%, 15%, 20%, 30% or 100% depending on the Indexed Account selected. The Buffer Plus Rate provides protection from a negative Index

Return Weof ~~reserve~~up ~~the right~~ to ~~add,~~20% ~~remove~~and ora ~~replace~~minimum ~~any~~Adjusted Index inReturn ~~the~~of ~~future.~~20% Inif ~~addition,~~the weIndex ~~may~~Return ~~not~~is ~~offer~~positive ~~all Indexed Accounts at all times and may add~~ or ~~remove~~zero. ~~Indexed~~The ~~Accounts~~following inchart show the ~~future. We~~percentage ~~may~~of ~~change~~your ~~the~~investment ~~Floor~~you ~~and~~could ~~Buffer~~lose for ~~Contracts~~negative ~~issued~~performance in ~~the~~connection ~~future,~~with ~~and~~an ~~future Contracts may have different Floors and Buffers for different~~ Indexed ~~Accounts.~~Account ~~The~~with ~~Floor~~Buffer and Buffer ~~applicable~~Plus ~~to You are shown in your Contract and cannot be changed during the life of your Contract~~Rate.

You may cancel the Contract without charge by returning it to us or your registered representative within 10 days after you receive your Contract. In some states, the right to examine period may be longer. If you cancel your Contract during this period, we will issue a refund including all charges that may have been deducted from your Contract. Your state’s law will determine the amount you will receive. See the section titled “Right to Examine” for more information.


Crediting Method			Maximum Potential Loss % for Negative Performance
10% Buffer			90%
15% Buffer			85%
20% Buffer			80%
30% Buffer			70%
100% Buffer			0%
20% Buffer Plus Rate			80%

We reserve the right to add, remove or replace any Index in the future. In addition, we may not offer all Indexed Accounts at all times and may add or remove Indexed Accounts in the future. We may change the Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate and Barrier for Contracts issued in the future, and future Contracts may have different Floors, Buffers, Buffer Plus Rate and Barriers for different Indexed Accounts. The Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate and Barrier applicable to You are shown in your Contract and cannot be changed during the life of your Contract.

You may cancel the Contract without charge by returning it to us or to your registered representative within 10 days after you receive your Contract. In some states, the right to examine period may be longer. If you cancel your Contract during this period, we will issue a refund including all charges that may have been deducted from your Contract. Your state’s law will determine the amount you will receive. See the section titled “Right to Examine” for more information.

The Contracts are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS			~~Page~~
DEFINED TERMS			1
SUMMARY			45
RISK FACTORS			912
General Liquidity Risk			912
Risk of Loss Related to Surrender Charges			912
Index Risk			912
Indexed Interest Cap Risk			10
Risks Related to Upside Potential Features			14
Indexed Interest Buffer and Indexed Interest Floor Risk			10
Risks Related to Downside Potential Features			15
Base Value Risk			1115
Return Lock Risk			1115
Interim Value Risk			1216
Risk that We May Eliminate or Substitute an Index or Crediting Method or Change Indexed Interest Caps			12
Risk that We May Eliminate or Substitute an Index or Crediting Method or Change Caps and Rates			16
Fixed Account Risk			1217
Our Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability			1217
Cyber Security Risks			1317
Delays in Contract Administration			1317
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT			1318
State Variations			1318
Owner			1318
Changes to Ownership			1418
Annuitant			1418
Beneficiary			1419
Assignment			1419
PURCHASE			1419
Purchasing the Contract			1419
Allocating Your Purchase Payment			1519
Fixed Holding Account			15
Right to Examine			20
Right to Examine			15
INVESTMENT OPTIONS			20
INVESTMENT OPTIONS			16
Interest Term			21
Interest Term			16
Fixed Account			21
Fixed Account			16
Indexed Accounts			21
Indexed Accounts			16
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEXED ACCOUNTS			23
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEXED ACCOUNTS			17
Indexes			23
Indexes			18
Indexed Account Value			24
Indexed Account Value			18
Indexed Interest			25
Indexed Interest			19
Crediting Methods			25
Crediting Methods			19
Return Lock			30
Index Return			19
Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts			32
Indexed Interest Cap			20
TRANSFERS			32
Indexed Interest Floor			20
Transfer Requests			32
Indexed Interest Buffer			20
Return Lock			21
Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts			22

TRANSFERS			23
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Transfer Requests			23
Automatic Transfer from Indexed Accounts to Fixed Account			33
Automatic Transfers from an Indexed Account to the Fixed Account			24
Rebalancing			33
Rebalancing			24
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE			33
ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE			24
Types of Withdrawals			33
Types of Withdrawals			24
Partial Withdrawals			34
Partial Withdrawals			24
Full Withdrawals			34
Full Withdrawals			25
Repetitive Withdrawals (A form of Systematic Partial Withdrawals)			34
Repetitive Withdrawals			25
SURRENDER CHARGE			35
SURRENDER CHARGE			26
Free Withdrawal Amount			36
Free Withdrawal Amount			26
Hospital and Nursing Home Waiver			36
Nursing Home Waiver			27
Terminal Illness Waiver			37
Terminal Illness Waiver			27
Denial of Waiver Claims			37
Denial of Waiver Claims			28
INDEXED ACCOUNT CHARGE			37
ANNUITY PAYMENTS			2838
DEATH BENEFIT			29
Income Phase			38
Due Proof of Death			29
Annuity Payments			38
To Whom the Death Benefit is Paid			29
DEATH BENEFIT			39
Payment Options			30
Due Proof of Death			39
Spousal Continuation			30
To Whom the Death Benefit is Paid			40
Death During the Income Phase			30
Payment Options			40
TAXES			30
Spousal Continuation			40
OTHER INFORMATION			36
Death During the Income Phase			40
General Account			36
TAXES			41
Unregistered Separate Account			36
OTHER INFORMATION			46
Changes to the Separate Account			36
General Account			46
Suspension of Payments, Return Lock Requests, or Transfers			36
Unregistered Separate Account			46
Distribution			36
Changes to the Separate Account			46
Amendments to the Contract			37
Suspension of Payments, Return Lock Requests, or Transfers			46
Account Statements			37
Distribution			47
Certain Transactions			37
Amendments to the Contract			47
Legal Proceedings			37
Account Statements			47
INFORMATION ON SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY			38
Certain Transactions			47
Symetra Life			38
Legal Proceedings			48
Available Information			38
INFORMATION ON SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY			48
Status Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act of 1934			38
Symetra Life			48
OUR BUSINESS			38
Available Information			48
Distribution and Competition			38
Status Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act of 1934			48
Investments			39
Human Capital Resources			39

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Board of Directors			39
OUR BUSINESS			48
Directors and Executive Officers			40
Distribution and Competition			49
Executive Compensation			41
Investments			49
CEO Pay Ratio			47
Human Capital Resources			49
Director Compensation			47
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			50
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management			47
Board of Directors			50
Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons			47
Directors and Executive Officers			50
REGULATION			48
Executive Compensation			50
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY			48
CEO Pay Ratio			57
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS			56
Director Compensation			57
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS			58
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management			57
Overview			58
Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons			57
Critical Accounting Policies			60
REGULATION			58
Reinsurance Transactions			60
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY			58
Market Conditions			62
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS			66
Results of Operations			63
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS			68
Investment Operations			65
Overview			68
Liquidity and Capital Resources			68
Critical Accounting Policies			70
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK			70
Reinsurance Transactions			70
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			73
Market Conditions			72
APPENDIX A: STATE VARIATIONS			A-1
Results of Operations			73
Investment Operations			75
Liquidity and Capital Resources			78
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK			80
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			83
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS UPDATE			128
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - UPDATE			134
APPENDIX A:STATE VARIATIONS			A-1
APPENDIX B: INTERIM VALUE			B-1
APPENDIX C: INDEX DISCLOSURES			C-1
APPENDIX D: CREDITING METHOD EXAMPLES			D-1


DEFINED TERMS

We have used simple, clear language as much as possible in this prospectus. However, by the very nature of the Contracts certain technical words or terms are unavoidable. We have identified the following as some of these words or terms.

Accumulation Phase			The period beginning on the Contract Date and ending on the Annuity Date.
Adjusted Index Return			The net change percentage in the Index Value of an Index from the start of an Interest Term to the end of the Interest Term, after any applicable adjustment for the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap, ~~and~~Participation ~~either~~Rate, the ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Buffer~~ or ~~the~~Dual ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, ~~Floor.~~as ~~The~~applicable, ~~Adjusted~~and ~~Index~~either ~~Return for an Indexed Account represents~~ the ~~rate~~Buffer, atBuffer ~~which~~Plus ~~we credit interest at the end of an Interest Term~~Rate. ~~The Adjusted Index Return may be positive~~Floor, ~~negative,~~ or ~~equal to zero~~Barrier.
Allocation Date			The date when the Purchase Payment is allocated to the Fixed Account and/or one or more of the Indexed Accounts for the initial Interest Term. The Allocation Date will be the next 7th or 21st calendar day of a month, whichever occurs first, after the Contract Date. If this date is not a Business Day, the allocation will occur on the next Business Day.
Annuitant			The natural person(s) on whose life (or lives) annuity payments under the Contract are based.
Annuity Date			The date the Income Phase begins.
Barrier			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The Barrier percentage represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. If the negative Index Return exceeds the Barrier percentage, you are subject to 100% of any negative Index Return.
Base Value			For each Indexed Account in which you invest, your Base Value is an amount used to calculate (i) your Indexed Account Value on the first Business Day of the Interest Term; (ii) your Interim Value on each other Business Day of the Interest Term (except the last Business Day); and (iii) your Indexed Interest on the last Business Day of the Interest Term. Your Base Value is not a cash value under the Contract.
Beneficiary			The person or entity designated by the Owner to receive any Contract benefits upon the Owner'’s death.
Buffer			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The Buffer represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. It provides limited protection against negative Indexed Interest. The Buffer does not protect you from an Indexed Account Charge.
Buffer Plus Rate			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The Buffer Plus Rate represents the percentage added to the Index Return to offset any negative Index Return including potentially providing a positive Adjusted Index Return when the Index Return is negative for a given Interest Term. It also represents the minimum positive Adjusted Index Return if the Index Return is positive or zero. It provides limited protection against negative Indexed Interest.
Business Day			Any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading. A Business Day ends at the same time that regular trading on the NYSE closes (typically 4:00 PM Eastern Time).
Cap			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The Cap represents the maximum Adjusted Index Return that can be credited under an Indexed Account for an Interest Term. It limits the potential positive Indexed Interest that may be credited during an Interest Term. For any Indexed Account with both a Cap and a Participation Rate, the Adjusted Index Return will be limited by the Cap.
Cash Surrender Value			The amount that you will receive if you surrender your Contract (i.e., take a full withdrawal) during the Accumulation Phase. The Cash Surrender Value equals your Contract Value minus any surrender charge and any applicable taxes payable by us and not previously deducted.
Code			Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contract			~~The~~ Symetra Trek® ~~Frontier~~Plus Contract, which is a single premium deferred index-linked annuity contract between Symetra Life and you, as the Owner.
Contract Date			The first Business Day that the Contract is in force and the date from which we measure the Contract Anniversaries and Contract Years.
Contract Value			The total amount attributable to your Contract during the Accumulation Phase at any given time. Prior to the Allocation Date, your Contract Value is the amount attributable to your Contract held in the Fixed Holding Account. After the Allocation Date, your Contract Value is the sum of your Indexed Account Values and your Fixed Account Value at any given time. Your Contract Value may not necessarily equal your Cash Surrender Value.
Contract Year			The 12-month period starting on the Contract Date and each anniversary of your Contract Date while the Contract remains in force.
Crediting Method			The crediting method used to calculate the Indexed Interest for an Indexed Account. The Crediting Methods are also taken into account when calculating Interim Values.
Fixed Account			The investment option under the Contract that provides for guaranteed interest, and is subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate. The Fixed Account is part of the General Account.
Fixed Account Value			The amount of your Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Account at any given time.
Fixed Holding Account			The account in which your Purchase Payment is held until the Allocation Date. The Fixed Holding Account provides for guaranteed interest, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate. The Fixed Holding Account is part of the General Account.

General Account			The account that holds all of Symetra Life's assets, including all assets held in the Fixed Holding Account, the Fixed Account, and Separate Account RINA. The General Account does not include those assets held in Separate Account RITX or other Symetra Life separate accounts.
Contract Value			The total amount attributable to your Contract during the Accumulation Phase at any given time. Prior to the Allocation Date, your Contract Value is the amount attributable to your Contract held in the Fixed Holding Account. After the Allocation Date, your Contract Value is the sum of your Indexed Account Values and your Fixed Account Value at any given time. Your Contract Value may not necessarily equal your Cash Surrender Value.
Contract Year			The 12-month period starting on the Contract Date and each anniversary of your Contract Date while the Contract remains in force.
Crediting Method			The Contract provides for one or more Crediting Methods. Crediting methods are used to calculate the Indexed Interest for an Indexed Account. The Crediting Methods are also taken into account when calculating Interim Values.
Dual Trigger Rate			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The rate of Indexed Interest that is credited under an Indexed Account at the end of an Interest Term if the Index Return is positive, zero, or negative within the Buffer. If the Index Return exceeds the Dual Trigger Rate percentage, your Adjusted Index Return will equal the lower Dual Trigger Rate percentage. The Dual Trigger Rate limits the potential positive Indexed Interest that may be credited for a given Interest Term.
Fixed Account			The investment option under the Contract that provides for guaranteed interest, and is subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate. The Fixed Account is part of the General Account.
Fixed Account Value			The amount of your Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Account at any given time.
Fixed Holding Account			The account in which your Purchase Payment is held until the Allocation Date. The Fixed Holding Account provides for guaranteed interest, subject to a guaranteed minimum interest rate. The Fixed Holding Account is part of the General Account.
Floor			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The Floor represents the maximum negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. It provides limited protection against negative Indexed Interest.
General Account			The account that holds all of Symetra Life’s assets, including all assets held in the Fixed Holding Account, the Fixed Account, and Separate Account RINA. The General Account does not include those assets held in Separate Account RITX or other Symetra Life separate accounts.
Guaranteed Minimum Cap			The minimum Cap for any given Indexed Account. We will not declare a Cap less than 2.00% during the Surrender Charge Period or 1.00% after the Surrender Charge Period ends.
Guaranteed Minimum Dual Trigger Rate			The minimum Dual Trigger Rate for an Indexed Account. We will not declare a Dual Trigger Rate less than 1.00%.
Guaranteed Minimum Participation Rate			The minimum Participation Rate for any given Indexed Account. We will not declare a Participation Rate less than 100%.
Guaranteed Minimum Trigger Rate			The minimum Trigger Rate for an Indexed Account. We will not declare a Trigger Rate less than 1.00%.
Home Office			Our address where communications must be sent.
Income Phase			The period beginning on the Annuity Date during which we make annuity payments to the Payee(s).
Index			The market index used to determine the Index Return for an Indexed Account. Each Index is comprised of or defined by certain securities or by a combination of certain securities and other instruments.
Index Return			The net change percentage in the Index Value of an Index from the start of an Interest Term to the end of the Interest Term, before any applicable adjustment for the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate, Trigger Rate and ~~either~~Dual ~~the~~Trigger ~~Indexed~~Rate, ~~Interest~~as ~~Buffer~~applicable, orand either the ~~Indexed~~Buffer, ~~Interest~~Buffer Plus Rate, Floor, or Barrier.
Index Value			The closing value of the Index on any Business Day. If an Index Value is not published for a Business Day, we will use the closing Index Value from the next Business Day.
Indexed Accounts			The investment options under the Contract that provide for credited interest (either positive, negative, or equal to zero) based on the performance of a particular Index and the applicable Crediting Method. Each Indexed Account also includes the Return Lock feature.
Indexed Account Charge			For Indexed Accounts, the Indexed Account Charge, if applicable, is an amount deducted from the Indexed Account Value. The amount of the charge is 1.00% for one year interest terms, 2.00% for two year interest terms and 6.00% for six year terms.
Indexed Account Value			During an Interest Term, you have an Indexed Account Value for each Indexed Account in which you invest. On the first Business Day of an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value equals your Base Value. On each other Business Day (except the last Business Day), your Indexed Account Value equals your Interim Value. On the last Business Day, your Indexed Account Value equals your Base Value multiplied by the sum of 1 plus the Adjusted Index Return (Base Value x (1 + Adjusted Index Return)).
Indexed Interest			The dollar amount of interest credited under an Indexed Account at the end of an Interest Term. Indexed Interest can be positive, negative or equal to zero.
Indexed Interest Buffer			An element of the “Point to Point with Indexed Interest Buffer” Crediting Method. The Indexed Interest Buffer represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. It provides limited protection against negative Indexed Interest.
Indexed Interest Cap			An element of each Crediting Method. The Indexed Interest Cap represents the maximum Adjusted Index Return that can be credited under an Indexed Account for an Interest Term. It limits the potential positive Indexed Interest that may be credited during an Interest Term. Each Indexed Account has its own Indexed Interest Cap.
Indexed Interest Floor			An element of the “Point to Point with Indexed Interest Floor” Crediting Method. The Indexed Interest Floor represents the maximum negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. It provides limited protection against negative Indexed Interest.
Interest Term			The investment period over which performance of an Index is measured to determine Indexed Interest, or, for the Fixed Account, the period over which interest is credited at a specified declared rate. Depending on the Crediting Method and Index selected, we offer one and six year Interest Terms. At the beginning of each Interest Term, your Contract Value may be allocated among the Fixed Account and/or one or more Indexed Accounts. You may not reallocate your Contract Value until the end of an Interest Term.
Interest Term Year			The initial Interest Term Year is the 12-month period beginning on the Allocation Date and ending on the 7th or 21st calendar day of the month that is closest to the anniversary of your Allocation Date. Subsequent Interest Term Years are consecutive and will also begin and end on the 7th or 21st calendar day of the month that is closest to an anniversary of your Allocation Date.
Interim Value			For each Indexed Account in which you invest, your Indexed Account Value equals your Interim Value on any Business Day during an Interest Term except for the first and last Business Days of the Interest Term for which there is no Interim Value.
Owner			The person(s) or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Any reference to Owner in this prospectus includes any joint Owner. References to “you” in this prospectus refer to the Owner or a prospective Owner.
Payee			The person(s) or entity (or entities) designated by you to receive annuity payments during the Income Phase. You are the Payee unless you designate another person or entity as the Payee.

Indexed Account Value			During an Interest Term, you have an Indexed Account Value for each Indexed Account in which you invest. On the first Business Day of an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value equals your Base Value. Except where the Return Lock feature has been exercised during the Interest Term, on each other Business Day (except the last Business Day), your Indexed Account Value equals your Interim Value minus any Indexed Account Charge. On the last Business Day, your Indexed Account Value equals your Base Value multiplied by the sum of 1 plus the Adjusted Index Return minus any Indexed Account Charge.
Indexed Accounts			The investment options under the Contract that provide for credited interest (either positive, negative, or equal to zero) based on the performance of a particular Index and the applicable Crediting Method. Each Indexed Account also includes the Return Lock feature.
Indexed Interest			The dollar amount of interest credited under an Indexed Account at the end of an Interest Term. Indexed Interest can be positive, negative or equal to zero.
Interest Term			The investment period over which performance of an Index is measured to determine Indexed Interest, or, for the Fixed Account, the period over which interest is credited at a specified declared rate. Depending on the Crediting Method selected, we offer one year, two year, and six year Interest Terms. Your Contract Value may be allocated among the Fixed Account and/or one or more Indexed Accounts. You may not transfer your Contract Value out of an Indexed Account or the Fixed Account until the end of its Interest Term.
Interest Term Year			The initial Interest Term Year is the 12-month period beginning on the Allocation Date and ending on the 7th or 21st calendar day of the month that is closest to the anniversary of your Allocation Date. Subsequent Interest Term Years are consecutive and will also begin and end on the 7th or 21st calendar day of the month that is closest to an anniversary of your Allocation Date.
Interim Value			The Interim Value represents the daily value of the underlying hypothetical instruments of your Indexed Account. This value is used in calculating your Indexed Account Value on any Business Day during an Interest Term except for the first and last Business Days of the Interest Term.
Owner			The person(s) or legal entity entitled to exercise all rights and privileges under the Contract. Any reference to Owner in this prospectus includes any joint Owner. References to “you” in this prospectus refer to the Owner or a prospective Owner.
Participation Rate			An element of a type of Crediting Method. The Participation Rate represents a percentage that can be applied to the Index Return for a given Interest Term. For any Indexed Account with both a Cap and Participation Rate, the Adjusted Index Return will be limited by the Cap.
Payee			The person(s) or entity (or entities) designated by you to receive annuity payments during the Income Phase. You are the Payee unless you designate another person or entity as the Payee.
Purchase Payment			The single premium paid to us under the Contract, less any applicable taxes due at the time the payment is made.
Return Lock			A feature under the Contract for each Indexed Account. If you exercise the Return Lock feature during an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value will remain equal ~~the~~to ~~Interim~~its ~~Value~~value onas of the Return Lock Date and will not change for the remainder of the Interest Term unless you take a withdrawal. You do not receive Indexed Interest at the end of an Interest Term if you exercise the Return Lock feature.
Return Lock Date			The Business Day on which we process your request to exercise the Return Lock.
Separate Account			Any reference to the Separate Account in this prospectus includes both Symetra Separate Account RINA and Symetra Separate Account RITX, unless otherwise noted. If your Contract was issued in a state other than Alaska, Texas or Washington, any assets allocated to the Indexed Accounts are allocated to Symetra Separate Account RINA, which we established under the laws of Iowa. Assets in Separate Account RINA are part of Symetra's General Account and are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business. If your Contract was issued in Alaska, Texas or Washington, any assets allocated to the Indexed Accounts are allocated to Symetra Separate Account RITX, which we established under the laws of Iowa. Assets in Symetra Separate Account RITX are not part of Symetra's General Account and are not subject to our creditors. Neither Symetra Separate Account RINA nor Symetra Separate Account RITX are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Symetra Life (or the "Company," "we," "us," or "our")			Symetra Life Insurance Company.
Symetra Life (or the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”)			Symetra Life Insurance Company.
Transfer Notice Deadline			For the Fixed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term. For an Indexed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term if the Return Lock feature has not been exercised for that Indexed Accounts. If the Return Lock feature has been exercised for that Indexed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term Year.


Transfer Notice Deadline			For the Fixed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term. For an Indexed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term if the Return Lock feature has not been exercised for that Indexed Account. If the Return Lock feature has been exercised for that Indexed Account, during that Interest Term, two Business Days prior to the end of any Interest Term Year.
Trigger Rate			An element of a type of Crediting Method. If at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is 0% or greater, the Adjusted Index Return equals the Trigger Rate. If the Index Return exceeds the Trigger Rate percentage, your Adjusted Index Return will equal the lower Trigger Rate percentage. The Trigger Rate limits the potential positive Indexed Interest that may be credited for a given Interest Term. It also potentially uses an Adjusted Index Return to compute Indexed Interest that is greater than the Index Return.


SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of Symetra Trek® ~~Frontier~~Plus. You should carefully read the entire prospectus before you decide whether to purchase the Contract. The Contract may not be currently available in all states, may vary in your state, or may not be available from all selling firms or from all financial professionals. Also, your selling firm may restrict the selection of certain Indexed Accounts or other features available under the Contract based on criteria established by the selling firm. You should speak with your financial professional for details about the Indexed Accounts and features available through their firm. The prospectus describes all Indexed Accounts and features that Symetra Life makes available under the Contract.

Who is Symetra Life? The Contract would be an agreement between you, the Owner, and Symetra Life Insurance Company. Symetra Life Insurance Company is an Iowa stock life insurance company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Symetra Financial Corporation, which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life Insurance Company, a Japanese mutual life insurer (sougo kaisha) with its headquarters in Tokyo, Japan. We offer products and services that serve the retirement, employment-based benefits and life insurance markets and are licensed to do business in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and all states except New York. The Contract is not available in Puerto Rico.

What is the purpose of the Contract? The Contract is designed to help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals, such as retirement funding. During the Accumulation Phase, you may access your money under the Contract by taking withdrawals of your Contract Value. During the Income Phase, we pay guaranteed income in the form of annuity payments. The Contract also has a death benefit that may become payable during the Accumulation Phase. All payments under the Contract are subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus.

You should not buy the Contract if you are looking for a short-term investment, if you plan on taking withdrawals before the end of the surrender charge period, or if you anticipate taking significant withdrawals from your Indexed Account Values. You should recognize that while the Contract provides some protection against loss, you can lose money under the Contract. It is possible to lose your entire principal investment. You should not buy the Contract if you are not willing to assume the risks associated with the Contract. See the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Are the Contracts non-qualified or qualified under the Code? The Contract is available as a non-qualified contract, which will provide you with certain tax deferral features under the Code. The Contract is also available as a qualified contract as an Individual Retirement Annuity (“IRA”) or Roth IRA. If you purchase the Contract as a qualified contract, the Contract will not provide you tax deferral benefits in addition to those already provided by your IRA or Roth IRA.

How do I purchase the Contract? You may purchase the Contract by completing an application and submitting a Purchase Payment of at least $25,000. We reserve the right to reject any Purchase Payment that exceeds $1 million. Only one Purchase Payment is allowed under the Contract.

What are the investment options during the Accumulation Phase? The Contract currently offers 1546 Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account, however, not all Indexed Accounts are available to all Contract Owners. For each Interest Term, you may allocate Contract Value to one or more Indexed Accounts and/or the Fixed Account. Each Indexed Account credits Indexed Interest (either positive, negative, or equal to zero) at the end of an Interest Term based on the performance of a particular Index and the applicable Crediting Method. Each Indexed Account also has the Return Lock feature. The Fixed Account credits interest during each Interest Term based on a guaranteed rate set by us. The guaranteed minimum interest rate will never be less than 1.00%.

What are the Indexes for the Indexed Accounts? The Contract offers Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the following Indexes:

• S&P 500® Index;

• Russell 2000® Index; or

• NASDAQ-100® Index.

Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 may also have Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index and PIMCO Equity Fusion Index. These Indexed Accounts are only available for Contract Owners that had Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations or new investors are permitted after May 7, 2024.

Each Index is described in more detail under the section titled "“Indexes." ”

We reserve the right to add, remove or replace any Index in the future, subject to necessary regulatory approvals. If we replace an Index during an Interest Term, we will calculate the Index Return using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, we will calculate the Index Return using the new index, but with a modified start of Interest Term value for the new index. The modified start of Interest Term value for the new index will reflect the Index Return for the old Index from the start of the Interest Term to the replacement date. For an example of how the Index Return is calculated under these circumstances, see the section titled “Indexes.” If we replace an Index, this does not cause a change in the Cap, Participation Rate, Trigger Rate, Dual Trigger Rate, Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate or Barrier.

~~see~~If we add or remove an Index (as opposed to replacing an index as described in the ~~section~~previous ~~titled~~paragraph), ~~"Indexes~~the changes will not be effective for your Contract until the start of the next Interest Term." IfAdding weor ~~replace~~removing an Index, ~~this~~ does not cause a change in the Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate, or Barrier. The Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate, and Barrier applicable to each Indexed ~~Interest~~Account will not change for the life of your Contract. Any Indexed Accounts based on the performance of a newly added Index will have their own Cap and/or new Participation Rate and/or new Trigger Rate and/or Dual Trigger Rate. Changes to the Caps, ~~Indexed~~the Participation Rates, and the Trigger Rates and Dual Trigger Rates, if any, occur at the start of the next Interest ~~Floor~~Term. See the sections titled “Index Risk,” “Risk that We May Eliminate or Substitute an Index or Crediting Method or Change Caps and Rates”, and “Additional Information about the Indexed ~~Interest~~Accounts” ~~Buffer.~~for more information.

If we add or remove an Index (as opposed to replacing an index as described in the previous paragraph), the changes will not be effective for your Contract until the start of the next Interest Term. Adding or removing an Index does not cause a change in the Indexed Interest Floor or Indexed Interest Buffer. The Indexed Interest Floor and Indexed Interest Buffer will not change for the life of your Contract. Any Indexed Accounts based on the performance of a newly added Index will have a new Indexed Interest Cap. Changes to the Indexed Interest Caps, if any, occur at the start of the next Interest Term. See the sections titled "Index Risk," "Risk that We May Eliminate or Substitute an Index or Crediting Method or Change Indexed Interest Caps", and "Additional Information about the Indexed Accounts" for more information.

What Indexed Accounts are offered under the Contract? The following Indexed Accounts are currently offered under the Contract. However, not all Indexed Accounts are available to all contract Owners.

			Indexed Accounts Currently Available to All Contract Owners
Indexed Accounts Currently Available To All Contract Owners
1.			S&P 500 1 year Point to Point with 10% Indexed Interest Buffer
1			S&P 500 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
2.			Russell 2000 1 year Point to Point with 10% Indexed Interest Buffer
2			Russell 2000 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
3.			Nasdaq 100 1 year Point to Point with 10% Indexed Interest Buffer
3			Nasdaq 100 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
4			S&P 500 61 year Point to Point with 3015% ~~Indexed Interest~~ Buffer
5			~~S&P~~Nasdaq ~~500~~100 61 year Point to Point with 1015% ~~Indexed Interest~~ Buffer
6			~~Russell~~S&P ~~2000~~500 61 year Point to Point with 10% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~with ~~Buffer~~charge
7			~~S&P~~Russell ~~500~~2000 61 year Point to Point with 2010% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~with ~~Buffer~~charge
8			~~Russell~~Nasdaq ~~2000~~100 61 year Point to Point with 2010% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~with ~~Buffer~~charge
9			S&P 500 1 year Point to Point with -10% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~and ~~Floor~~Trigger Rate
10			~~Russell~~S&P ~~2000~~500 1 year Point to Point with ~~-10~~15% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~and ~~Floor~~Trigger Rate
11			Nasdaq 100 1 year Point to Point with ~~-10~~15% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~and ~~Floor~~Trigger Rate
12			S&P 500 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
13			Russell 2000 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
14			Nasdaq 100 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
15			S&P 500 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
16			Russell 2000 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
17			Nasdaq 100 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
18			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
19			Russell 2000 6 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
20			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 20% Buffer
21			Russell 2000 6 year Point to Point with 20% Buffer
22			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 30% Buffer
23			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
24			Russell 2000 6 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
25			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 20% Buffer with charge
26			Russell 2000 6 year Point to Point with 20% Buffer with charge
27			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 30% Buffer with charge

			Indexed Accounts Only Available for Contracts Purchased on or Before April 30, 2024 and Invested in Them On May 7, 2024
Indexed Accounts Only Available for Contracts Purchased On Or After May 1, 2024 (Subject to state approval)
1.			MSCI Emerging Markets 1 year Point to Point with 10% Indexed Interest Buffer
1			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with Buffer Plus 20%
2			~~PIMCO~~S&P ~~Equity~~500 ~~Fusion~~ 1 year Point to Point with 10% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~Dual ~~Buffer~~Trigger
3			~~MSCI~~S&P ~~Emerging~~500 ~~Markets~~2 1 year Point to Point with -10% ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~Dual ~~Floor~~Trigger
4			~~PIMCO~~S&P ~~Equity~~500 ~~Fusion~~ 1 year Point to Point with ~~-10~~100% ~~Indexed Interest Floor~~Buffer
5			S&P 500 6 year Point to Point with 100% Buffer


Indexed Accounts Only Available for Contracts Purchased on or Before April 30, 2024 and Invested in Them On May 7, 2024.
1			MSCI Emerging Markets 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
2			PIMCO Equity Fusion 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
3			MSCI Emerging Markets 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
4			PIMCO Equity Fusion 1 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
5			S&P 500 1 year Point to Point with -10% Floor
6			Russell 2000 1 year Point to Point with -10% Floor
7			Nasdaq 100 1 year Point to Point with -10% Floor
8			MSCI Emerging Markets 1 year Point to Point with -10% Floor
9			PIMCO Equity Fusion 1 year Point to Point with -10% Floor
10			S&P 500 1 year Point to Point with -15% Barrier
11			MSCI Emerging Markets 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
12			PIMCO Equity Fusion 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer
13			MSCI Emerging Markets 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge
14			PIMCO Equity Fusion 2 year Point to Point with 10% Buffer with charge

Each Indexed Account will have both a Cap and a Participation Rate except the Indexed Account which offers a Trigger or Dual Trigger Rate, as shown above. For Indexed Accounts with both a Cap and a Participation Rate, we will declare whether a Cap will apply for a given Interest Term, prior to the beginning of each Interest Term. The Participation Rate will never be less than 100%. For Indexed Accounts with a Dual Trigger Rate, we will credit the Dual Trigger Rate at the end of each Interest Term if the Index Return is positive, zero or negative within the Buffer.

For Indexed Accounts that are only available to Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024, no new allocations will be permitted after May 7, 2024. At the end of the Interest Term, you will need to transfer Contract Value to an Indexed Account currently available to you. If we do not receive a transfer request by the Transfer Deadline, the Indexed Account Value will be transferred to the Fixed Account.

We may not offer all Indexed Accounts at all times. We may add or remove Indexed accounts in the future.

What are the Crediting Methods for the Indexed Accounts? ~~Currently,~~The ~~the~~ Contract offers Indexed Accounts with the following Crediting Methods:

~~•Point~~Subject to ~~Point~~state ~~with~~approval, Contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2024 offer Indexed ~~Interest~~Accounts ~~Floor~~with the following Crediting Methods:

•Point to Point with Buffer, ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~and ~~Buffer~~Participation Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer and Trigger Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer and Dual Trigger Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer Plus Rate, Cap and Participation Rate

For Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024, Indexed Accounts with the following Crediting Methods are available.

•Point to Point with Buffer, Cap, and Participation Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer and Trigger Rate

For Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024, Indexed Accounts with the following Crediting Methods will continue for the remainder of the Interest Term if you are invested in them as of May 7, 2024.

•Point to Point with Floor, Cap, and Participation Rate

•Point to Point with Barrier, Cap, and Participation Rate

How do the Crediting Methods for the Indexed Accounts work? The Crediting Methods are used to calculate the Adjusted Index Returns for the Indexed Accounts at the end of each Interest Term. The Adjusted Index Return represents the rate at which we will credit Indexed Interest. The Adjusted Index Return and the Indexed Interest may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. See Appendix D for examples of how the Crediting Methods for the Indexed Accounts works.

Each Crediting Method takes into account ~~three~~some combination of the following nine elements to calculate the Adjusted Index Return:

•The Index Return (or “Point to Point”);

•The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap; ~~and~~

•~~Either~~The ~~the~~Participation ~~Indexed Interest Floor or the Indexed Interest Buffer.~~Rate;

5•The Trigger Rate;

To•The ~~calculate~~Dual ~~the~~Trigger ~~Adjusted Index Return for an Indexed Account at the end of an Interest Term, we follow a three step process for each Crediting Method:~~Rate;

•The Barrier;

•The Floor;

•The Buffer; and/or

•The Buffer Plus Rate.

To calculate the Adjusted Index Return for an Indexed Account at the end of an Interest Term, we follow a multi-step process which reflects the effect of the following elements (if the element applies to the Crediting Method):

•First, we calculate the Index Return. The Index Return for an Indexed Account is the net change percentage in the Index Value from the start of an Interest Term to the end of the Interest Term.

•~~Second,~~If wethe ~~determine~~Cap ~~whether~~is ~~the~~an ~~Index~~element ~~Return~~of ~~must~~the beCrediting ~~adjusted~~Method, ~~under~~we determine the ~~Indexed~~Adjusted ~~Interest~~Index Return using the Cap. The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap represents the maximum positive Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. ~~Each~~Prior ~~Indexed~~to ~~Account~~the ~~has~~beginning ~~its~~of ~~own~~each ~~Indexed~~ Interest ~~Cap.~~Term, Wewe ~~set~~will ~~the~~declare ~~Indexed~~whether ~~Interest~~a Cap ~~for~~will ~~each~~apply ~~Indexed~~for ~~Account~~that ~~prior to the beginning of an~~ Interest Term. A ~~An Indexed Interest~~ Cap for a particular Interest Term may be higher or lower than the ~~Indexed~~Cap ~~Interest Caps~~ for previous or future Interest Terms. We guarantee that we will never set such ana ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap at less than 2.00% during the surrender charge period or less than 1.00% thereafter. Subsequent ~~Indexed Interest~~ Caps may differ from the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap used for new Contracts.

•~~Third,~~If ~~we determine whether~~ the ~~Index~~Participation ~~Return~~Rate ~~must~~is bean ~~adjusted~~element ~~under~~of the ~~Indexed~~Crediting ~~Interest~~Method, ~~Floor~~we ordetermine the ~~Indexed~~Adjusted ~~Interest~~Index ~~Buffer,~~Return ~~whichever~~using ~~applies to~~ the ~~Crediting~~Participation ~~Method being used~~Rate. The ~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Floor~~represents ~~and~~a ~~the~~percentage ~~Indexed~~that ~~Interest~~can ~~Buffer~~be ~~provide~~applied ~~different~~to ~~forms of limited protection against negative Indexed Interest. The Indexed Interest Floor represents~~ the ~~maximum negative Adjusted~~ Index Return for aan ~~given~~ Interest Term. ~~The~~Subsequent ~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rates ~~Floor is set at a loss of 10%. This~~ may ~~also~~ be ~~expressed~~higher ~~as a floor equal to negative 10% (~~or ~~-10%).~~lower ~~The~~than ~~Indexed Interest Buffer represents~~ the ~~maximum~~initial ~~negative~~Participation ~~Index~~Rate ~~Return~~but ~~that~~ will ~~not~~never ~~result~~be inless athan ~~negative~~the ~~Adjusted~~Guaranteed ~~Index~~Minimum ~~Return~~Participation ~~for a given Interest Term~~Rate. ~~The~~We ~~Indexed~~guarantee ~~Interest~~that ~~Buffer~~a ~~provides~~Contract ~~protection~~will ~~from~~have a ~~negative~~minimum ~~Index~~Participation ~~Return~~Rate of ~~up to 10~~100% ~~or 20%~~. ~~This~~Subsequent ~~means~~Participation ~~you~~Rates ~~are~~may ~~subject~~differ tofrom ~~any~~the ~~negative~~Participation ~~Index~~Rate ~~Return~~used ~~in excess of 10% or 20%. The Indexed Interest Floor and Indexed Interest Buffer~~ for ~~each~~new ~~Indexed Account will not change for the life of your Contract~~Contracts.

•If the Trigger Rate is an element of the Crediting Method, we determine the Adjusted Index Return using the Trigger Rate. If, at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is 0% or greater, the Adjusted Index Return is set to equal the Trigger Rate percentage. The Index Return could be less than, greater than or equal to the Trigger Rate percentage. Subsequent Trigger Rates may be higher or lower than the initial Trigger Rate, but will never be less than the Guaranteed Minimum Trigger Rate of 1%. Subsequent Trigger Rates may differ from the Trigger Rates used for new Contracts.

•If the Dual Trigger Rate is an element of the Crediting Method, we determine the Adjusted Index Return using the Dual Trigger Rate. If, at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is positive, zero or negative within the Buffer, the Adjusted Index Return is set to equal the Dual Trigger Rate percentage. The Index Return could be less than, greater than or equal to the Dual Trigger Rate percentage. Subsequent Dual Trigger Rates may be higher or lower than the initial Dual Trigger Rate, but will never be less than the Guaranteed Minimum Dual Trigger Rate of 1%. Subsequent Dual Trigger Rates may differ from the Dual Trigger Rates used for new Contracts.

•If the Floor is an element of the Crediting Method, we determine the Adjusted Index Return using the Floor. The Floor provides a form of limited protection against negative Indexed Interest. The Floor represents the maximum negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. The Floor is set at a loss of 10%. This may also be expressed as a floor equal to negative 10% (or -10%). This means you are not subject to any negative Index Return in excess of 10% The Floor will not change for the life of your Contract.

•If the Buffer is an element of the Crediting Method, we determine the Adjusted Index Return using the Buffer. The Buffer represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. Depending on which Indexed Account you allocate to the Buffer provides protection from a negative Index Return of up to either 10%, 15%, 20%, 30% or 100%. For a Buffer other than 100%, this means you are subject to any negative Index Return in excess of 10%, 15%, 20%, 30% respectively. A Buffer of 100% means you are not subject to any negative Index Return. The Buffer will not change for the life of your Contract.

•If the Buffer Plus Rate is an element of the Crediting Method, we determine the Adjusted Index Return using the Buffer Plus Rate. The Buffer Plus Rate represents the percentage added to the Index Return to offset any negative Index Return including potentially providing a positive Adjusted Index Return when the Index Return is negative for a given Interest Term. It also represents the minimum positive Adjusted Index Return if the Index Return is positive or zero. The Buffer Plus Rate provides protection from a negative Index Return of up to the Buffer Plus Rate. This means you are subject to any negative Index Return in excess of the Buffer Plus Rate. For negative Index Returns, the Adjusted Index Return is equal to the Index Return plus the Buffer Plus Rate. For zero or positive Index Returns up to the Buffer Plus Rate, the Adjusted Index Return is the Buffer Plus Rate. For Index Returns above the Buffer Plus Rate, the Adjusted Index Return is equal to the Buffer Plus Rate plus the excess of the Index Return above the Buffer Plus Rate and then

multiplied by the Participation Rate subject to the Cap, if applicable. The Buffer Plus Rate will not change for the life of your Contract.

•If the Barrier is an element of the Crediting Method, we determine the Adjusted Index Return using the Barrier. The Barrier represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Interest Term. However, the Barrier protects you from negative Index Return only if that negative Index Return does not exceed the Barrier percentage. The Barrier percentage is equal to -15%. This means if the negative Index Return exceeds -15%, you are not protected from any negative Index Return and you are subject to 100% of the negative Index Return. The Barrier will not change for the life of your Contract.

Once the Adjusted Index Return is determined, the Adjusted Index Return is applied to the Base Value to calculate the Indexed Interest. See the section titled “Crediting Methods” for additional information.

When does Symetra Life establish the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate, ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, ~~Floor~~Dual ~~and~~Trigger ~~Indexed~~Rate, ~~Interest~~Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate, and Barrier, and can they be adjusted? We set the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate, Trigger Rate and Dual Trigger Rate for each Indexed Account prior to the beginning of each Interest Term. The ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Caps~~Rate, Trigger Rate and Dual Trigger Rate for the initial Interest Term will be shown in your Contract. We can change the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Caps~~Rate, Trigger Rate and Dual Trigger Rate for each Interest Term. We will provide written notice at least 30 days prior to each Interest Term instructing you how to obtain the ~~Indexed~~Caps, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Caps~~Rates, Trigger Rates and Dual Trigger Rates for the next Interest Term. You have no right to reject the ~~Indexed~~Caps, Participation ~~Interest~~Rates, Trigger ~~Caps~~Rates and Dual Trigger Rates for the next Interest Term. See the section titled "“Risk that We May Eliminate or Substitute an Index or Crediting Method or Change ~~Indexed Interest~~ Caps"” for more information.

The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Floor ~~and Indexed Interest~~ , Buffer, Buffer ~~for~~Plus ~~each~~Rate ~~Indexed~~and ~~Account~~Barrier are shown in your Contract and cannot be changed during the life of your Contract. We may change the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Floor, Buffer, ~~and~~Buffer ~~Indexed~~Plus ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Buffer~~and Barrier for Contracts issued in the future, and future Contracts may have different ~~Indexed~~Floors, ~~Interest~~Buffers, ~~Floors~~Buffer ~~and~~Plus ~~Indexed~~Rate ~~Interest~~and ~~Buffers~~Barriers for different Indexed Accounts.

How are my Indexed Account Values calculated during an Interest Term (assuming that I do not exercise the Return Lock feature)? Each Interest Term, you will have a separate Indexed Account Value for each Indexed Account in which you invest. The Indexed Account Value is equal to the Interim Value, minus any Indexed Account Charges, on any Business Day except the first and last day of the Interest Term. On the first Business Day of the Interest Term, your ~~Contract~~Indexed Account Value equals your Base Value (i.e., the total amount of Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Account at the beginning of the Interest Term). On the last Business Day of the Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value equals your Base Value (including any adjustments due to withdrawals) multiplied by one plus the ~~amount~~Adjusted ofIndex Return, which reflects any applicable Cap, Participation Rate, Trigger Rate, Dual Trigger Rate, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate, Floor or Barrier minus any Indexed ~~Interest~~Account ~~received~~Charge. This may also be expressed by the following formula: Base Value x (1 + Adjusted Index Return) - any Indexed Account Charge. Please note that not all Indexed Accounts have an Indexed Account Charge and that the charge, if applicable, is subtracted from the Interim Value to reach the Indexed Account Value during the Interest Term but is deducted from the Indexed Account only on the last day of the Interest Term.

On each other Business Day during the Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value equals your Interim Value minus any Indexed Account Charge. Your Interim Value on a given Business Day is intended to reflect the value of your investment in an Indexed Account on that particular day (excluding any Indexed Account Charge). However, changes to your Interim Value are not directly tied to the performance of the relevant Index (although Index performance impacts your Interim Value). Rather, your Interim Value for an Indexed Account is calculated using a formula that takes into account the value of a specific set of hypothetical fixed income instruments and derivatives. Please see Appendix B for a detailed description of how we calculate Interim Values. It is important to understand that even if an Index performs positively, it is possible that your Interim Value will decrease. If you wish to obtain your Interim Value, you may contact our Home Office.

However, changes to your Interim Value are not directly tied to the performance of the relevant Index (although Index performance impacts your Interim Value). Rather, your Interim Value for an Indexed Account is calculated using a formula that takes into account the value of a specific set of hypothetical fixed income instruments and derivatives. Please see Appendix B for a detailed description of how we calculate Interim Values. It is important to understand that even if an Index performs positively, it is possible that your Interim Value will decrease. If you wish to obtain your Interim Value, you may contact our Home Office.

If you take a withdrawal from an Indexed Account during the Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value on the date of the withdrawal will be reduced by the withdrawal amount, including any applicable surrender charges and taxes payable by us and not previously deducted. In addition, any such withdrawal will also reduce your Base Value, which in turn will negatively impact your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term. See “How do withdrawals affect my Fixed Account Value and Indexed Account Values?” below.

What is the Return Lock feature? If you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Account, you may exercise the Return Lock feature at any time by notifying us prior to the end of the third to last Business Day of a given Interest Term. You can also request the Return Lock feature to be triggered automatically by setting a target return for an Indexed Account Value. If you decide to exercise the Return Lock feature during an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value (which otherwise fluctuates each Business Day) is “locked in” atand ~~the~~remains ~~Interim~~equal ~~Value~~to onits value as of the Return Lock Date and will not change for the remainder of the Interest Term. However, your Indexed Account Value will be reduced by the dollar amount of any withdrawal from your Indexed Account Value, including any applicable surrender charges and taxes payable by us and not previously deducted. In addition, if you exercise the Return Lock feature, you will not be credited with any Indexed Interest for that Indexed Account at the end of the Interest Term, regardless of whether the Indexed Interest would have been positive, negative, or equal to zero.

However, your Indexed Account Value will be reduced by the dollar amount of any withdrawal from your Indexed Account Value, including any applicable surrender charges and taxes payable by us and not previously deducted. In addition, if you exercise the Return Lock feature, you will not be credited with any Indexed Interest for that Indexed Account at the end of the Interest Term, regardless of whether the Indexed Interest would have been positive, negative, or equal to zero.

You should fully understand the operation and impact of the Return Lock feature prior to purchasing the Contract. See “Return Lock Risk” and “Return Lock” for additional information about the risks associated with the Return Lock feature.

Can I make transfers between Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account? During the Accumulation Phase, you can transfer Contract Value among the Indexed Accounts, and between the Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account, free of charge at the end of each Interest Term. Transfers are not permitted at any other time unless you exercise the Return Lock feature. If the Return Lock feature is exercised, during that Interest Term, you may make a transfer at the end of any Interest Term Year following the exercise of the Return Lock feature. Any transfer request must be received prior to the Transfer Notice Deadline. If we do not receive a transfer request, no transfers will occur and your current allocation will remain in place for the next Interest Term. If an Indexed Account is not available, the Indexed Account Value will be transferred to the Fixed Account. See the section titled “General Liquidity Risk” for more information. Transfers are discussed in detail in the section titled “Transfers.”

Can I make withdrawals? You may take withdrawals from your Contract at any time during the Accumulation Phase. If you take a partial withdrawal or surrender your Contract ( i.e. , a full withdrawal), your withdrawal may be subject to a surrender charge. Repetitive withdrawals (a form of systematic partial withdrawals) are also available during the Accumulation Phase. Repetitive withdrawals that are based on life expectancy are not subject to surrender charges. Amounts withdrawn from this Contract may also be subject to a 10% additional federal tax if taken before age 59½. There is a risk of loss of principal and related earnings if you take a withdrawal from your Contract or surrender it during the first six Contract Years when we will deduct a surrender charge. If you plan on taking withdrawals, this Contract may not be appropriate for you.

Unless you tell us otherwise, withdrawals will be taken proportionately from your investment options based on how your Contract Value is allocated at the time of the withdrawal. Partial withdrawals must be at least $500. If your Contract Value is less than $500, you may only surrender the Contract for the Cash Surrender Value. If you take a partial withdrawal and, immediately after the withdrawal, your Contract Value is less than $2,000, we will instead pay you the Cash Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. If you surrender the Contract, we will pay you the Cash Surrender Value and terminate your Contract.

See the section titled “Access to your Money During the Accumulation Phase” for additional information.

How do withdrawals affect my Fixed Account Value and Indexed Account Values? When you take a withdrawal from your Fixed Account, your Fixed Account Value is reduced by the dollar amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable surrender charges and any applicable taxes payable by us and not previously deducted. When you take a withdrawal from your Indexed Account, your Indexed Account Value is reduced in the same manner. However, if you take a withdrawal from your Indexed Account, the withdrawal will also cause a reduction (perhaps significant reduction) to your Base Value. A reduction in your Base Value negatively impacts your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term. Overall, withdrawals may result in a loss of principal due to adjustments and charges that may be imposed even if Index Performance has been positive.

You should fully understand how withdrawals affect the value of your Contract, particularly your Indexed Account Values, prior to purchasing the Contract. See “Base Value Risk” and “Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts” for additional information about how withdrawals affect your Indexed Account Values.

What charges are deducted under the Contract? If you withdraw more than the free withdrawal amount allowed under your Contract, you may be assessed a surrender charge. The amount of the surrender charge, if any, will depend on the Contract Year during which the withdrawal is taken.

Surrender ~~For~~Charge. If ~~Contracts~~you ~~applied~~withdraw ~~for~~more onthan orthe ~~after~~free ~~May~~withdrawal 1amount allowed under your Contract, ~~2024~~ you may be assessed a surrender charge. The amount of the surrender charge, if any, will depend on the Contract Year during which the withdrawal is taken. The schedule below sets forth the surrender charges under the Contract. The surrender charge schedule starts at 89% and declines until the seventh Contract Year when it reaches 0%.

Contract Year	1	2	3	4	5	6	7+
Surrender Charge(as a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of the free withdrawal amount)	8%	8%	7%	6%	5%	4%	0%
Surrender Charge (as a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of the free withdrawal amount)	9%	8%	7%	6%	5%	4%	0%

For ~~Contracts~~the ~~applied~~first ~~for~~six ~~prior~~Contract toYears, ~~May~~you 1,may ~~2024~~take withdrawals during each Interest Term, in the ~~schedule~~aggregate, ~~below~~up ~~sets~~to ~~forth~~your free withdrawal amount without the imposition of surrender ~~charge~~charges. ~~percentages~~Surrender ~~under~~charges will be imposed only on the ~~Contract~~amounts withdrawn in excess of your free withdrawal amount. ~~The~~ ~~surrender~~Your ~~charge~~free ~~schedule~~withdrawal ~~starts~~amount at 9%the ~~and~~beginning ~~declines~~of ~~until~~an ~~the~~Interest ~~seventh~~Term ~~Contract~~will ~~Year~~be ~~when~~equal it(in ~~reaches~~dollars) ~~0%.~~to the greater of:

Contract Year			1			2			3			4			5			6			7+
Surrender Charge(as a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of the free withdrawal amount)			9%			8%			7%			6%			5%			4%			0%

a.15% of your Contract Value as of the beginning of the Interest Term Year; or

7b.The accumulated interest earned in the Contract less any accumulated interest withdrawn previously as of the beginning of the current Interest Term Year.

~~For the first six Contract Years, you may take withdrawals during each Interest Term Year, in the aggregate, up to your free withdrawal amount without the imposition of surrender charges.~~ Surrender charges ~~will~~are bediscussed ~~imposed only on the amounts withdrawn~~ in ~~excess~~detail ~~of your free withdrawal amount. Your free withdrawal amount will be equal (~~in ~~dollars)~~the tosection ~~the~~titled ~~greater~~“Surrender ~~of:~~Charge.”

~~(a)15%~~Indexed ofAccount ~~your~~Charge. ~~Contract~~If you select an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge, we deduct an amount from the Indexed Account Value asat the end of each Interest Term. The charge is calculated at the beginning of ~~the~~each Interest Term ~~Year;~~and oris equal to the Indexed Account Base Value multiplied by the charge rate and further multiplied by the number of years in the Interest Term.

~~(b)The accumulated interest earned in the Contract less any accumulated interest withdrawn previously as of the beginning of the current Interest Term Year.~~10

~~Surrender~~Selecting ~~charges~~an ~~are~~Indexed ~~discussed~~Account inwith ~~detail~~an inIndexed Account Charge offers the potential of increased Indexed Interest from a higher Cap or a higher Participation Rate for the Interest Term. However, you bear the risk that the Indexed Interest credited or the Participation Rate may not be greater than those applicable to an Indexed Account without a charge. Please see the section titled ~~"Surrender~~“Indexed ~~Charge~~Accounts” for more information, including the risks and benefits for electing an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account charge."

What annuity options are available during the Income Phase? You may select from four annuity options under the Contract. The available annuity options are:

•Life Annuity;

•Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period;

•Joint and Survivor Life Annuity; or

•Joint and Survivor Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period.

All annuity payments will be made on a fixed basis. The annuity options are discussed in more detail in the section titled "“Annuity Payments.”

Does the Contract provide a death benefit? If you die during the Accumulation Phase, your Contract provides for a death benefit equal to the greater of:

(a).Your Contract Value; or

(b).Your Purchase Payment, reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in the Indexed Account Values and the Fixed Account Value for each partial withdrawal, including the impact of any surrender charge deduction.

The death benefit is not payable during the Income Phase and will terminate without value as of the Annuity Date. The death benefit is discussed in more detail in the section titled "“Death Benefit.”

What is the Separate Account? Assets allocated to the Indexed Accounts of the Contracts are placed in one of two separate accounts. For Contracts issued in states other than Texas, Alaska or Washington this separate account is Symetra Separate Account RINA, an unregistered, non-unitized, and non-insulated separate account. Symetra Separate Account RINA is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. All of the assets of this separate account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business. For Contracts issued in Texas, Alaska, and Washington, all assets that you allocate to the Indexed Accounts are placed in Symetra Separate Account RITX, an unregistered, non-unitized, insulated separate account. This separate account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is only available for persons purchasing a Contract in certain states. Unlike Symetra Separate Account RINA, the assets in Symetra Separate Account RITX equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities are insulated from the claims of our creditors.

How do I contact Symetra Life Insurance Company? Symetra Life'’s principal place of business is located at 777 108th Avenue NE, Bellevue, Washington 98004. If you need more information, or you wish to submit a request, you should contact us at the following:

Home Office:

For all applications and Purchase Payments, please contact us at:

Symetra Life Insurance Company
PO Box 674420
Houston, TX 77267-4420

For all written communications, general correspondence, and other transactional inquiries, please contact us at:

Symetra Life Insurance Company
PO Box 674423
Houston, TX 77267-4423

We will not deem correspondence, including transactional inquiries including applications and Purchase Payments to be received by us until they are picked up at the addresses listed above and delivered to our processing office.

Customer Service By Phone:

1-800-796-3872 Extension 22136

For Overnight Mail:

Symetra Life Insurance Company
14710 John F Kennedy Blvd, Suite 140
Houston, TX 77032-3725

On the Internet:

www.symetra.com

811


RISK FACTORS

The purchase of the Contract involves certain risks. You should carefully consider the following factors, in addition to the matters set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, prior to purchasing the Contract.

GENERAL LIQUIDITY RISK

We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you may use to help save for retirement. The Contract is not designed to be a short-term investment. If you take withdrawals from your Contract during the surrender charge period, surrender charges may apply. In addition, amounts withdrawn from this Contract may also be subject to a 10% additional federal tax if taken before age 59½. If you plan on taking withdrawals that will be subject to surrender charges or additional federal taxes, this Contract may not be appropriate for you.

You can transfer Contract Value among the Indexed Accounts orand the Fixed Account generally only at the end of an Interest Term. This restricts your ability to react to changes in market conditions during Interest Terms. You should consider whether the inability to reallocate Contract Value during an Interest Term is consistent with your financial needs. We must receive your transfer request by the Transfer Notice Deadline. If we do not receive a transfer request, no transfers will occur and your current allocation will remain in place for the next Interest Term. This will occur even if the Crediting Method, Index, Cap percentage, Participation Rate percentage, Trigger Rate or ~~Indexed~~Dual ~~Interest~~Trigger ~~Cap~~Rate percentage associated with the Indexed Account has changed since you last selected the Indexed Account, in which case the Indexed Account may no longer be appropriate for your investment goals. If you fail to transfer your Indexed Account Value at the end of an Interest Term and do not wish to remain invested in a particular Indexed Account for another Interest Term, your only option will be to surrender the related Indexed Account Value. Surrendering all or a portion of your Contract Value may cause you to incur surrender charges, negative adjustments to certain values under your Contract, and negative tax consequences, as discussed in this section.

See "“Interim Value Risk"” below for information on how liquidity risks relate to our Interim Value calculation.

We may defer payments made under this Contract for up to six months if the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which we issued the Contract approves such deferral.

RISK OF LOSS RELATED TO FEES AND SURRENDER CHARGES

There is a risk of loss of principal and related earnings if you take a withdrawal from your Contract or surrender it during the first six Contract Years when we will deduct a surrender charge. This risk exists even if you are invested in an Indexed Account with an Index that is performing positively as of the date of your withdrawal.

There is also a risk of loss of principal and earnings as a result the Indexed Account Charge. If you invest in an Indexed Account option with an Indexed Account Charge, and your negative Adjusted Indexed Interest does not exceed the Buffer, you could still experience losses due to our deduction of the charge. In addition, any positive Adjusted Indexed Interest will be reduced by the deduction of the Indexed Account Charge at the end of each Interest Term.

If funds are allocated to an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge but Indexed Interest for a given Interest Term does not exceed the amount which would have been credited without the higher Cap or higher Participation Rate, the Indexed Account Charge is not refunded. The Indexed Account Charge is not refunded if the Indexed Interest is negative for the Indexed Account for a given Interest Term. This means: (i) You bear the risk that amounts you have allocated to Indexed Accounts with a charge will never be credited with a greater amount of positive Indexed Interest than a similar Indexed Account without a charge; and (ii) You assume the risk that funds allocated to an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge will not be refunded regardless of the amount of Indexed Interest, positive or negative, credited to the Indexed Account.

See “Base Value Risk” below.

INDEX RISK

If you allocate money to an Indexed Account for an Interest Term, the value of your investment depends in part on the performance of the applicable Index. The performance of an Index is based on changes in the values of the securities or other instruments that comprise or define the Index. The securities and instruments comprising or defining the Indexes are subject to a variety of investment risks, many of which are complicated and interrelated. These risks may affect capital markets generally, specific market segments, or specific issuers. The performance of the Indexes may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Negative Index performance may cause you to realize investment losses. The historical performance of an Index or an Indexed Account does not guarantee future results. It is impossible to predict whether an Index will perform positively or negatively over the course of an Interest Term.

While it is not possible to invest directly in an Index, if you choose to allocate amounts to an Indexed Account, you are indirectly exposed to the investment risks associated with the applicable Index. Because each Index is comprised or defined by a collection of equity securities, each Index is largely exposed to market risk and issuer risk.

Market risk is the risk that market fluctuations may cause the value of a security to fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Certain unanticipated events, such as wars, natural disasters and public health emergencies can negatively affected the global economy, economies of individual countries and the market in general. Any such impact could adversely affect the performance of the securities that comprise the Indexes and may lead to losses in your investment in the Indexed Accounts. The duration of these type of events are difficult to determine. Any such impact could adversely affect the performance of the securities that comprise the Indexes and may lead to losses on your investment in the Indexed Accounts. 12

~~Issuer~~Market risk is the risk that market fluctuations may cause the value of ana ~~issuer’s~~security ~~securities~~to ~~may~~fluctuate, ~~decline~~sometimes ~~for~~rapidly ~~reasons~~and ~~directly~~unpredictably. ~~related~~Certain tounanticipated events, such as wars, natural disasters and public health emergencies can negatively affect the ~~issuer~~global economy, aseconomies ~~opposed~~of toindividual countries and the market ~~generally~~in general. ~~Provided~~ ~~below~~Any issuch aimpact ~~summary~~could adversely affect the performance of ~~other~~the ~~important~~securities ~~investment~~that ~~risks~~comprise the Indexes and may lead to ~~which~~losses in your investment in the ~~Indexes~~Index Accounts. The duration of these types of events cannot be determined with certainty. The full impact and duration of these events are ~~exposed~~difficult to determine. ~~For~~Any ~~more~~such ~~information~~impact oncould adversely affect the ~~Indexes,~~performance ~~see~~of the ~~section~~securities ~~titled~~that "comprise the Indexes." and may lead to losses on your investment in the Indexed Accounts.

Issuer risk is the risk that the value of an issuer’s securities may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, as opposed to the market generally.

Provided below is a summary of other important investment risks to which the Indexes are exposed. For more information on the Indexes, see the section titled “Indexes.”

•S&P 500® Index. The S&P 500® Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies.

•Russell 2000® Index. The Russell 2000® Index is comprised of equity securities of small-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. Small-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies.

•Nasdaq-100® Index. The Nasdaq-100® Index is comprised of equity securities of the largest U.S. and non-U.S. companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, including companies across all major industry groups except financial companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies. To the extent that the Nasdaq-100® Index is comprised of securities issued by companies in a particular sector, those securities may not perform as well as the securities of companies in other sectors or the market as a whole. Also, any securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty).

Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 may also have Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index and PIMCO Equity Fusion Index. These Indexed Accounts are only available for ~~Contract~~contract ~~Owners~~owners that had Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

•MSCI Emerging Markets Index. The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is comprised of equity securities of large- and mid-capitalization companies in emerging markets. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies. Generally, the securities of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. Mid-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depositary receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). Those risks are typically more acute when issuers are located or operating in emerging markets. Emerging markets may be more likely to experience rapid inflation, political turmoil, and rapid changes in economic conditions than developed markets. Emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable valuations, and greater risk associated with custody of securities than developed markets.

•PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™. The PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™ is an equity index that allocates to exchange- traded funds (ETFs) tracking four major equity markets: U.S. large-capitalization equities, U.S. small-capitalization equities, technology-focused equities, and emerging market equities. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies. The securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies, and small-capitalization companies are more likely to fail than larger companies. Technology-related companies face risks that their products or services may not prove to be commercially successful. They are also strongly affected by worldwide scientific or technological developments, and their products may rapidly become obsolete. Such companies may be affected adversely by governmental policies more often than other companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). Those risks are typically more acute when issuers are located or operating in emerging markets. Emerging markets may be more likely to experience rapid inflation, political turmoil, and rapid changes in economic conditions than developed markets. Emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable valuations, and greater risk associated with custody of securities than developed markets. Because this index is comprised of ETF shares, the Index is also exposed to the risks associated with investing in ETFs. The value of the component ETF shares, which are valued based on their trading prices in the secondary ~~market, may change rapidly and unpredictably and may trade at premiums or discounts to the ETFs' respective net asset values.~~

market, may change rapidly and unpredictably and may trade at premiums or discounts to the ETFs’ respective net asset values.

The Indexes available under the Contract do not reflect any dividends or distributions paid by the component companies. If dividends or distributions were reflected in the value of an Index, the Index’s performance would be higher, particularly over long periods of time. The Indexes that include non-U.S. companies use exchange rate methodologies that may impact an Index’s performance. These considerations may negatively impact the performance of your Indexed Accounts.

An investment in the Contract is not an investment in the companies that comprise the Indexes. You should understand that you will have no voting rights, no rights to receive cash dividends or other distributions, and no other rights with respect to the companies that comprise the Indexes.

~~INDEXED~~RISKS ~~INTEREST~~RELATED ~~CAP~~TO ~~RISK~~UPSIDE POTENTIAL FEATURES

•Cap Risk. If you choose to allocate amounts to an Indexed Account with a Cap, the highest possible Adjusted Index Return that you may achieve is limited by the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap. The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap therefore limits the positive Indexed Interest, if any, that may be credited to your Contract for a given Interest Term. The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Caps do not guarantee a certain amount of Indexed Interest. The Adjusted Index Return for an Indexed Account may be less than the positive return of the Index. This is because any positive return of the Index is subject to a maximum in the form of ana Cap. For any Indexed ~~Interest~~Account with both a Cap and Participation Rate, the Adjusted Index Return will be limited by the Cap.

The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Caps benefit us because they limit the amount of positive Indexed Interest that we may be obligated to credit for any Interest Term. We set the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Caps in our discretion, however, they will never be less than 2.00% during the surrender charge period or 1.00% thereafter. You bear the risk that we will not set the Caps higher than the Guaranteed Minimum Cap.

10•Participation Rate Risk. We declare the Participation Rate immediately prior to the beginning of each Interest Term, and can declare a Participation Rate as low as 100%. You bear the risk that we will not declare an Participation Rate that is greater than 100%. We set the Participation Rates in our discretion subject to the Guaranteed Minimum Participation Rate. For any Indexed Account with both a Cap and Participation Rate, the Adjusted Index Return will be limited by the Cap.

~~during~~•Trigger Rate Risk. If you choose to allocate amounts to an Indexed Account with an Trigger Rate, the ~~surrender~~highest ~~charge~~possible ~~period~~Adjusted orIndex 1Return that you may achieve is the Trigger Rate.00 If, at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is 0% ~~thereafter~~or greater, the Adjusted Index Return is set to equal the Trigger Rate percentage. ~~You~~ ~~bear~~This would benefit you if a positive Index Return was less than the ~~risk~~Trigger ~~that~~Rate wepercentage. ~~will~~However, ~~not~~if the Index Return exceeds the Trigger Rate percentage, your Adjusted Index Return is set to equal the lower Trigger Rate percentage. In that case, you would have lost the opportunity to realize the higher Index Return. The Trigger Rate does not guarantee a certain amount of Indexed Interest. ~~Caps~~We ~~higher~~declare ~~than~~the ~~these~~Trigger ~~minimums~~Rate immediately prior to the beginning of each Interest Term, and can declare an Trigger Rate as low as 1%.

~~INDEXED~~The ~~INTEREST~~Trigger ~~BUFFER~~Rate ~~AND~~benefits ~~INDEXED~~us ~~INTEREST~~where ~~FLOOR~~the ~~RISK~~Index Return exceeds the Trigger Rate percentage because that limits the amount of positive Indexed Interest that we may be obligated to credit for any Interest Term. We set the Trigger Rate in our discretion subject to the Guaranteed Minimum Trigger Rate.

~~When~~•Dual Trigger Rate Risk. If you choose to allocate ~~money~~amounts to an Indexed Account, ~~you~~with ~~are~~a ~~not~~Dual ~~investing~~Trigger inRate, the ~~associated~~highest ~~Index,~~possible orAdjusted inIndex ~~any~~Return ~~securities or other instruments included in~~ that ~~Index. If~~ you ~~allocate money to an Indexed Account, Index fluctuations~~ may ~~cause~~achieve ~~Indexed~~is ~~Interest~~the toDual beTrigger ~~negative~~Rate. If, ~~even~~at ~~after~~ the ~~application~~end of the ~~Indexed~~ Interest ~~Buffer~~Term, or the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Interest~~Return ~~Floor. This~~is ~~would~~positive, ~~reduce~~zero, ~~your~~or ~~Indexed~~negative ~~Account~~within ~~Value.~~the ~~Any~~Buffer, ~~portion~~the ofAdjusted ~~your~~Index ~~Contract~~Return ~~Value~~is ~~allocated~~set to anequal ~~Indexed~~the ~~Account~~Dual Trigger ~~will~~Rate ~~benefit~~percentage. ~~from~~This ~~the~~would ~~protection~~benefit ~~afforded~~you ~~under~~if ~~either~~ the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Interest~~Return ~~Buffer~~was orequal ~~Indexed~~to ~~Interest~~or ~~Floor~~above ~~only for that Interest Term. You assume~~ the ~~risk~~Buffer ~~that you will incur a loss~~ and ~~that~~less ~~the~~than ~~amount of~~ the ~~loss~~Dual ~~will~~Trigger beRate ~~significant~~percentage. ~~You~~ ~~also~~However, ~~bear~~if the ~~risk that sustained negative~~ Index ~~Returns~~Return ~~may~~exceeds ~~result~~the inDual Trigger ~~zero~~Rate orpercentage, ~~negative Indexed Interest being credited to~~ your ~~Indexed~~Adjusted ~~Account~~Index ~~Value~~Return ~~over multiple Interest Terms. If an Indexed Account~~ is ~~credited~~set ~~with~~to ~~negative~~equal ~~Indexed~~the ~~Interest~~lower ~~for~~Dual Trigger ~~multiple~~Rate ~~Interest~~percentage. In ~~Terms~~that case, ~~the~~you ~~cumulative~~would ~~loss~~have ~~may~~lost ~~exceed~~ the ~~stated~~opportunity ~~limit~~to ofrealize the ~~Indexed~~higher ~~Interest~~Index ~~Buffer or Indexed Interest Floor for any single Interest Term~~Return. ~~You~~The ~~will~~Dual Trigger ~~not~~Rate ~~have~~does ~~voting~~not ~~rights~~guarantee ora ~~rights~~certain toamount ~~receive cash dividends or other distributions or other rights that holders~~ of ~~the~~Indexed ~~shares of the funds or holders of securities comprising the indexes would have~~Interest. We ~~calculate~~declare ~~positive~~the ~~Index~~Dual ~~changes~~Trigger ~~without~~Rate ~~taking~~immediately ~~into~~prior ~~account~~to ~~any~~the ~~such~~beginning ~~distributions~~of oreach ~~dividends~~Interest ~~paid. We~~Term ~~will~~and ~~not~~can declare a ~~more~~Dual ~~favorable~~Trigger ~~Indexed~~Rate ~~Interest~~as ~~Buffer~~low ~~rate~~as ~~or Indexed Interest Floor while you Own the Contract~~1%.

The Dual Trigger Rate benefits us where the Index Return exceeds the Dual Trigger Rate percentage because that limits the amount of positive Indexed Interest that we may be obligated to credit for any Interest Term. We set the Dual Trigger Rate in our discretion subject to the Guaranteed Minimum Dual Trigger Rate.

RISKS RELATED TO DOWNSIDE PROTECTION FEATURES

•Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate Risk. When you allocate money to an Indexed Account with a Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate, you are not investing in the associated Index, or in any securities or other instruments included in that Index. Index fluctuations may cause Indexed Interest to be negative even after the application of the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate. This would reduce your Indexed Account Value. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account will benefit from the protection afforded under the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate only for that Interest Term. You assume the risk that you will incur a loss and that the amount of the loss will be significant. You also bear the risk that sustained negative Index Returns may result in zero or negative Indexed Interest being credited to your Indexed Account Value over multiple Interest Terms. If an Indexed Account is credited with negative Indexed Interest for multiple Interest Terms, the cumulative loss may exceed the stated limit of the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate for any single Interest Term. You will not have voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends or other distributions or other rights that holders of the shares of the funds or holders of securities comprising the indexes would have. We calculate Index changes without taking into account any such distributions or dividends paid.

The Buffer and Buffer Plus Rate does not protect you from the Indexed Account Charge, even when your negative Adjusted Index Return is less than or equal to the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate.

•Floor Risk. When you allocate money to an Indexed Account with a Floor, you are not investing in the associated Index, or in any securities or other instruments included in that Index. Index fluctuations may cause Indexed Interest to be negative even after the application of the Floor. This would reduce your Indexed Account Value. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account will benefit from the protection afforded under the Floor only for that Interest Term. You assume the risk that you will incur a loss and that the amount of the loss will be significant. You also bear the risk that sustained negative Index Returns may result in zero or negative Indexed Interest being credited to your Indexed Account Value over multiple Interest Terms. If an Indexed Account is credited with negative Indexed Interest for multiple Interest Terms, the cumulative loss may exceed the stated limit of the Floor for any single Interest Term. You will not have voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends or other distributions or other rights that holders of the shares of the funds or holders of securities comprising the indexes would have. We calculate Index changes without taking into account any such distributions or dividends paid. Please note that Indexed Accounts with a Floor are only available for Contract Owners that have Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

•Barrier Risk. When you allocate money to an Indexed Account with a Barrier, you are not investing in the associated Index, or in any securities or other instruments included in that Index. Index fluctuations may cause Indexed Interest to be negative even after the application of the protection of the Barrier feature. This will reduce your Indexed Account Value. If the negative Index Return exceeds the Barrier percentage, your Indexed Interest will be determined based on the full amount of the negative Index Return. This is different from the operation of a Buffer (in which you are only exposed to Index Return losses that exceed the Buffer during the Interest Term) or a Floor (in which you are only exposed to losses up to the Floor during the Interest Term). With the Barrier feature, you are potentially subject to 100% of any negative Index Return. This means you risk losing 100% of any Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account with a Barrier. You will not have voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends or other distributions or other rights that holders of the shares of the funds or holders of securities comprising the indexes would have. Please note that Indexed Accounts with a Barrier are only available for Contract Owners that have Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

The Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate, and Barrier applicable to each Indexed Account will not change for the life of your Contract.

BASE VALUE RISK

If you withdraw Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account prior to the end of an Interest Term (including through a repetitive withdrawal), the withdrawal will cause a reduction to your Base Value. When you take such a withdrawal, your Base Value will be immediately reduced in a proportion equal to the reduction in your Indexed Account Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. Reductions to your Base Value will negatively impact your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term and may result in a lower amount of Indexed Interest being credited, if any, at the end of the Interest Term.

Once your Base Value is reduced due to a withdrawal, there is no way under the Contract to increase your Base Value during the remainder of the Interest Term. See “Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts” for additional information about how withdrawals affect your Indexed Account Values.

RETURN LOCK RISK

If you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Account for an Interest Term, you may request to exercise the Return Lock feature at any time by notifying us prior to the end of the third to last Business Day of the Interest Term. If you exercise the Return Lock feature, your Indexed Account Value (which otherwise fluctuates daily) will not change for the remainder of the Interest Term. You should consider the following risks related to the Return Lock feature:

•You will no longer participate in the Index's performance, whether positive or negative, for the remainder of the Interest Term. This means that if you exercise the Return Lock feature, under no circumstances will your Indexed Account Value increase during the remainder of the Interest Term even if the Index increases after you exercise the Return Lock feature.15

•You will no longer participate in the Index’s performance, whether positive or negative, for the remainder of the Interest Term. This means that if you exercise the Return Lock feature, under no circumstances will your Indexed Account Value increase during the remainder of the Interest Term even if the Index increases after you exercise the Return Lock feature.

•You will not be credited with any Indexed Interest for that Indexed Account at the end of the Interest Term.

•We use the Interim Value calculated at the end of the Business Day after we receive your request. This means you will not be able to determine in advance your “locked in” Indexed Account Value, and it may be higher or lower than it was on the Business Day we received your Return Lock request or your Indexed Account Value reached its target return for an automatic Return Lock.

•If you exercise the Return Lock feature at a time when your Interim Value has declined, you will lock in any loss. It is possible that you would have realized less of a loss or no loss if you exercised the Return Lock feature at a later time or not at all.

•We will not provide advice or notify you regarding whether you should exercise the Return Lock feature or the optimal time for doing so. We will not warn you if you exercise the Return Lock feature at a sub-optimal time. We are not responsible for any losses related to your decision whether or not to exercise the Return Lock feature.

•After you exercise the Return Lock feature, you will have the opportunity to transfer your “locked-in” Indexed Account Value at the end of each Interest Term Year remaining in the Interest Term. If you remain in your current Indexed Account for the remainder of the Interest Term, your “locked-in” Indexed Account Value will not increase for the remainder of that Interest Term, and you will forego any opportunity to invest in a new Indexed Account and earn Indexed Interest.

•The earlier in an Interest Term that you exercise the Return Lock, the longer you will forego such opportunity. For example, if you are invested in an Indexed Account with a six year Interest Term, and you exercise the Return Lock feature on the first day of the second year of the Interest Term and choose not to transfer for the remainder of the Interest Term, your investment will not increase for five years.

See the section titled “Return Lock” for additional information regarding the Return Lock feature.

INTERIM VALUE RISK

On each Business Day of the Interest Term, other than the first and last day, we determine the Indexed Account Value for each Indexed Account by calculating its Interim Value and then subtracting any Indexed Account Charge. In order to calculate your Interim Value, we apply a formula which is not directly tied to the actual performance of the applicable Index. Instead, we calculate it by determining the value of hypothetical investments and derivatives that we may or may not actually hold. This means that even if the Index Return has increased, it is possible that the Interim Value may not have increased. For more information and to see how we calculate the Interim Value, see Appendix B: Interim Value.

If you choose to allocate amounts to an Indexed Account, Indexed Interest will not be credited to your Contract Value until the end of the Interest Term. This means that amounts withdrawn prior to the end of an Interest Term will not be credited with Indexed Interest. This includes Contract Value applied to pay a death benefit or to an annuity payout option. Except for the first and last Business Day of an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value is largely based on your Interim Value and is the amount available for withdrawals, surrenders, annuitization and death benefits. You should consider the risk that it could be less than your original investment even when the applicable Index is performing positively.

RISK THAT WE MAY ELIMINATE OR SUBSTITUTE AN INDEX OR CREDITING METHOD OR CHANGE ~~INDEXED~~CAPS ~~INTEREST~~AND ~~CAPS~~RATES

There is no guarantee that any particular Indexed Account, Index, or Crediting Method will be available during the entire time that you own your Contract. We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or if there is a substantial change in the calculation of the Index, or if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. If we substitute an Index, the performance of the new Index may differ from the original Index. This may negatively affect the Indexed Interest that you earn during that Interest Term or the Interim Values that you can lock-in under the Return Lock feature. We may replace an Index at any time during an Interest Term, however, we will notify you in writing at least 30 days prior to replacing an Index. If we replace an Index, this does not cause a change in the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate, ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, Dual Trigger Rate, Barrier, Floor, Buffer or ~~Indexed~~Buffer Plus Rate for that Interest ~~Buffer~~Term. You will have no right to reject the replacement of an Index, and you will not be permitted to transfer Indexed Account Values until the end of an Interest Term even if we replace the Index during such Interest Term. The new Index and the replaced Index (which you may have previously chosen) may not be similar with respect to their component securities or other instruments, although we will attempt to select a new Index that is similar to the old Index. At the end of the Interest Term, you may transfer your Indexed Account Value to another Indexed Account or to the Fixed Account without charge. If you do not want to remain invested in the relevant Indexed Account for the remainder of the Interest Term, your only option, if you do not exercise the Return Lock feature, will be to withdraw the related Indexed Account Value, which may cause you to incur surrender charges, negative adjustments to certain values under your Contract, and negative tax consequences, as discussed in this section.

Changes to the ~~Indexed~~Caps, ~~Interest~~Trigger ~~Caps~~Rates, Dual Trigger Rates and Participation Rates (if any,) occur at the beginning of the next Interest Term. We will provide written notice at least 30 days prior to each Interest Term instructing you how to obtain the Indexed Interest Caps for the next Interest Term. You do not have the right to reject any new Indexed Interest Caps for the next Interest Term. If you do not like a new Indexed Interest Cap for a particular Indexed Account, at the end of the current Interest Term, you may transfer your Indexed Account Value to another Indexed Account or to the Fixed Account without charge. If you do not want to invest in any investment option under the Contract, your only option will be to surrender your Contract. Surrendering your Contract may cause you to incur surrender charges, negative adjustments to certain values under the Contract, and may have negative tax consequences, as discussed in this section. The Indexed Interest Floor and Indexed Interest Buffer will not change for the life of your Contract. See the section titled "Indexes" for more information.

We may also add or remove an Index or Crediting Method during the time that you own the Contract. We will not substitute any Index or Crediting Method until the new Index or Crediting Method has received any necessary regulatory clearances. Any addition, substitution, or removal of an Indexed Account, Index, or Crediting Method will be communicated to you in writing. If we add or remove an Index (as opposed to replacing an Index), the changes will not be effective for your Contract until the start of the next Interest Term. Adding or removing an Index does not cause a change in the Indexed Interest Floor or Indexed Interest Buffer. Any Indexed Accounts based on the performance of the newly added Index will have a new Indexed Interest Cap. 16

available Caps, Trigger Rates, Dual Trigger Rates, and Participation Rates for the next Interest Term. You do not have the right to reject any new Caps, Trigger Rates, Dual Trigger Rates or Participation Rates (if any) for the next Interest Term. If you do not like any such new element for a particular Indexed Account, at the end of the current Interest Term, you may transfer your Indexed Account Value to another Indexed Account or to the Fixed Account without charge. If you do not want to invest in any investment option under the Contract, your only option will be to surrender your Contract. Surrendering your Contract may cause you to incur surrender charges, negative adjustments to certain values under the Contract, and may have negative tax consequences, as discussed in this section. The Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate and Barrier will not change for the life of your Contract. See the section titled “Indexes” for more information.

We may also add or remove an Index or Crediting Method during the time that you own the Contract. We will not substitute any Index or Crediting Method until the new Index or Crediting Method has received any necessary regulatory clearances. Any addition, substitution, or removal of an Indexed Account, Index, or Crediting Method will be communicated to you in writing. If we add or remove an Index (as opposed to replacing an Index), the changes will not be effective for your Contract until the start of the next Interest Term. Adding or removing an Index does not cause a change in the Floor, Buffer, Buffer Plus Rate or Barrier. Any Indexed Accounts based on the performance of the newly added Index will have a new Cap, Participation Rate, Trigger Rate or Dual Trigger Rate.

You should evaluate whether our ability to make the changes described above, and your ability to react to such changes, are appropriate based on your investment goals. When such changes occur, you should also evaluate whether those changes are appropriate based on your investment goals and, if not, you should evaluate your options under the Contract, which may be limited and may have negative consequences associated with them, as described in this section.

FIXED ACCOUNT RISK

The effective annual interest rate for any Interest Term will never be lower than 1.00%. The effective annual interest rate represents the rate of daily compounded interest over a 12-month period. You bear the risk that we will never declare an interest rate for the Fixed Account higher than the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

OUR FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND CLAIMS-PAYING ABILITY

Our General Account assets support the guarantees under the Contract and are subject to the claims of our creditors. As such, the guarantees under the Contract are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. There is a risk that we may default on those guarantees. The assets in Symetra Separate Account RINA are also subject to our creditors, but not the assets in Symetra Separate Account RITX. You need to consider our financial strength and claims-paying ability in meeting the guarantees under the Contract. You may obtain information on our financial condition by reviewing our financial statements included in this prospectus. Additionally, information concerning our business and operations is set forth under the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis.”

included in this prospectus. Additionally, information concerning our business and operations is set forth under the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis."

CYBER SECURITY RISKS

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our annuity business activities. Because our annuity business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is potentially vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages and other problems, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (hardware and software malfunctions) and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. For instance, cyber-attacks may: interfere with our processing of Contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website; cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information; impede order processing; subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses; and/or cause reputational damage. Also, the risk of cyberattacks may be higher during periods of geopolitical turmoil (such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the responses by the United States and other governments).

Cyber security risks may also affect the Indexes. Breaches in cyber security may cause an Index’s performance to be incorrectly calculated, which could affect the calculation of values under the Contract. We are not responsible for the calculation of any Index. Breaches in cyber security may also negatively affect the value of the securities or other instruments that comprise or define the Indexes.

See additional company-related risks later in this prospectus under “Risks Related to our Business and Industry.”

DELAYS IN CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

Delays in Contract administration and disruptions in core business functions may occur in the event of severe weather, natural disasters, a public health crisis, pandemic, or the closure of one or more of our offices, or in the event of interruptions in mail delivery, telephone communications, or other electronic communications beyond our control.


THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

This prospectus describes the Contract. The Contract is an agreement between Symetra Life and you, the Owner. The Contract is designed to help you invest on a tax-deferred basis and meet long-term financial goals, such as retirement funding. Under the Contract we promise to pay an income in the form of annuity payments, beginning on a date that you select. A death benefit may also become payable upon your death. All payments under the Contract are subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus.

During the Accumulation Phase, you may access your money under the Contract by taking withdrawals of your Contract Value. Withdrawals may be subject to surrender charges and taxes payable by us and not previously deducted. During the Income Phase, we pay guaranteed income in the form of annuity payments. The Contract also has a death benefit that may become payable during the Accumulation Phase. The death benefit is not payable during the Income Phase.

The Contract is available as a non-qualified contract, which will provide you with certain tax deferral features under the Code. The Contract is also available as a qualified contract as either an IRA or a Roth IRA. If you purchase the Contract as a qualified contract, the Contract will not provide you tax deferral benefits in addition to those already provided by your IRA or Roth IRA.

STATE VARIATIONS

This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations under the Contract. Certain provisions of the Contract may be different from the general description in this prospectus due to variations required by state law. For example, state law may require different right to examine periods, which is the amount of time allowed to examine the Contract and return it for a refund, and may impose different issue age limitations. The state in which your Contract is issued also governs whether or not certain options, or charges are available or will vary under your Contract. Please see Appendix A for a listing of state variations. Any state variations will be included in your Contract or in riders or endorsements attached to your Contract.

OWNER

You, as the Owner, may exercise all ownership rights under the Contract. The Contract must be issued prior to the Owner reaching age 81 (the “maximum issue age”). If your birthday falls between the date of your Contract application and the Contract Date, we will issue the Contract based upon your age as of the application date, if requested by you and subject to state regulations.

Joint Owners: A non-qualified Contract can be owned by joint Owners. Each joint Owner has equal ownership rights and must exercise those rights jointly, unless both Owners direct us otherwise in writing. Only two Owners are allowed per Contract. If the Contract is owned by joint Owners, the signatures of both Owners are needed to exercise rights under the Contract, unless we are directed otherwise by both joint Owners in writing. An Owner who is a non-natural person (e.g., a corporation or trust) may not name a joint Owner.

CHANGES TO OWNERSHIP

You may request to change the Owner or joint Owner of a non-qualified Contract by sending us a signed and dated request. To the extent allowed by state law, we reserve the right to refuse our consent to any change in Owner at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis if the change in ownership would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation. We will not be bound by a change in ownership until we acknowledge it. If you designate someone else as Owner, that person must not have been older than the maximum issue age as of the Contract Date. Unless you specify otherwise, a change in ownership is effective as of the date you signed the notice of change. However, we are not responsible for any legitimate actions that we take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving the notice. If you designate someone else as Owner, the potential death benefit will be adjusted. See the section titled “Death Benefit.”

Use care when naming joint Owners and making changes to the ownership of your Contract. Consult your financial professional if you have questions.

ANNUITANT

You initially name the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant on your Contract application. This designation may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity Date by sending us a signed and dated written request. However, if the Contract is owned by a non- natural person (e.g., a corporation or trust), the Annuitant(s) may not be changed. Unless you specify otherwise, a change in Annuitant is effective as of the date you signed the notice of change. However, we are not responsible for any legitimate actions that we take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving the notice.

If you designate someone else as Annuitant, that person must not be older than the maximum issue age on the Contract Date, and cannot exceed the maximum annuitization age when Annuity Payments begin.

Only two Annuitants are allowed per Contract. Each Annuitant must be no older than the maximum issue age as of the Contract Date. The Income Phase must begin prior to the Annuitant reaching age 96. If there are joint Annuitants, the birth date of the older Annuitant will be used to determine the latest Annuity Date.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity (or entities) entitled to receive any death benefit paid under the Contract, as described in the section titled "“Death Benefit."” You initially name the Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) on your Contract application and you may change a Beneficiary at any time by sending us a signed and dated written request. If you have designated a Beneficiary as irrevocable, the Beneficiary must consent in writing to any change. A new Beneficiary designation revokes any prior designation and is effective when signed by you. We are not responsible for the validity of any Beneficiary designation or for any legitimate actions we may take under the Contract (including payments) prior to receiving a request to change a Beneficiary. After your death, the Beneficiary has the right to receive any death benefit payable under the Contract or to change the Payee for remaining annuity payments. Beneficiaries should notify us of your death as promptly as possible.

ASSIGNMENT

To the extent allowed by state law, we reserve the right to refuse our consent to any assignment at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis if the assignment would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation. You may request to assign or transfer your rights under the Contract by sending us a signed and dated request. We will not be bound by an assignment until we acknowledge it. If you assign your benefits, the death benefit amount may be adjusted. See the section titled “Death Benefit.”

Unless you specify otherwise, an assignment or transfer is effective as of the date you signed the notice of change. However, we are not responsible for any legitimate actions (including payments) that we take under the Contract prior to receiving the notice. We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment or transfer. To the extent allowed by law, payments under the Contract are not subject to legal process for the claims of creditors.

An IRA, Roth IRA, or any other qualified Contract may not be assigned except as permitted by the Code.


PURCHASE

PURCHASING THE CONTRACT

If you are younger than age 81, you may purchase the Contract by completing an application and submitting a minimum Purchase Payment of $25,000. Only one Purchase Payment is allowed under the Contract. For IRAs and Roth IRAs, because the minimum Purchase Payment we accept exceeds the annual contribution limits for IRAs and Roth IRAs, your initial Purchase Payment must include a rollover contribution. We will not accept, without our prior approval, any Purchase Payment in excess of $1 million.

Purchase Payments should be made payable to Symetra Life Insurance Company and submitted to our Home Office. Purchase Payments must be made in U.S. dollars and must be made in a form acceptable to us. You may choose to make Purchase Payments:

•By personal check;

14•By Electronic Funds Transfer (“EFT”); or

•By Electronic Funds Transfer ("EFT"); or

•By wire transfer.

We will not accept Purchase Payments made in the following forms:

•Cash;

•Credit cards; and

•Money orders or travelers checks.

We will not deem correspondence, including transactional inquiries including applications and Purchase Payments, to be received by us until picked up at our Home Office address.

We reserve the right not to accept third-party checks. In some circumstances and at our discretion, we may accept third-party checks that are from a rollover or transfer from other financial institutions.

We reserve the right to refuse any Purchase Payment that exceeds $1 million and any Purchase Payment that exceeds $1 million when aggregated with previous Purchase Payments made to other Contracts. Further, we reserve the right to refuse any Purchase Payment that does not meet our minimum Purchase Payment requirements, is not in good order, or is otherwise contrary to law for Symetra Life to accept. In addition, we reserve the right to refuse any application. If we refuse your application, we will return your Purchase Payment to you.

ALLOCATING YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENT

You tell us how to apply your Purchase Payment by specifying in the Contract application your desired allocation (by percentage) among the Fixed Account and the available Indexed Accounts. Following the Contract Date, your Purchase Payment will be allocated according to your instructions on the Allocation Date. Allocations occur on the 7th or the 21st calendar day of each month. If this day is not a Business Day, ~~the~~allocation ~~Allocation Date~~ will beoccur on the next Business Day. The Allocation Date and Contract Date ~~cannot be the same date. Beginning on the Contract Date until the Allocation Date, your Purchase Payment, less any applicable taxes, will be allocated to the Fixed Holding Account.~~

Fixed Holding Account. On your Contract Date, we will allocate your Purchase Payment, less any applicable taxes, to the Fixed Holding Account. Your Purchase Payment (and all interest credited to your Contract Value) will remain in the Fixed Holding Account until the Allocation Date, when it will be allocated according to the allocation instructions in your Contract application. We credit compound interest on amounts allocated to the Fixed Holding Account at rates declared by us. The Fixed Holding Account interest rate will never be less than 1.00%. You assume the risk that we will not declare an interest rate higher than 1.00%. 19

~~Example~~cannot ~~1: Assume that your Contract Date is the 1st calendar day of a month. You have told us that you want your entire Purchase Payment to~~ be ~~allocated to~~ the ~~S&P~~same ~~500® Indexed Account with Point to Point with Indexed Interest Buffer of 10% and a one-year Interest Term~~date. ~~Your~~Beginning ~~Purchase~~on ~~Payment will be allocated to~~ the ~~Fixed~~Contract ~~Holding~~Date ~~Account and it will earn interest~~ until the ~~7th~~Allocation ~~calendar day of the same month (or the next Business Day~~Date, ~~if the 7th is not a Business Day), at which time we will allocate~~ your Purchase Payment, ~~plus~~less any ~~interest~~applicable ~~earned~~taxes, towill ~~the~~be ~~S&P~~allocated ~~500®~~to ~~Indexed~~the ~~Account~~Fixed ~~you~~Holding ~~have selected~~Account.

~~Example~~Fixed 2:Holding ~~Assume~~Account. On ~~that~~ your Contract Date, iswe ~~the~~will ~~21st~~allocate ~~calendar day of a month. You have told us that you want~~ your ~~entire~~ Purchase Payment, toless beany ~~allocated~~applicable taxes, to the ~~S&P~~Fixed ~~500®~~Holding ~~Indexed~~ Account. ~~with~~Your ~~Point~~Purchase toPayment ~~Point with Indexed Interest Buffer of 10%~~ (and aall ~~six~~interest ~~year~~credited ~~Interest~~to ~~Term. Although~~your ~~the 21st calendar day of a month is a potential Allocation Date, the Allocation Date and the~~ Contract ~~Date~~Value) ~~cannot be the same date. Therefore, we~~ will ~~allocate~~remain ~~your~~in ~~Purchase Payment to~~ the Fixed Holding Account ~~and it will earn interest~~ until the ~~7th~~Allocation ~~calendar day of the following month (or the next Business Day~~Date, ifwhen ~~the~~it ~~7th is not a Business Day), at which time we~~ will ~~allocate~~be ~~your~~allocated ~~Purchase~~according ~~Payment, plus any interest earned,~~ to the ~~S&P~~allocation ~~500®~~instructions ~~Indexed~~in ~~Account~~your ~~you~~Contract ~~have selected~~application.

We credit compound interest on amounts allocated to the Fixed Holding Account at rates declared by us. The Fixed Holding Account interest rate will never be less than 1.00%. You assume the risk that we will not declare an interest rate higher than 1.00%.

Example 1: Assume that your Contract Date is the 1st calendar day of a month. You have told us that you want your entire Purchase Payment to be allocated to the S&P 500® Indexed Account with Point to Point with Buffer of 10% and a one-year Interest Term. Your Purchase Payment will be allocated to the Fixed Holding Account and it will earn interest until the 7th calendar day of the same month (or the next Business Day, if the 7th is not a Business Day), at which time we will allocate your Purchase Payment, plus any interest earned, to the S&P 500® Indexed Account you have selected.

Example 2: Assume that your Contract Date is the 21st calendar day of a month. You have told us that you want your entire Purchase Payment to be allocated to the S&P 500® Indexed Account with Point to Point with Buffer of 10% and a two year Interest Term. Although the 21st calendar day of a month is a potential Allocation Date, the Allocation Date and the Contract Date cannot be the same date. Therefore, we will allocate your Purchase Payment to the Fixed Holding Account and it will earn interest until the 7th calendar day of the following month (or the next Business Day, if the 7th is not a Business Day), at which time we will allocate your Purchase Payment, plus any interest earned, to the S&P 500® Indexed Account you have selected.

RIGHT TO EXAMINE

You may cancel the Contract without charge by returning it to us or to your registered representative within 10 days after you receive your Contract. In some states, the right to examine period may be longer. Please see the front page of your Contract for the right to examine period that applies to your Contract. If you cancel your Contract during this period, we will issue a refund including all charges that may have been deducted from your Contract. Your state'’s law will determine the amount you will receive. This amount will either be:

(a).Your Contract Value on the Business Day we receive your request, which may be more or less than your original Purchase Payment;

(b).The amount of your Purchase Payment; or

(c).The greater of (a) or (b).

The amount of your refund and the length of the right to examine period may depend on if your Contract is a replacement of another insurance or annuity contract. Generally, for Contracts issued as a replacement, this period is 30 days. If your Contract is an IRA or Roth IRA and you cancel within the first 7 days, you will receive the greater of (a) or (b) above. After the first 7 days, your state'’s law will determine the amount you will receive as described above.

If your Allocation Date occurs during the right to examine period, we will allocate your Purchase Payment in the manner you selected on your application. If we are required to return the amount of your Purchase Payment or the greater of (a) or (b) above, Symetra Life will be subject to the investment risk if you cancel your Contract during this period.

For a state-by-state description of material variations of this Contract, including the right to examine period, see Appendix A.


INVESTMENT OPTIONS

Under the Contract, you allocate your initial Purchase Payment (and any interest earned thereon from the Fixed Holding Account) among the available investment options for the initial Interest Term. You may reallocate your Contract Value among the available investment options for subsequent Interest Terms by providing new allocation instructions to us, as discussed under the section titled “Transfers.” You may not reallocate your Contract Value until the end of an Interest Term.

The investment options offered under the Contract are the Fixed Account and 1546 Indexed Accounts. Certain Indexed Accounts are only available to Contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2024 and other Indexed Accounts are closed to new investors and only available to contract Owners who are invested in them as of a certain date. Indexed Accounts closed to new investors do not accept new allocations and will be closed once the applicable Interest Term ends. The Fixed Account credits compound interest at a guaranteed rate. Each Indexed Account credits interest determined by the performance of a particular Index and the applicable Crediting Method. The interest credited for any Indexed Account may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. Please note that some selling firms may restrict the selection of certain Indexed Accounts based on criteria established by the selling firm. You should speak with your financial professional for details about the Indexed Accounts available through their firm.

INTEREST TERM

Each Interest Term is one year, two years or six years and begins on your Allocation Date. Each subsequent Interest Term begins at the end of the prior Interest Term. If any beginning/ending date of an Interest Term is not a Business Day, the beginning/ ending date will be the next Business Day.

The initial Interest Term Year is the 12-month period beginning on the Allocation Date and ending on the 7th or 21st calendar day of the month that is closest to the anniversary of your Allocation Date. Subsequent Interest Term Years are consecutive and will also begin and end on the 7th or 21st calendar day of the month that is closest to an anniversary of your Allocation Date. If any of those days are not business days, we will use the next Business Day.

FIXED ACCOUNT

The Fixed Account credits compound interest based on rates that are set and guaranteed by us. Any portion of your Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Account for an Interest Term will be credited with the interest rate established for that Interest Term. This rate will apply for the entire Interest Term. Once an Interest Term is over, we will declare a new interest rate for the next Interest Term.

The interest rate for the Fixed Account for your initial Interest Term will be set forth in your Contract. Prior to the beginning of each subsequent Interest Term, we will mail to you, aat least 30~~-day~~ days in advance, a written notice indicating how you may obtain the interest rate for the Fixed Account for the next Interest Term.

The effective annual interest rate for any Interest Term will never be lower than the guaranteed minimum interest rate ~~shown~~of ~~on your Contract data page~~1%. This rate is guaranteed to be a rate not less than the minimum interest rate allowed by state law. The effective annual interest rate represents the rate of daily compounded interest over a 12-month period. You bear the risk that we will never declare an interest rate for the Fixed Account higher than the guaranteed minimum interest rate.

Payments from the Fixed Account are also subject to minimum amounts required by state law. These minimum amounts only apply upon annuitization from the Fixed Account, payment of a death benefit upon death of the Owner, or a full withdrawal from the Fixed Account. We guarantee that if one of these events occurs, then the proceeds from the Fixed Account (the amount applied to annuity payments or paid for a full withdrawal or death benefit) will be at least equal to the minimums required by state law. If necessary to meet this minimum, charges will be waived.

INDEXED ACCOUNTS

An Indexed Account is defined by an associated Index, a Crediting Method and an Interest Term. Each Indexed Account credits an amount of interest at the end of each Interest Term determined by the performance of a particular Index and the applicable Crediting Method. Each Crediting Method measures the net performance of the applicable Index between the beginning and end of an Interest Term (i.e., “Point to Point”) ~~subject to the Indexed Interest Cap, and either the Indexed Interest Floor or the Indexed Interest Buffer~~.

Certain ~~There~~Indexed ~~are~~Accounts ~~currently~~have 15an annual Indexed ~~Accounts~~Account ~~available~~Charge ~~under~~as indicated in the ~~Contract~~name of each given Indexed Account. The ~~table~~Indexed ~~below~~Account ~~lists~~Charge ~~the~~percentage ~~Index~~will not change while your Contract remains in force and ~~Crediting~~is ~~Method~~deducted from the Indexed Account Value for each Interest Term. Indexed Accounts that include an Indexed Account Charge have a higher Cap or a higher Participation Rate for an Interest Term than similar Indexed Accounts that do not have an Indexed Account Charge. Electing to allocate funds to an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge offers the potential of increased Indexed Interest from a higher Cap or a higher Participation Rate for the 15Interest Term. Please note that selecting an Indexed Account with a charge does not guarantee a positive return or an increase in Indexed Account Value. You bear the risk that amounts you have allocated to Indexed Accounts with a charge will never be credited with a greater amount of positive Indexed Interest than a similar Indexed Account without a charge.

16We do not refund any fees regardless of the amount of Indexed Interest, positive or negative, credited to the Indexed Account. In addition, the Indexed Interest Account Buffer does not protect you from the Indexed Account Charge, even when your negative Adjusted Indexed Return is less than or equal to the Buffer. The Indexed Account Charge will decrease your Indexed Account earnings.

Indexed Accounts Currently Available to All Contract Owners
Index			Crediting Method
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Floor (-10%)
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Floor (-10%)
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Floor (-10%)
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (six year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (six year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (six year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (20%)
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (six year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (20%)
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (six year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (30%)

The Contract offers the following Crediting Methods: (1) Point to Point with Buffer, Cap, and Participation Rate; (2) Point to Point with Buffer and Trigger Rate; (3) Point to Point with Buffer Plus, Participation Rate and Cap (only available to Contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2024 and subject to state approval); (4) Point to Point with Buffer and Dual Trigger Rate (only available to Contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2024 and subject to state approval); (5) Point to Point with Barrier, Cap, and Participation Rate (only available to Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 and invested in them on May 7, 2024); and (6) Point to Point with Floor, Cap, and Participation Rate (only available to Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 and invested in them on May 7, 2024.)

Indexed Accounts Only Available for Contracts Purchased on or Before April 30, 2024 and Invested in them On May 7, 2024
Index			Crediting Method
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Floor (-10%)
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Floor (-10%)
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (one year) with Indexed Interest Buffer (10%)

There are currently 46 Indexed Accounts available under the Contract. The table below shows the Index, Crediting Method and Interest Term for each of the 46 Indexed Accounts.


Indexed Accounts Currently Available To All Contract Owners
Index			Crediting Method
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 15% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer and Trigger Rate
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 15% Buffer and Trigger Rate
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 10% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 20% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 30% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 20% Buffer with charge
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 30% Buffer with charge
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 10% Buffer
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 20% Buffer
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 20% Buffer with charge
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 15% Buffer
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 15% Buffer and Trigger Rate
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer with charge


Indexed Accounts Only Available to Contracts Purchased On Or After May 1, 2024 (Subject to State Approval)
Index			Crediting Method
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with Buffer Plus 20%
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer and Dual Trigger
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer and Dual Trigger
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 100% Buffer
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (6 year) with 100% Buffer


Indexed Accounts Only Available for Contracts Purchased on or before April 30, 2024 and Invested in Them On May 7, 2024.
Index			Crediting Method
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (1 year) with -10% Floor
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer
MSCI Emerging Markets Index			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
NASDAQ-100® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with -10% Floor
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (1 year) with -10% Floor
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (1 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer
PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™			Point to Point (2 year) with 10% Buffer with charge
Russell 2000® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with -10% Floor
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with -10% Floor
S&P 500® Index			Point to Point (1 year) with -15% Barrier

Each Indexed Account may have both a Cap and a Participation Rate other than Indexed Accounts using a Trigger Rate or Dual Trigger Rate as shown above. For Indexed Accounts with both a Cap and a Participation Rate, we will declare whether a Cap will apply for a given Interest Term prior to the beginning of each Interest Term. The Participation Rate will not be less than 100%.

We may not offer all Indexed Accounts at all times. We may add or remove Indexed Accounts in the future.

Additional information about the operation of the Indexed Accounts is provided under “Additional Information about the Indexed Accounts” immediately below.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INDEXED ACCOUNTS

INDEXES

Currently, each Indexed Account credits interest based on the performance of one of the following Indexes, each covering different asset classes.

S&P 500® Index. Widely regarded as the best gauge of the U.S. stock market, this world-renowned index tracks the performance of 500 large companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy.

Russell 2000® Index. The Russell 2000® Index measures the performance of the small-cap segment of the U.S. equity universe. It is a subset of the Russell 3000® Index and includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities based on a combination of their market cap and current index membership.

Nasdaq-100 Index®. The Nasdaq-100 Index includes 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market based on market capitalization. The ~~Index~~index reflects companies across major industry groups including computer hardware and software, telecommunications, retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology.

MSCI Emerging Markets Index. The MSCI Emerging Markets Index captures large and mid-cap representation across 26 emerging markets countries. With 1,390 constituents as of November 30, 2020, the index covers approximately 85% of the free float-adjusted market capitalization in each country. Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 may also have Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index. These Indexed Accounts are only available for contract owners that had Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

17PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™. The PIMCO Equity Fusion Index allocates to exchange-traded funds tracking four major equity markets: U.S. large-cap, U.S. small-cap, technology-focused, and emerging markets. The index adjusts its allocation to the constituents quarterly according to predefined rules that attempt to capitalize on changes in the relative value and upside potential of the constituents over time. Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 may also have Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the PIMCO Equity Fusion Index. These

may also have Indexed Accounts that credit interest based on the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index. These Indexed Accounts are only available for contract owners that had Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024. 23

PIMCO Equity Fusion Index™. The PIMCO Equity Fusion Index allocates to exchange-traded funds tracking four major equity markets: U.S. large-cap, U.S. small-cap, technology-focused, and emerging markets. The index adjusts its allocation to the constituents quarterly according to predefined rules that attempt to capitalize on changes in the relative value and upside potential of the constituents over time. Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024 may also have Indexed Accounts ~~that credit interest based on the performance of the PIMCO Equity Fusion Index. These Indexed Accounts~~ are only available for contract owners that had Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

We reserve the right to add, remove or replace any Indexed Account, Index, or Crediting Method in the future, subject to necessary regulatory approvals. If we replace an Index, this will not cause a change in the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate, ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, ~~Floor~~Dual orTrigger ~~Indexed~~Rate, ~~Interest~~Barrier, Floor, Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate for the current Interest Term. Adding or removing an Index does not cause a change in the ~~Indexed~~Barrier, ~~Interest~~ Floor, Buffer or ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~Plus ~~Buffer~~Rate because those elements do not change for the life of your Contract. Any Indexed Accounts based on the performance of a newly added Index will have a new ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate and/or Trigger Rate or Dual Trigger Rate. Changes to the ~~Indexed~~Caps, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Caps~~Rate, Trigger Rate and Dual Trigger Rate, if any, occur at the start of the next Interest Term. If we add or remove an Index (as opposed to replacing an Index with another Index), the changes will not be effective for your Contract until the start of the next Interest Term.

We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or the Index is no longer available to us or if the Index’s calculation changes substantially. Additionally, we may replace an Index if hedging instruments become difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of an Interest Term or during an Interest Term. We will notify you in writing at least 30 days before we replace an Index.

If we replace an Index, we will attempt to select a new Index that is similar to the old Index. In making this evaluation, we will look at factors such as asset class, Index composition, strategy or methodology inherent to the Index and Index liquidity. If we replace an Index during an Interest Term, we will calculate the Index Return using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, we will calculate the Index Return using the new Index, but with a modified start of Interest Term value for the new Index. The modified start of Interest Term value for the new Index will reflect the Index Return for the old Index from the start of the Interest Term to the replacement date.

Example. This example is intended to show how we would calculate the Index Return during an Interest Term in which an Index was replaced.

Index Return on replacement date for old Index


Old Index Value at beginning of Interest Term			100
Old Index Value on replacement date			103
Index Return for old Index on replacement date			(103 / 100) - 1 = 3%

This 3% Index Return on the replacement date is then used to calculate the modified beginning of Interest Term Index Value for the new Index.

Modified start of Interest Term Index Value for new index


Index Return for old Index on replacement date			3%
Index Value for new index on replacement date			1000
Modified start of Interest Term Index Value for new index			1000 / (100% + 3%) = 970.87

The Index Return calculation for that Interest Term is then based on the change between the modified start of Interest Term Index Value for the new index, and the end of Interest Term Index Value for the new index.

Additional Index information, including disclaimers, may be found in Appendix C. The investment risks associated with the Indexes are discussed under the section titled “Index Risk.”

INDEXED ACCOUNT VALUE

When you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Account for an Interest Term, your investment in the Indexed Account is represented by an Indexed Account Value. Your Indexed Account Value reflects the portion of your Contract Value attributable to that Indexed Account at any given time. If you allocate Contract Value to multiple Indexed Accounts ~~for an Interest Term~~, you will have a separate Indexed Account Value for each Indexed Account in which you are invested.

If you do not exercise the Return Lock feature at any point during an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value for an Indexed Account will be calculated at the close of each Business Day of the Interest Term as follows:

•On the first Business Day, your Indexed Account Value will equal your Base Value for that Indexed Account.

•On each Business Day thereafter prior to the last Business Day of the Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value on a given Business Day will equal your Interim Value minus any Indexed Account Charge. We calculate your Interim Value at the close of each such Business Day. See Appendix B for a description of how Interim Values are calculated.

•On the last Business Day of the Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value will equal your Base Value plus the amount of Indexed Interest credited to the Indexed Account, which may be positive, negative, or equal to zero. This may also be expressed through the following formula: Base Value x (1 + Adjusted Index Return). 24

~~Example. Assume that you allocate $25,000 to an Indexed Account at the beginning of an Interest Term with a 5% Indexed Interest Cap.~~ •On the ~~first~~last Business Day of the Interest Term, your ~~Base Value is $25,000. Over the course of the Interest Term, your~~ Indexed Account Value will ~~increase~~equal ~~and decrease according to changes in~~ your ~~Interim~~Base Value~~. For~~ ~~instance,~~plus ~~if your Interim Value at~~ the ~~close~~amount of ~~the~~Indexed ~~tenth~~Interest ~~Business~~credited ~~Day~~to ~~equals~~the ~~$25,200, your~~ Indexed Account ~~Value~~which atmay ~~that time will~~ be ~~$25~~positive,~~200. Then,~~ ~~if your Interim Value at the close of the eleventh Business Day equals $24~~negative,~~800,~~ ~~your~~or ~~Indexed~~equal ~~Account~~to ~~Value~~zero. atThis ~~that~~may ~~time~~also ~~will~~ be ~~$24,800. On~~expressed ~~the~~through ~~last Business Day of~~ the ~~Interest~~following ~~Term,~~formula: ifBase ~~an Adjusted Index Return of 5% is assumed, your Indexed Account~~ Value ~~at the close of the last Business Day will be $26,250 ($25,000~~ x (1 + ~~0.05)~~Adjusted =Index ~~$26,250~~Return)~~. Under~~ ~~this~~– ~~example,~~any ~~$1,250 in~~ Indexed ~~Interest~~Account ~~would have been credited to your Contract ($26,250 - $25,000 = $1,250)~~Charge.

IfExample 1. Assume that you ~~exercise~~allocate $25,000 at the ~~Return~~beginning ~~Lock~~of ~~feature~~an ~~during~~Interest Term to an Indexed Account with a 2 year Interest Term, a 100% Participation Rate, a 5% Cap, and no Indexed Account Charge. On the first Business Day of the Interest Term, your Base Value is $25,000. Over the course of the Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value will beincrease ~~“locked-in”~~and atdecrease ~~the~~according to changes in your Interim Value. ~~calculated~~For oninstance, ~~the~~if ~~Return~~your ~~Lock~~Interim ~~Date. After~~Value ~~you~~at ~~exercise~~the close of the ~~Return~~tenth ~~Lock~~Business ~~feature~~Day equals $25,200, your Indexed Account Value at that time will ~~not~~be ~~change~~$25,200. ~~unless~~Then, ~~you~~if ~~take~~your aInterim ~~withdrawal~~Value orat ~~transfer,~~the inclose ~~which~~of ~~case~~the eleventh Business Day equals $24,800, your Indexed Account Value at that time will be ~~reduced~~$24,800. ~~dollar-for-dollar~~On bythe last Business Day of the ~~amount~~Interest ~~withdrawn~~Term, ~~from~~if ~~that~~an ~~Indexed~~Adjusted ~~Account. The~~Index Return ~~Lock~~of ~~feature~~5% is ~~described~~assumed, inyour ~~more~~Indexed ~~detail~~Account ~~under~~Value at the ~~section~~close ~~titled~~of ~~“Return~~the ~~Lock”~~last ~~below~~Business Day will be $26,250 ($25,000 x (1 + 0.05) = $26,250). Under this example, $1,250 in Indexed Interest would have been credited to your Contract ($26,250 - $25,000 = $1,250).

Example 2. Assume that you allocate $25,000 at the beginning of an Interest Term to a similar Indexed Account as in Example 1, but with an Indexed Account Charge. Your Indexed Account Values would be the same as in Example 1, except they would be lower by the Indexed Account Charge of $500 ($25,000 x 1% x 2) on each day except the first Business Day of the Interest Term. On the last Business Day of the Interest Term, if an Adjusted Index Return of 5% is assumed, your Indexed Account Value at the close of the last Business Day will be $25,750 ($25,000 x (1 + 0.05)- $500 = $25,750). Under this example, $1,250 in Indexed Interest would have been credited to your Contract and a $500 Indexed Account Charge deducted for a net change of $750. Although the amount of the Indexed Account Charge is subtracted from the Interim Value each day of the Interest Term except the first day, the Indexed Account Charge is not deducted from the Indexed Account until the last day of the Interest Term after Indexed Interest, if any, is credited.

If you exercise the Return Lock feature during an Interest Term, your Indexed Account Value will be “locked-in” at the Indexed Account Value calculated on the Return Lock Date. After you exercise the Return Lock feature, your Indexed Account Value will not change unless you take a withdrawal or transfer, in which case your Indexed Account Value will be reduced dollar-for-dollar by the amount withdrawn or transferred from that Indexed Account. The Return Lock feature is described in more detail under the section titled “Return Lock” below.

INDEXED INTEREST

For each Indexed Account to which you allocate Contract Value, at the end of the Interest Term, we will credit your Indexed Account Value with Indexed Interest (unless the Return Lock feature was exercised during the Interest Term). Indexed Interest may be positive, negative, or equal to zero.

•If the Indexed Interest is positive, your Indexed Account Value will increase by a dollar amount equal to the positive Indexed Interest., minus any Indexed Account Charge.

•If the Indexed Interest is negative, your Indexed Account Value will decrease by a dollar amount equal to the negative Indexed Interest., minus any Indexed Account Charge

•If the Indexed Interest is equal to zero, no interest will be credited and your Indexed Account Value will equal your Base Value. minus any Indexed Account Charge.

If you allocate Contract Value to multiple Indexed Accounts for an Interest Term, the Indexed Accounts in which you invest will credit separate Indexed Interests at the end of that Interest Term. Even if you receive positive Indexed Interest for one or more Indexed Accounts for an Interest Term, your overall gain for that Interest Term will be reduced by any negative Indexed Interest you receive for any other Indexed Accounts, and such negative Indexed Interest may cause you to incur an overall loss during that Interest Term.

CREDITING METHODS

To determine the Indexed Interest credited to an Indexed Account at the end of an Interest Term, we calculate the Adjusted Index Return for that Indexed Account. We calculate the Adjusted Index Return by applying the applicable Crediting Method. ~~The Contract provides for two Crediting Methods: (1) Point to Point with Indexed Interest Buffer; and (2) Point to Point with Indexed Interest Floor.~~

~~Each~~If ~~Crediting~~approved ~~Method~~in ~~includes~~your state, Contracts purchased on or after May 1, 2024 have Indexed Accounts with the following ~~elements:~~Crediting Methods available.

•Point to Point with Buffer, Cap, and Participation Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer and Trigger Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer and Dual Trigger Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer Plus Rate, Cap and Participation Rate

For Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024, Indexed Accounts with the following Crediting Methods are available.

•Point to Point with Buffer, Cap, and Participation Rate

•Point to Point with Buffer and Trigger Rate

For Contracts purchased on or before April 30, 2024, Indexed Accounts with the following Crediting Methods are available if you are invested in them as of May 7, 2024.

•Point to Point with Floor, Cap, and Participation Rate

•Point to Point with Barrier, Cap, and Participation Rate

Each Crediting Method includes one or more of the following elements:

•The Index Return (or “Point to Point”);

•The ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap; ~~and~~

•~~Either~~Participation ~~the Indexed Interest Floor or the Indexed Interest Buffer.~~ Rate;

•The Trigger Rate;

•The Dual Trigger Rate;

•The Floor;

•The Barrier;

•The Buffer; and/or

•The Buffer Plus Rate.

Additional information about each of these elements is provided below. Also provided below are examples of how the Crediting Method is used to calculate the Adjusted Index Return for either positive or negative Index Returns.

Index Return (“Point to Point”). To calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we first calculate the Index Return. The Index Return for an Indexed Account is the ~~net~~percentage change ~~percentage~~ in the Index Value from the start of an Interest Term to the end of the Interest Term, before any applicable adjustment for the ~~Indexed~~Cap, ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate, ~~and~~Trigger ~~either~~Rate, ~~the~~Dual ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate, Barrier, the Floor, Buffer and/or the ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~Plus ~~Buffer~~Rate.

Index Return Example: Assume that you allocate Contract Value for an Interest Term in the S&P 500® Indexed Account with Point to Point (1one year) with ~~10% Indexed Interest~~ Buffer. Between the beginning and end of the Interest Term, the value of the securities comprising the S&P 500® increases by 5%. Thus, the Index Return for that Indexed Account would be 5%. If instead the S&P 500® ~~decreases~~decreased by 5%, the Index Return for that Indexed Account would be -5%.

19After the Index Return is calculated, we next calculate the Adjusted Index Return. The Adjusted Index Return reflects any applicable adjustments for the Cap, Participation Rate, Trigger Rate, Dual Trigger Rate, Barrier, the Floor, the Buffer and/or the Buffer Plus Rate. Indexed Interest will be credited to the Base Value at a rate equal to the Adjusted Index Return.

~~After~~Cap. The Cap represents the maximum positive Adjusted Index Return isfor ~~calculated~~a given Interest Term. Each Indexed Account has its own Cap. We will declare whether an Indexed Account will have a Cap and if it does, we ~~next~~will ~~calculate~~set the ~~Adjusted~~Cap ~~Index~~prior ~~Return~~to the beginning of an Interest Term. A ~~The~~Cap ~~Adjusted~~for ~~Index~~a ~~Return~~particular ~~reflects~~Interest ~~any~~Term ~~applicable~~may ~~adjustments~~be ~~for~~higher or lower than the ~~Indexed~~Caps for previous or future Interest Terms. In no event will a Cap ~~and~~be ~~either~~lower than the ~~Indexed~~guaranteed ~~Interest~~minimum ~~Floor~~of or2.00% during the surrender charge period or less than 1.00% thereafter. For Indexed ~~Interest~~Accounts with a Buffer Plus Rate, the Cap will never be lower than the Buffer Plus Rate. ~~Indexed~~ The Caps for your initial Interest Term will be ~~credited~~set forth in your Contract. Prior to the ~~Base~~beginning ~~Value~~of ateach asubsequent ~~rate~~Interest ~~equal~~Term, we will mail to you a 30-day advance written notice indicating how you may obtain the ~~Adjusted~~Caps ~~Index~~for ~~Return.~~the next Interest Term.

~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap. ~~The~~Example ~~Indexed~~1: ~~Interest~~Assume ~~Cap~~that ~~represents~~you ~~the~~allocated ~~maximum~~Contract ~~positive~~Value ~~Adjusted~~to ~~Index~~an ~~Return~~Indexed ~~for~~Account awithout ~~given~~an ~~Interest Term. Each~~ Indexed Account ~~has~~Charge ~~its~~for ~~own~~an ~~Indexed~~ Interest Term with a Cap~~. We~~ ~~set~~of ~~the~~8% ~~Indexed~~and ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Cap~~Rate ~~for~~of ~~each~~100%. ~~Indexed~~Also ~~Account~~assume ~~prior~~that toat the ~~beginning~~end of anthe Interest Term~~. An~~, ~~Indexed~~the ~~Interest~~Index ~~Cap~~Return ~~for~~is a5%. ~~particular~~In ~~Interest~~this ~~Term~~case, ~~may~~to becalculate ~~higher or lower than~~ the ~~Indexed~~Adjusted ~~Interest~~Index ~~Caps~~Return, ~~for~~we ~~previous~~would orapply ~~future~~the ~~Interest~~Participation ~~Terms. In~~Rate noand ~~event~~then ~~will~~compare anthe ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap beof ~~lower~~8% ~~than~~to the ~~guaranteed~~Index ~~minimum~~Return of ~~2.00~~5%. ~~during~~Because the ~~surrender~~Index ~~charge~~Return ~~period~~(5%) oris less than ~~1.00%~~the ~~thereafter. The~~Cap ~~Indexed~~(8%), ~~Interest~~the ~~Caps~~Adjusted ~~for~~Index ~~your~~Return ~~initial~~would ~~Interest Term will~~ be ~~set forth in your Contract~~5%. ~~Prior~~ toAs ~~the~~a ~~beginning~~result, ofwe ~~each~~would ~~subsequent~~credit Indexed Interest ~~Term,~~to weyour ~~will~~Base ~~mail~~Value toat ~~you~~the aAdjusted ~~30-day~~Index ~~advance~~Return ~~written~~of ~~notice~~5%. ~~indicating~~In ~~how~~this ~~you~~example, ~~may obtain~~ the ~~Indexed~~Cap ~~Interest~~did ~~Caps~~not ~~for~~limit ~~the~~your ~~next~~potential ~~Interest Term~~gain.

~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap Example 12: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account without an Indexed Account Charge for an Interest Term with ana ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap of 8% and a Participation Rate of 100%. Also assume that at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is 515%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would ~~compare~~apply the ~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rate and then compare the Cap of 8% to the Index Return of 515%. Because the Index Return (515%) is ~~less~~higher than the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap (8%), the Adjusted Index Return would be 58%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return of 58%. In this example, the ~~Indexed Interest~~ Cap ~~did~~limited ~~not limit~~ your potential gain.

~~Indexed~~The ~~Interest~~Caps ~~Cap~~do ~~Example~~not 2:guarantee ~~Assume~~a ~~that~~certain ~~you~~amount ~~allocated~~of ~~Contract~~Indexed ~~Value~~Interest. toThe anCaps ~~Indexed~~benefit ~~Account~~us ~~for~~because anthey ~~Interest~~limit ~~Term~~the ~~with~~amount anof positive Indexed Interest ~~Cap~~that ofwe ~~8%. Also~~may ~~assume~~be ~~that~~obligated atto ~~the~~credit ~~end~~for ofany ~~the~~ Interest Term,. ~~the~~We ~~Index~~set ~~Return~~the isCaps ~~15%. In~~at ~~this~~our ~~case~~discretion, tohowever, ~~calculate~~they ~~the~~will ~~Adjusted~~never ~~Index~~be ~~Return,~~less wethan ~~would~~2.00% ~~compare~~during the ~~Indexed~~surrender ~~Interest~~charge ~~Cap~~period ofor 81.00% tothereafter. You bear the ~~Index~~risk ~~Return~~that ofwe ~~15%. Because~~will ~~the~~not ~~Index~~set ~~Return~~the ~~(15%)~~Caps is higher than the ~~Indexed~~Guaranteed ~~Interest~~Minimum Cap. ~~(8%),~~For ~~the~~any ~~Adjusted~~Indexed ~~Index~~Account ~~Return~~with ~~would~~both ~~be 8%. As~~ a ~~result,~~Cap weand ~~would~~Participation ~~credit~~Rate, ~~Indexed Interest to your Base Value at~~ the Adjusted Index Return ofwill ~~8%. In~~be ~~this~~limited ~~example,~~by the Cap. Any Indexed Interest ~~Cap~~will ~~limited~~be ~~your~~reduced ~~potential~~by ~~gain.~~the Indexed Account Charge.

The Indexed Interest Caps do not guarantee a certain amount of Indexed Interest. The Indexed Interest Caps benefit us because they limit the amount of positive Indexed Interest that we may be obligated to credit for any Interest Term. We set the Indexed Interest Caps at our discretion however, they will never be less than 2.00% during the surrender charge period or 1.00% thereafter. You bear the risk that we will not set the Indexed Interest Caps higher than these minimums. 26

~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest Floor~~Rate. The ~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Floor~~ represents ~~the~~a ~~maximum~~percentage ~~negative~~that ~~Adjusted~~can be applied to the Index Return ~~under~~for an ~~Indexed~~Interest ~~Account~~Term. How ~~for~~the Participation Rate is applied will depend on the Crediting Method used. When the Crediting Method has a ~~given~~Buffer ~~Interest~~Plus ~~Term~~Rate, the Participation Rate is applied to the Index Return in excess of the Buffer Plus Rate. InFor other ~~words~~Crediting Methods, the ~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Floor~~is ~~represents~~applied to any positive Index Return. We set the ~~most~~Participation ~~negative~~Rate for each applicable Indexed Account prior to the beginning of an Interest ~~that~~Term. ~~you~~A ~~can~~Participation Rate for a particular Interest Term may be ~~credited~~higher ~~under~~or anlower ~~Indexed~~than ~~Account~~the Participation Rates for anprevious or future Interest Terms. The minimum Participation Rate is 100%. The Participation Rates for your initial Interest Term will be set forth in your Contract. ~~Please~~ ~~note~~Prior ~~that~~to ~~not~~the ~~all~~beginning ~~Indexed~~of ~~Accounts~~each ~~have~~subsequent Interest Term, we will mail to you a ~~Crediting~~30-day ~~Method~~advance ~~that~~written ~~includes~~notice indicating how you may obtain the ~~Indexed~~Participation Rates for the next Interest ~~Floor~~Term.

~~For~~Participation ~~those~~Rate ~~Crediting~~Example ~~Methods~~1: ~~with~~Assume ~~the~~that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed ~~Interest~~Account ~~Floor,~~without ~~the~~an Indexed ~~Interest~~Account ~~Floor~~Charge isfor ~~set~~an atInterest Term with a ~~loss~~Participation Rate of 10100% and no Cap. ~~This~~Also ~~may~~assume ~~also~~that beat ~~expressed~~the asend aof ~~floor~~the ~~equal~~Interest Term, the Index Return is 5%. In this case, to ~~negative~~calculate 10the Adjusted Index Return, we would multiply the Index Return of 5% ~~(or~~by ~~-10~~100%). As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return of 5%.

~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Floor~~ Example 12: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account without an Indexed Account Charge for an Interest Term with a ~~Crediting~~Participation ~~Method~~Rate ~~that~~of ~~includes~~120% ~~the~~and ~~Indexed~~no ~~Interest~~Cap. ~~Floor~~Also ~~and,~~assume that at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is -510%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would ~~compare~~multiply the ~~Indexed Interest Floor of -10% to the~~ Index Return of ~~-5%. Because the Indexed Interest Floor (-~~10%) isby ~~less than~~ the ~~Index~~Participation ~~Return~~Rate ~~(-5%),~~of ~~the Adjusted Index Return would be -5~~120%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return ofequal ~~-5%~~to 1. In20 ~~this~~x ~~example,~~10% ~~the~~or ~~Indexed Interest Floor did not provide any downside protection~~12%.

~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Floor~~ Example 23: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that ~~includes~~uses ~~the~~a ~~Indexed~~Buffer ~~Interest~~Plus ~~Floor~~Rate ~~and~~of 20%, a Participation Rate of 110% and no Cap. Also assume that at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is 1530%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would ~~compare~~multiply the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Interest~~Return ~~Floor~~in excess of ~~-10%~~the toBuffer ~~the~~Plus ~~Index~~Rate, ~~Return~~which ofis 1510%~~. Because~~ ~~the Indexed Interest Floor~~ (30% -10 20%) isby ~~higher than~~ the ~~Index~~Participation ~~Return~~Rate ~~(-15~~of 110%), ~~the~~and ~~Adjusted~~then ~~Index~~add ~~Return~~this ~~would~~result beto ~~-10%~~the Buffer Plus Rate. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return ofequal ~~-10%~~to 1. In10 ~~this~~x ~~example~~10%, ~~the~~or ~~Indexed~~11%, ~~Interest~~plus ~~Floor~~20%, ~~provided~~for ~~downside~~a ~~protection~~total byof ~~limiting your loss~~31%.

The ~~Indexed~~Participation ~~Interest~~Rates ~~Floor~~do ~~will~~not ~~apply~~guarantee toa ~~every~~certain ~~Point~~amount toof ~~Point with~~ Indexed Interest. ~~Floor~~We ~~Indexed~~set ~~Account~~the ~~and~~Participation ~~will~~Rates ~~not~~at ~~change~~our ~~for~~discretion, ~~the~~however ~~life~~it ofwill ~~your~~never ~~Contract~~be less than 100%. It isYou ~~possible~~bear the risk that we will ~~change~~not set the Participation Rates higher than the 100% minimum rate. For any Indexed ~~Interest~~Account ~~Floor~~with ~~for~~both ~~Contracts~~a ~~issued~~Cap inand Participation Rate, the ~~future~~Adjusted ~~and~~Index ~~that~~Return ~~future~~will ~~Contracts~~be ~~may~~limited ~~have~~by ~~different~~the Cap. Any Indexed Interest ~~Floors~~will ~~for~~be ~~different~~reduced by the Indexed ~~Accounts.~~Account Charge.

~~The~~Trigger Rate. We set the Trigger Rate for each applicable Indexed Account prior to the beginning of an Interest ~~Floor~~Term. ~~provides~~A ~~only~~Trigger ~~limited~~Rate ~~protection~~for ~~against~~a ~~downside~~particular ~~risk~~Interest Term may be higher or lower than the Trigger Rate for previous or future Interest Terms. ~~You~~In ~~should~~no ~~understand~~event ~~that~~will a Trigger Rate be lower than the ~~Indexed~~guaranteed minimum of 1%. If at the end of the Interest ~~Floor~~Term ~~does~~the ~~not~~Index ~~provide~~Return ~~absolute~~is ~~protection~~0% ~~against~~or ~~negative~~greater, ~~Indexed~~the Adjusted Index Return equals the Trigger Rate. This means that if the Index Return is positive and less than the Trigger Rate percentage, we will credit you the higher Trigger Rate. However, if the Index Return exceeds the Trigger Rate percentage, your Adjusted Index Return will equal the lower Trigger Rate percentage. The Trigger Rate for your initial Interest Term will be set forth in your Contract. ~~You~~Prior to the beginning of each subsequent Interest Term, we will mail to you a 30-day advance written notice indicating how you may ~~lose~~obtain ~~money.~~the Trigger Rate for the next Interest Term.

~~Every~~Trigger ~~Indexed~~Rate ~~Account~~Example ~~has~~1: ~~its~~Assume ~~own~~that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account ~~Value. Any~~with ~~portion~~a Trigger Rate of ~~your~~5%. ~~Contract~~Also ~~Value~~assume that at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is ~~not~~2%. In ~~allocated~~this case, to ancalculate ~~Indexed~~the ~~Account~~Adjusted ~~with~~Index aReturn, ~~Crediting~~we ~~Method~~would ~~that~~compare ~~includes~~the Trigger Rate of 5% to the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Interest~~Return ~~Floor~~of ~~will~~2%. ~~not~~Because ~~benefit~~the ~~from~~Trigger Rate (5%) exceeds the ~~downside~~Index ~~protection~~Return ~~afforded~~of by2%, the Adjusted Index Return would be 5%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest ~~Floor~~to your Base Value based on an Adjusted Index Return of 5%. In this example, the Trigger Rate resulted in an Adjusted Index Return greater than the Index Return.

Trigger Rate Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed ~~Interest~~Account ~~Buffer~~with the same Trigger Rate of 5%. ~~The~~Also ~~Indexed~~assume that at the end of the Interest ~~Buffer~~Term, ~~represents~~the Index Return is 10%. In this case, to calculate the ~~maximum~~Adjusted ~~negative~~Index Return, we would compare the Trigger Rate of 5% to the Index Return ~~that~~of ~~will~~10%. ~~not~~The ~~result~~Trigger inRate aequals ~~negative~~the Adjusted Index Return ~~for~~whenever the Index Return is 0% or greater. As a ~~given~~result, ~~Indexed~~the ~~Account~~Adjusted Index Return in this example equals the 5% Trigger Rate, even though the Index Return was greater. In ~~other~~this ~~words~~example, the ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Buffer~~resulted ~~represents~~in an Adjusted Index Return less than the ~~amount~~Index Return.

20The Trigger Rates do not guarantee a certain amount of Indexed Interest. The Trigger Rate determines the Adjusted Index Return whenever the Index Return is 0% or greater, and applies regardless of how positive the Index Return turns out to be. The Trigger Rates benefit us where the Index Return exceeds the Trigger Rate because they limit the amount of positive Indexed Interest that we are obligated to credit during such an Interest Term. We set the Trigger Rates at our discretion, however it will never be less than 1%. You bear the risk that we will not set the Trigger Rates higher than the 1% minimum rate.

ofDual ~~negative~~Trigger ~~Index~~Rate. We ~~Return~~set ~~that~~the ~~may~~Dual ~~occur~~Trigger ~~before~~Rate ~~you~~for ~~are~~each ~~credited~~applicable ~~with~~Indexed ~~negative~~Account ~~Indexed~~prior to the beginning of an Interest Term. ~~Please~~A ~~note~~Dual ~~that~~Trigger ~~not~~Rate ~~all~~for ~~Indexed~~a ~~Accounts~~particular ~~have~~Interest aTerm ~~Crediting~~may ~~Method~~be ~~that~~higher ~~includes~~or lower than the ~~Indexed~~Dual Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Buffer.~~for previous or future

~~The Indexed Interest Buffer provides protection from a negative Index Return of up to 10% or 20% depending on the Indexed Account selected.~~ 27

~~Indexed~~ Interest ~~Buffer~~Terms. ~~Example~~In 1:no ~~Assume~~event ~~that~~will ~~you~~a ~~allocated~~Dual ~~Contract~~Trigger ~~Value~~Rate tobe anlower ~~Indexed~~than ~~Account with a Crediting Method that includes~~ the ~~Indexed~~guaranteed ~~Interest~~minimum ~~Buffer~~ of 101% ~~and~~. If, at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is ~~-5%. In~~positive, ~~this case~~zero, toor ~~calculate~~negative within the Buffer, the Adjusted Index Return, weequals ~~would compare~~ the ~~Indexed~~Dual Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate. This ~~Buffer~~means ofthat ~~10%~~if to the Index Return ofis greater than -510%, we will credit you the higher Dual Trigger Rate. ~~Because~~However, if the ~~negative~~ Index Return is negative by more than the Buffer percentage (-510%), ~~does~~you ~~not~~will ~~exceed~~be ~~the~~subject ~~Indexed~~to ~~Interest~~any ~~Buffer~~loss ofthat exceeds -10%, ~~the~~and your Adjusted Index Return ~~would~~will beequal 0%this amount. AsThe aDual ~~result,~~Trigger weRate ~~would~~for ~~credit~~your ~~zero~~initial ~~Indexed~~ Interest toTerm will be set forth in your ~~Base~~Contract. ~~Value~~Prior ~~because~~to the ~~Adjusted~~beginning ~~Index~~of ~~Return~~each ~~equaled~~subsequent ~~0%.~~Interest InTerm, ~~this~~we ~~example,~~will ~~the~~mail ~~Indexed~~to ~~Interest~~you ~~Buffer~~a ~~provided~~30-day ~~complete~~advance ~~downside~~written ~~protection~~notice byindicating ~~preventing~~how you ~~from~~may ~~receiving~~obtain ~~negative~~the ~~Indexed~~Dual Trigger Rate for the next Interest. Term.

~~Indexed~~Dual ~~Interest~~Trigger ~~Buffer~~Rate Example 21: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a ~~Crediting~~Dual ~~Method~~Trigger ~~that~~Rate ~~includes the Indexed Interest Buffer~~ of 104%. ~~and,~~Also assume that at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is ~~-15~~0%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would ~~compare~~determine if the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Interest~~Return ~~Buffer~~is ofpositive, ~~10%~~zero, toor ~~the~~negative ~~Index~~within ~~Return~~the ofBuffer (i.e., -1510%). Because the ~~negative~~ Index Return ~~(-15%)~~is ~~exceeds~~greater ~~the~~than ~~Indexed Interest Buffer of~~ -10%, the Adjusted Index Return ~~would~~is beequal -5to the Dual Trigger Rate of 4%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value based on an Adjusted Index Return of -54%. In this example, the ~~Indexed~~Dual ~~Interest~~Trigger ~~Buffer~~Rate ~~provided~~resulted ~~downside~~in ~~protection~~an ~~because~~Adjusted itIndex ~~did~~Return ~~limit~~greater ~~your~~than ~~loss~~the ~~from~~Index ~~-15% to -5%, but it did not provide complete downside protection~~Return.

~~The~~Dual ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Buffer~~Example ~~for~~2: ~~each~~Assume ~~applicable~~that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account ~~will~~with ~~not~~a ~~change~~Dual ~~for~~Trigger Rate of 4%. Also assume that at the ~~life~~end of ~~your~~the ~~Contract. It~~Interest Term, the Index Return is ~~possible~~10%. ~~that~~In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we ~~will~~would ~~change~~determine if the ~~Indexed~~Index ~~Interest~~Return is positive, zero, or negative within the Buffer ~~for~~(i.e., ~~Contracts~~-10%). ~~issued~~Because inthe Index Return is greater than the ~~future~~Dual Trigger Rate of 4%, ~~and~~the ~~that~~Adjusted ~~future~~Index ~~Contracts~~Return ~~may~~would ~~have~~be ~~different~~4%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest ~~Buffers~~to ~~for~~your ~~different~~Base ~~Indexed~~Value ~~Accounts~~based on an Adjusted Index Return of 4%. In this example, the Dual Trigger Rate resulted in an Adjusted Index Return less than the Index Return.

~~The~~Dual ~~Indexed~~Trigger ~~Interest~~Rate ~~Buffer~~Example ~~provides~~3: ~~only~~Assume ~~limited~~that ~~protection~~you ~~from~~allocated ~~downside~~Contract ~~risk.~~Value ~~You~~to ~~should~~an ~~understand~~Indexed Account with a Dual Trigger Rate of 4%. Also assume that at the ~~Indexed~~end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is -15%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would determine if the Index Return is positive, zero, or negative within the Buffer (i.e., -10%). Because the Index Return is negative and exceeds the Buffer of -10%, the Dual Trigger Rate does not ~~provide~~apply. As ~~absolute~~a ~~protection~~result, ~~against~~the Adjusted Index Return is the negative ~~Indexed~~return ~~Interest.~~in ~~You~~excess ~~may~~of ~~lose~~the ~~money~~Buffer (-10%), which would equal -5%. As a result, you would be subject to a loss of 5% rather than the Index Return loss of 15%.

~~Every~~The ~~Indexed~~Dual ~~Account~~Trigger ~~has~~Rates ~~its~~do ~~own~~not ~~Indexed~~guarantee ~~Account~~a ~~Value~~certain amount of Indexed Interest. ~~Any~~The ~~portion~~Dual ofTrigger ~~your~~Rate ~~Contract~~determines ~~Value~~the ~~that~~Adjusted Index Return whenever the Index Return is ~~not~~positive, ~~allocated~~zero or negative within the Buffer, and applies regardless of how positive the Index Return turns out to anbe. The ~~Indexed~~Dual ~~Account~~Trigger ~~with~~Rates abenefit ~~Crediting~~us ~~Method~~where ~~that~~the ~~includes~~Index Return exceeds the Dual Trigger Rate because they limit the amount of positive Indexed Interest ~~Buffer~~that ~~will~~we ~~not~~are obligated to credit during such an Interest Term. In addition, the Dual Trigger Rates benefit ~~from~~you where the ~~protection~~Index ~~afforded~~Return byis negative and exceeds the Buffer of -10% because they limit the amount of negative Indexed Interest ~~Buffer~~or loss that you will incur during such an Interest Term. We set the Dual Trigger Rates at our discretion, however they will never be less than 1%. You bear the risk that we will not set the Dual Trigger Rates higher than the 1% minimum rate.

Floor. The Floor represents the maximum negative Adjusted Index Return under an Indexed Account for a given Interest Term. In other words, the Floor represents the most negative Indexed Interest that you can be credited under an Indexed Account for a given Interest Term. Please note that not all Indexed Accounts have a Crediting Method that includes the Floor. In addition, Indexed Accounts with a Floor are only available for Contract Owners that have Indexed Account Value invested in them as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

For those Crediting Methods with the Floor, the Floor is set at a loss of 10%. This may also be expressed as a floor equal to negative 10% (or -10%).

Floor Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Floor and, at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is -5%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Floor of -10% to the Index Return of -5%. Because the Floor (-10%) is less than the Index Return (-5%), the Adjusted Index Return would be -5%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return of -5%. In this example, the Floor did not provide any downside protection.

Floor Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Floor and, at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is -15%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Floor of -10% to the Index Return of -15%. Because the Floor (-10%) is higher than the Index Return (-15%), the Adjusted Index Return would be -10%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return of -10%. In this example, the Floor provided downside protection by limiting your loss.

The -10% Floor will apply to every Point to Point Indexed Account with a Floor and will not change for the life of your Contract. It is possible that we will change the Floor for Contracts issued in the future and that future Contracts may have different Floors for different Indexed Accounts.

The Floor provides only limited protection against downside risk. You should understand that the Floor does not provide absolute protection against negative Indexed Interest. You may lose money. Every Indexed Account has its

own Indexed Account Value. Any portion of your Contract Value that is not allocated to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Floor will not benefit from the downside protection afforded by the Floor.

Barrier. For this downside protection element, you should note that you are potentially subject to 100% of any negative Indexed Return. Unlike the Buffer, any negative Index Return that exceeds the Barrier percentage is reflected in its entirety in the Adjusted Index Return. The Barrier represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Indexed Account. In other words, the Barrier represents the amount of negative Index Return that may occur before you are credited with negative Indexed Interest. The Barrier percentage will not change for the life of your Contract.

Please note that the only Indexed Account that currently features the Barrier is the S&P 500 Point to Point (one year) with Barrier (-15%). In addition, Indexed Account with a Barrier is only available for Contract Owners that have Indexed Account Value invested in it as of May 7, 2024 and will close once the applicable Interest Term is over. No new allocations are permitted after May 7, 2024.

Barrier Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Barrier (-15%) and at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is -5%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Barrier of -15% to the Index Return of -5%. Because the Index Return (-5%) does not exceed the Barrier, the Adjusted Index Return would be 0%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return of 0%. In this example, the Barrier provided downside protection.

Barrier Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Barrier and at the end of the Interest Term, the Index Return is -25%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Barrier of -15% to the Index Return of -25%. Because the Index Return (-25%) exceeds the Barrier, the Adjusted Index Return would be -25%, which is 100% of the negative Index Return. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value at the Adjusted Index Return of -25%. In this example, the Barrier provided no downside protection whatsoever.

The Barrier provides only limited protection from downside risk. If the Index Return is more negative than the Barrier, you bear the full amount of that negative Index Return. Unlike the Buffer, which always provides some level of downside protection, the Barrier, under certain circumstances, provides no downside protection. This means you could lose 100% of any Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account with a Barrier.

Any portion of your Contract Value that is not allocated to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Barrier will not benefit from the downside protection afforded by the Barrier.

Buffer. The Buffer represents the maximum negative Index Return that will not result in a negative Adjusted Index Return for a given Indexed Account. In other words, the Buffer represents the amount of negative Index Return that may occur before you are credited with negative Indexed Interest. Please note that not all Indexed Accounts have a Crediting Method that includes the Buffer. Please also note that the Buffer does not protect you from the Indexed Account Charge.

The Buffer provides protection from a negative Index Return of up to 10%, 15%, 20%, 30% or 100% depending on the Indexed Account selected.

Buffer Example 1: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account without an Indexed Account Charge and with a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer of 10%. Assume further that at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is -5%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Buffer of 10% to the Index Return of -5%. Because the negative Index Return (-5%) does not exceed the Buffer of 10%, the Adjusted Index Return would be 0%. As a result, we would credit zero Indexed Interest to your Base Value because the Adjusted Index Return equaled 0%. In this example, the 10% Buffer provided complete downside protection by preventing you from receiving negative Indexed Interest.

Buffer Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account without an Indexed Account Charge and with a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer of 10%. Assume further that at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is -15%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Buffer of 10% to the Index Return of -15%. Because the negative Index Return (-15%) exceeds the Buffer of 10%, the Adjusted Index Return would be -5%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value based on an Adjusted Index Return of -5%. In this example, the 10% Buffer provided partial downside protection because it did reduce your loss from -15% to -5%, but it did not provide complete downside protection.

Buffer Plus Rate. The Buffer Plus Rate represents the percentage added to the Index Return to offset any negative Index Return including potentially providing a positive Adjusted Index Return when the Index Return is negative for a given Interest Term. It also represents the minimum Adjusted Index Return if the Index Return is positive or zero, and the point above which the Participation Rate applies to the Index Return in excess of the Buffer Plus Rate. It provides limited protection against negative Indexed Interest. In other words, the Buffer Plus Rate represents the amount of negative Index Return that may occur before you

are credited with negative Indexed Interest and the minimum positive Indexed Interest credit you can expect if the Index Return is positive or zero. Please note that not all Indexed Accounts have a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer Plus Rate.

The Buffer Plus Rate provides protection from a negative Index Return of up to 20% and a minimum Adjusted Index Return of 20% if the Index Return is positive or zero.

Buffer Plus Rate Example 1:Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer Plus Rate of 20%. Assume further that at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is 10%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Buffer Plus Rate of 20% to the Index Return of 10%. Because the Index Return is greater than or equal to 0, but less than the Buffer Plus Rate, the Adjusted Index Return would be equal to the Buffer Plus Rate of 20%. In this example, the Buffer Plus Rate increased your positive Indexed Interest because the Buffer Plus Rate represents the minimum Adjusted Index Return when the Index Return is positive or zero.

Buffer Plus Rate Example 2: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer Plus Rate of 20%. Assume further that at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is -25%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Buffer Plus Rate of 20% to the Index Return of -25%. The Adjusted Index Return would equal the Indexed Return of -25% plus the Buffer Plus Rate of 20% resulting in an Adjusted Index Return of -5%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value based on an Adjusted Index Return of -5%. In this example, the 20% Buffer Plus Rate provided downside protection because it did reduce your loss from -25% to -5%, but it did not provide complete downside protection.

Buffer Plus Rate Example 3: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer Plus Rate of 20%. Assume further that at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is -5%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Buffer Plus Rate of 20% to the Index Return of -5%. The Adjusted Index Return would equal the Index Return of -5% plus the Buffer Plus Rate of 20% resulting in an Adjusted Index Return of 15%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value based on an Adjusted Index Return of 15%. In this example, the 20% Buffer Plus Rate provided complete downside protection by preventing you from receiving negative Indexed Interest and instead resulted in you receiving positive Indexed Interest.

Buffer Plus Rate Example 4: Assume that you allocated Contract Value to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes a Buffer Plus Rate of 20%, a Participation Rate of 110% and no Cap. Assume further that at the end of the Interest Term the Index Return is 50%. In this case, to calculate the Adjusted Index Return, we would compare the Buffer Plus Rate of 20% to the Index Return of 50%. The Adjusted Index Return would equal the Buffer Plus Rate plus the Index Return in excess of the Buffer Plus Rate, which is 30% (50% - 20%) multiplied by the Participation Rate of 110%, resulting in 33%, plus the Buffer Plus Rate of 20%, for a total Adjusted Index Return of 53%. As a result, we would credit Indexed Interest to your Base Value based on an Adjusted Index Return of 53%. In this example, the 20% Buffer Plus Rate contributed to your positive Indexed Interest and determined the point at which the Participation Rate was applied.

The applicable Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate will apply to each respective Point to Point Indexed Account with Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate and will not change for the life of your Contract. It is possible that we will change the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate for Contracts issued in the future, and that future Contracts may have different Buffers and Buffer Plus Rates for different Indexed Accounts.

The Buffer and Buffer Plus Rate provide only limited protection from downside risk. You should understand that the Buffer and Buffer Plus Rate do not provide absolute protection against negative Indexed Interest. You may lose money. The Buffer does not protect you from the Indexed Account Charge, even when your negative Adjusted Index Return is less than or equal to the Buffer.

Every Indexed Account has its own Indexed Account Value. Any portion of your Contract Value that is not allocated to an Indexed Account with a Crediting Method that includes the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate will not benefit from the protection afforded by the Buffer or Buffer Plus Rate.

RETURN LOCK

If you allocate Contract Value to an Indexed Account for an Interest Term, you may request to exercise the Return Lock feature at any time by notifying us prior to the end of the third to last Business Day of an Interest Term. You can also request the Return Lock feature to be triggered automatically by setting a target return for an Indexed Account Value. You may exercise the Return Lock feature only once during an Interest Term for each Indexed Account. The exercise of the Return Lock feature is irrevocable.

When you exercise the Return Lock feature, your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term will be “locked- in” at the ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Value (which includes any Indexed Account Charge) calculated at the end of the Business Day that immediately follows the Business Day on which we receive your request. ~~However,~~The ~~if you take a withdrawal from an~~ Indexed Account ~~during~~Value anwill ~~Interest~~remain ~~Term~~equal ~~after~~to ~~you~~this ~~exercised~~value for the ~~Return~~remainder ~~Lock~~of ~~feature,~~the ~~your~~Interest ~~Indexed~~Term ~~Account~~but ~~Value~~is ~~will be~~ reduced by the amount ~~withdrawn,~~of ~~including~~any withdrawals (and any applicable ~~surrender~~Surrender ~~charges~~Charges and/or taxes) ~~payable~~taken bybefore usthe ~~and~~end ~~not~~of ~~previously~~the ~~deducted~~current Interest Term. If you exercise the Return Lock feature, no Indexed

If you exercise the Return Lock feature, no Indexed Interest for that Indexed Account will be credited to you at the end of the Interest Term, regardless of whether the Indexed Interest would have been positive, negative or equal to zero. 30

IfInterest ~~you exercise the Return Lock feature based on an Interim Value that~~ is ~~higher~~credited ~~than your Base Value~~ at the ~~beginning~~end of the current Interest Term, ~~you~~regardless ~~will~~of ~~realize~~whether ~~positive~~the ~~investment return with respect to that~~ Indexed ~~Account for that~~ Interest ~~Term~~would ~~(excluding~~have ~~the~~been ~~impact~~positive, ofnegative ~~any surrender charges~~ or ~~taxes~~equal ifto ~~you take a withdrawal from that Indexed Account)~~zero. IfThe ~~you exercise the~~ Return Lock ~~feature~~must ~~based~~be onexercised anfor ~~Interim Value that is lower than your Base Value at~~ the ~~beginning~~full ~~of the Interest Term, you will realize a negative investment return with respect to that~~ Indexed Account ~~for that Interest Term~~Value.

If you exercise the Return Lock feature based on an Indexed Account Value that is higher than your Base Value at the beginning of the Interest Term, you will realize positive investment return with respect to that Indexed Account for that Interest Term (excluding the impact of any surrender charges or taxes if you take a withdrawal from that Indexed Account). If you exercise the Return Lock feature based on an Indexed Account Value that is lower than your Base Value at the beginning of the Interest Term, you will realize a negative investment return with respect to that Indexed Account for that Interest Term.

See Appendix B for a description of how Interim Values are calculated. You may contact us at our Home Office to obtain your Interim Value for any Indexed Account to which you allocated Contract Value.

Requests to Exercise Return Lock. To exercise the Return Lock feature, you must submit a request to our Home Office. You may authorize someone else to make a request to exercise the Return Lock feature by telephone or Internet, if available, on your behalf. Symetra Life will not be liable for any failure to question or challenge such request as long as there is a valid authorization on record at Symetra Life. If we receive your request on a non-Business Day or after the close of a Business Day, your request will be deemed to be received on the next Business Day. For example, if we receive your Return Lock request on a Monday (assuming it is a Business Day) prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, the ~~Interim Value used to lock-in your~~ Indexed Account Value used will be calculated at the close of business on Tuesday (assuming it is a Business Day). If instead we received the request on Monday after the close of regular trading on the NYSE, we will treat this as being received on the next Business Day (Tuesday) and the Indexed Account Value used will be calculated at the close of business on Wednesday (assuming it is a Business Day).

Automatic Return Lock Requests. You, or someone you authorize, can also request the Return Lock feature to be triggered automatically by setting a target return for an Indexed Account Value through your account on our website. This is done by setting a specific target return percentage (e.g. 10.50%) for a selected Indexed Account. The target percentage must be positive and does not have a maximum. You should consider speaking with your financial professional before setting a target return.

Once a target return is reached, your Return Lock request will be submitted. We determine if a target return is reached by comparing the Indexed Account Value to the Base Value at the end of each Business Day. If the change in Indexed Account Value is greater than or equal to the target, a Return Lock request will be submitted on that Business Day and the Return Lock will be exercised on the next Business Day. Please note that the actual Return Lock value may be higher or lower than your target return due to any changes in the Indexed Account Value on that next Business Day.

For example, assume you set the target return for an Indexed Account at 10.50%. On Monday, your Indexed Account Value return at the end of the Business Day is 10.52%. On Tuesday, assuming it is a Business Day, we will execute the Return Lock using the Indexed Account Value for Tuesday (which will be your Return Lock Date). If the Indexed Account Value return determined at the end of the day on Tuesday is 10.48% then your Return Lock value will reflect a gain of 10.48% for the Indexed Account (assuming no withdrawals are taken).

You can change or cancel targets at any time prior to the Business Day the Return Lock is exercised. Targets automatically expire at the end of each Indexed Account’s Interest Term. You can also “over-ride” a target by requesting a manual Return Lock before the target is reached. Setting a target close to the current Indexed Account Value return may cause a Return Lock to occur soon after the target is set.

Please note the following important considerations related to the Return Lock feature:

•There may not be an optimal time to exercise the Return Lock feature during an Interest Term. It may be better for you if you do not exercise the Return Lock feature during an Interest Term. It is impossible to know with certainty whether or not the Return Lock feature should be exercised. Once the Return Lock feature has been exercised for an Indexed Account, at the end of the current or any subsequent Interest Term Year, any portion of the Indexed Account Value can be transferred to any other available Indexed Account, and begin a new Interest Term. We must receive notice of the transfer by the Transfer Notice Deadline. If you exercise the Return Lock feature and transfer the Indexed Account Value to another Indexed Account, no Indexed Interest will be credited to the Indexed Account from which the transfer was made.

•You may exercise the Return Lock feature only once during an Interest Term for each Indexed Account. Once you exercise the Return Lock feature, it may not be revoked.

•The Return Lock feature must be exercised for the full amount of your Indexed Account Value.

•Even if the Index’s performance has been positive, it is possible that your Interim Value may have decreased at the time your ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Value gets locked in. Also, if the Index'’s performance has been negative, it is possible that your Interim Value may have increased at the time ~~Interim~~your Indexed Account Value gets locked in.

•Although you may contact our Home Office to obtain your current ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Value, you will not know the ~~Interim Value used to lock-in your~~ Indexed Account Value used in advance. This is because we use the ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Value calculated at the end of the Business Day that immediately follows the Business Day on which we receive your request. The ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Value on the immediately following Business Day may be higher or lower than the ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Value on the Business Day that we received your request or that you last obtained.

•After you exercise the Return Lock feature for an Indexed Account, your Indexed Account Value will not increase for any reason during the remainder of the Interest Term. You will not be credited Indexed Interest at the end of the Interest Term, regardless of whether the credited interest would have been positive, negative, or equal to zero.

•If you take a withdrawal during the remainder of the Interest Term after you exercise the Return Lock feature, your Indexed Account Value will be reduced.

•After you exercise the Return Lock feature, if you instead remain in your current Indexed Account for the remainder of the Interest Term, your “locked-in” Indexed Account Value will not increase for the remainder of that Interest Term, and you will forego any opportunity to invest in a new Indexed Account and earn positive Indexed Interest.

•The earlier in an Interest Term that you exercise the Return Lock, the longer you will forego such opportunity. For example, if you are invested in an Indexed Account with a six year Interest Term, and you exercise the Return Lock feature on the first day of the second year and choose not to transfer for the remainder of the Interest Term, your investment will not increase for five years.

IMPACT OF WITHDRAWALS FROM INDEXED ACCOUNTS

Under the Contract, you are permitted to take full or partial withdrawals at any time during the Accumulation Phase. Withdrawals may be subject to surrender charges and any applicable taxes payable by us and not previously deducted.

In addition, if you withdraw Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account, the withdrawal will cause a reduction (perhaps significant reduction) to your Base Value. Your Base Value will be immediately reduced in a proportion equal to the reduction in your Indexed Account Value. You should fully understand how a withdrawal from an Indexed account reduces your Base Value because reductions in your Base Value always result in reductions (perhaps significant reductions) to your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term.

account reduces your Base Value because reductions in your Base Value always result in reductions (perhaps significant reductions) to your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term.

Reductions to your Base Value will negatively impact your Indexed Account Value in three ways.

•First, a reduction in your Base Value may cause your ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Values for the remainder of the Interest Term to be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. ~~Because~~ your Indexed Account Value is set equal to your Interim Value on any given Business Day during an Interest Term (except the first and the last Business Day), lower Interim Values will result in lower Indexed Account Values.

•Second, at the end of the Interest Term, assuming that you do not exercise the Return Lock feature, any positive Indexed Interest credited to you will be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal. This is because the Adjusted Index Return is applied to your Base Value in order to calculate your Indexed Interest, and a withdrawal reduces your Base Value.

•Third, while you may still exercise the Return Lock feature after taking a withdrawal, because your ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Values for the remainder of the Interest Term will likely be lower than if you did not take the withdrawal as explained above, the ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Values that you are able to lock-in with the Return Lock feature will likely be lower than the ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Values that would have been possible had you not taken the withdrawal.


TRANSFERS

TRANSFER REQUESTS

At the end of each Interest Term or if the Return Lock feature has been exercised, at the end of the current or any subsequent Interest Term Year, you may elect to transfer your Contract Value between the Fixed Account and any Indexed Account(s) and between Indexed Account(s) and begin a new Interest Term.

Transfers made at the end of the Interest Term will be effective at the end of the Interest Term after any applicable Indexed Interest is credited. Transfers made at the end of an Interest Term Year, which are only available if you exercise the Return Lock feature, will be effective at the end of the Interest Term Year. If we do not receive a transfer request from you by the Transfer Notice Deadline, your allocations will remain the same and no transfers will occur. If an Indexed Account in which you are invested is no longer offered and we do not receive a transfer request, any amount in that Indexed Account will be transferred to the Fixed Account. The Transfer Notice Deadline is:

•For the Fixed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term.

•For an Indexed Account, two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term if the Return Lock feature has not been exercised for that Indexed Account.

•If the Return Lock feature has been exercised for that Indexed Account during that Interest Term, two Business Days prior to the end of any Interest Term Year following the exercise of the Return Lock feature.

The amount of Contract Value allocated to an Indexed Account at the beginning of an Interest Term must be at least $2,000. If any transfer or Indexed Account Charge reduces an Indexed Account Value to less than $2,000, the entire amount remaining in that Indexed Account will be automatically transferred to the Fixed Account. We will reject any transfer request to the extent that ~~it would result in less than $2,000 being allocated under your Contract to the Indexed Account receiving the reallocated Contract Value.~~

it would result in less than $2,000 being allocated under your Contract to the Indexed Account receiving the reallocated Contract Value.

Transfer requests may be submitted in writing to our Home Office and must be signed by the Owner. At our discretion, we may accept transfer requests by telephone or, if available, by Internet.

If we receive your request on a non-Business Day or after the close of a Business Day, your request will be deemed to be received on the next Business Day. In addition, your transfer request will not be deemed to be received until it is in good order. A transfer request will be in good order if it contains all the information necessary to process the transaction.

If we are permitting transfers by telephone, such transfers will be accepted if we have a valid authorization for your Contract on record. You may authorize someone else to make transfers by telephone or internet, if available, on your behalf. Symetra Life will not be liable for any failure to question or challenge such request for transfer as long as there is a valid signed authorization on record at Symetra Life. For telephone requests, your request will be deemed to be received on the date that the transfer request is accepted by us over the telephone.

If we are permitting transfers by Internet, such transfers will be accepted if you provide us with certain identification information, such as a password or personal identification information. We will not accept transfer requests sent by e-mail. Transfer requests that you send electronically through the Internet are considered to be received by us at the time and date stated on the electronic acknowledgment that we return to you. If you do not receive an electronic acknowledgment, you should telephone us as soon as possible.

Although we use reasonable procedures, including recording all telephone instructions and requiring certain personal identification information to prevent unauthorized account access, we cannot assure you that telephone or Internet activity will be completely secure or free of delays or malfunctions. If you choose to make transfers by telephone or Internet, you must be willing to assume the risk of loss that may occur despite our reasonable efforts to verify identity. We are not responsible for the negligence or wrongful acts of third parties.

to assume the risk of loss that may occur despite our reasonable efforts to verify identity. We are not responsible for the negligence or wrongful acts of third parties.

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER FROM AN INDEXED ACCOUNT TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT

We reserve the right to remove Indexed Accounts for future Interest Terms. If you are invested in an Indexed Account during an Interest Term and we decide not to offer that Indexed Account for the next Interest Term, you must submit a timely transfer request to us prior to the end of the Interest Term instructing us how to transfer your Contract Value. If you fail to do so, we will automatically transfer the entire amount of your Contract Value allocated to that Indexed Account to the Fixed Account at the end of the Interest Term. That portion of your Contract Value and any interest earned thereon will remain in the Fixed Account for the duration of the Interest Term unless otherwise withdrawn.

REBALANCING

After each Interest Term, the investment performance of the Indexes may cause the percentage of your Contract Value allocated among the Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account to change from your original allocations. If all of the Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account that you ~~are~~initially ~~currently~~ allocated to have the same Interest Term length, you may elect the rebalancing feature of the Contract. If you make this election, at the end of each Interest Term we will automatically transfer your Contract Value according to your original allocation percentages or any other predetermined allocation percentages provided by you.

Rebalancing will continue at the end of each Interest Term until you instruct us to stop or you allocate funds to an Indexed Account that ~~has~~you adid ~~different~~not ~~Interest~~allocated ~~Term~~to ~~length~~when ~~than~~you purchased your ~~other Indexed Accounts~~Contract. If you would like to stop using rebalancing, we must receive a request (either a new transfer request, or a request to terminate rebalancing) at least two Business Days prior to the end of the Interest Term. Once stopped, rebalancing ~~will~~cannot ~~not~~be ~~begin again until you~~ re-~~elect the program~~elected.

In addition, if you elect rebalancing, your rebalancing instructions will be automatically terminated in ~~two~~three circumstances. First, your rebalancing instructions will be terminated if your instructions would require us to allocate less than $2,000 to an Indexed Account. Second, your rebalancing instructions will be terminated if an Indexed Account to which your Contract Value would be allocated is no longer available. Third, your rebalancing instructions will be terminated if the accounts you are allocated to no longer have the same Interest Term length. If your rebalancing instructions are automatically terminated, you may re-elect rebalancing, if you meet all requirements, by submitting new instructions to our Home Office.


ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

TYPES OF WITHDRAWALS

The money under your Contract may be accessed in the following ways during the Accumulation Phase:

•by taking partial withdrawals (including repetitive withdrawals, a form of systematic partial withdrawals); and

•by taking a full withdrawal (i.e., surrendering your Contract).

Your Contract Value and Base Value will decline whenever you take partial withdrawals. If you take a partial withdrawal and, immediately after the withdrawal, your Contract Value would be less than $2,000, we will instead pay you the Cash Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. If you take a full withdrawal, we will pay you the Cash Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. You may not take withdrawals greater than your Cash Surrender Value.

Partial withdrawals and full withdrawals may be subject to surrender charges. See the section titled "Surrender Charge” for more information about surrender charges. Repetitive withdrawals that are based on life expectancy are not subject to surrender charges. In addition, eligible withdrawals under the nursing home waiver or the terminal illness waiver are not subject to surrender charges. 33

Value and terminate your Contract. If you take a full withdrawal, we will pay you the Cash Surrender Value and terminate your Contract. You may not take withdrawals greater than your Cash Surrender Value.

Partial withdrawals and full withdrawals may be subject to surrender charges. See the section titled “Surrender Charge” for more information about surrender charges. Repetitive withdrawals that are based on life expectancy are not subject to surrender charges. In addition, eligible withdrawals under the hospital and nursing home waiver or the terminal illness waiver are not subject to surrender charges.

All withdrawals are subject to any applicable taxes payable by us and not previously deducted. Withdrawals are not possible during the Income Phase.

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

During the Accumulation Phase, you can make partial withdrawals from your Contract Value at any time by sending a signed request to our Home Office. The withdrawal request must be accompanied with all the information we need to process it. Unless you tell us otherwise, partial withdrawals will be taken proportionately from the Fixed Account and Indexed Accounts based on how your Contract Value is allocated by percentage. Partial withdrawals must be at least $500. If your Contract Value is less than $500, you may only surrender the Contract for the Cash Surrender Value.

AsUnless ~~part of your withdrawal request,~~ you ~~may~~tell ~~indicate~~us ~~the Business Day on which you would like to take the withdrawal~~otherwise, ~~including~~partial ifwithdrawals ~~you~~will ~~would~~be ~~like~~taken toproportionately ~~take~~from the ~~withdrawal~~Fixed atAccount ~~the~~and ~~end~~Indexed ofAccounts ~~the~~based ~~current Interest Term. If you indicate the Business Day~~ on ~~which~~how your ~~withdrawal~~Contract ~~should~~Value beis ~~taken,~~allocated weby ~~must receive your withdrawal request in good order no later than the close of the Business Day on which you wish to take the withdrawal~~percentage. IfPartial ~~you~~withdrawals domust ~~not indicate the Business Day on which to take the withdrawal, your withdrawal will~~ be ~~taken~~at onleast ~~the Business Day that we receive your request~~$500. If ~~we receive~~ your ~~request~~Contract inValue ~~good~~is ~~order~~less onthan a$500, ~~non-Business~~you ~~Day~~may oronly ~~after~~surrender the ~~close~~Contract offor ~~a Business Day, it will be deemed to be received on~~ the ~~next~~Cash ~~Business~~Surrender ~~Day~~Value.

24As part of your withdrawal request, you may indicate the Business Day on which you would like to take the withdrawal, including if you would like to take the withdrawal at the end of the current Interest Term. If you indicate the Business Day on which your withdrawal should be taken, we must receive your withdrawal request in good order no later than the close of the Business Day on which you wish to take the withdrawal. If you do not indicate the Business Day on which to take the withdrawal, your withdrawal will be taken on the Business Day that we receive your request. If we receive your request in good order on a non- Business Day or after the close of a Business Day, it will be deemed to be received on the next Business Day.

Partial withdrawals taken from an Indexed Account may negatively impact (perhaps significantly) your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term. See the section titled “Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts.” Partial withdrawals from an Indexed Account may also negatively impact (perhaps significantly) the ~~Interim~~Indexed Account Values that you may lock-in with the Return Lock feature. See the section titled “Return Lock.”

FULL WITHDRAWALS

You can take a full withdrawal (i.e., surrender your Contract for its Cash Surrender Value) at any time during the Accumulation Phase by sending a signed request to our Home Office in good order. A surrender request will be in good order if it contains all the information necessary to process the transaction. All benefits under the Contract will be terminated as of the Business Day that we receive your surrender request. The Cash Surrender Value will be as of the Business Day that we process the transaction. We will pay you the Cash Surrender Value within seven calendar days thereof.

As part of your withdrawal request, you may indicate the Business Day on which you would like to take the withdrawal, including if you would like to take the withdrawal at the end of the current Interest Term. If you indicate the Business Day on which your withdrawal should be taken, we must receive your withdrawal request in good order no later than the close of the Business Day on which you wish to take the withdrawal. If you do not indicate the Business Day on which to take the withdrawal, your withdrawal will be taken on the Business Day that we receive your request. If we receive your request in good order on a non- Business Day or after the close of a Business Day, it will be deemed to be received on the next Business Day.

REPETITIVE WITHDRAWALS (A FORM OF SYSTEMATIC PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS)

Repetitive withdrawals allow you to automatically withdraw payments of a pre-determined dollar amount or a fixed percentage of Contract Value on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. The minimum amount for each repetitive withdrawal is $500. You may request repetitive withdrawals by completing the appropriate form and sending it to our Home Office. Repetitive withdrawals may be used to avoid tax penalties for premature withdrawals or to satisfy minimum distribution requirements of qualified Contracts. To do this they must be set up as a series of substantially equal withdrawals made at least annually and based on:

Repetitive withdrawals may be used to avoid tax penalties for premature withdrawals or to satisfy minimum distribution requirements of qualified Contracts. To do this they must be set up as a series of substantially equal withdrawals made at least annually and based on:

•your life expectancy; or

•the joint life expectancy of you and your Beneficiary.

Repetitive withdrawals based on life expectancy are intended to deplete your Contract Value over the life expectancy through withdrawals that are substantially equal (as outlined in IRS guidance). To begin repetitive withdrawals based on life expectancy, you must verify your age in order for us to calculate the monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual withdrawal amount. We calculate the amount of a repetitive withdrawal based on life expectancy by dividing the Contract Value by the life expectancy of the Owner as determined by using the IRS single-life life expectancy table or for IRA required minimum distributions, the appropriate IRS table. If repetitive withdrawals are based on joint-life life expectancy, we divide the Contract Value by the joint- life expectancy of the Owner and the Beneficiary by using the IRS joint-life life expectancy table or for IRA required minimum distributions, the appropriate IRS table.

Example: Assume that the Contract Value is equal to $100,000 and the Owner requests repetitive withdrawals based on life expectancy and is age 55. Based on the IRS single-life table, the life expectancy of an Owner age 55 is 29.6 years. The first repetitive withdrawal amount is equal to $100,000 divided by 29.6 which equals an annual payment of $3,378.38.

Assume that in one year, when the Owner is age 56, the Contract Value is equal to $101,453. The life expectancy of the Owner is 28.7 years. The repetitive withdrawal amount is equal to $101,453 divided by 28.7 which equals an annual payment of $3,534.95.

Repetitive withdrawals that are based on life expectancy may allow you to avoid the early withdrawal tax penalty of 10% that you would otherwise pay for taking withdrawals prior to age 59½. If you take additional withdrawals or otherwise modify or stop these repetitive withdrawals, a surrender charge may apply and there may be tax consequences and penalties. You should talk to your tax professional for more information on taking repetitive withdrawals to avoid the 10% tax penalty. If you make repetitive withdrawals that are not based on life expectancy, the same restrictions, income taxes, and tax penalties that apply to random withdrawals may also apply to repetitive withdrawals. Repetitive withdrawals that are not based on life expectancy are subject to surrender charges.

If you receive a repetitive withdrawal prior to the end of an Interest Term, like any other partial withdrawal prior to the end of an Interest Term, the repetitive withdrawal will cause a reduction (perhaps significant reduction) to your Base Value. Reductions to your Base Value will negatively impact your Indexed Account Value for the remainder of the Interest Term and may result in a lower amount of Indexed Interest being credited, if any, at the end of the Interest Term. It is possible to elect repetitive withdrawals that coincide with the ends of your Interest Terms so that such withdrawals do not negatively impact your Base Values. In addition, while repetitive withdrawals based on life expectancy are not subject to surrender charges, repetitive withdrawals that are not based on life expectancy may be subject to surrender charges. You should carefully consider how taking repetitive withdrawals can negatively impact your investment in the Contract. See the sections titled “Base Value Risk,” “Impact of Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts,” and “Surrender Charge” for more information.

You should consult your tax and financial advisors prior to taking, modifying, or stopping repetitive withdrawals.


SURRENDER CHARGE

You may take partial withdrawals or surrender your Contract (i.e., take a full withdrawal) at any time during the Accumulation Phase. A surrender charge may be imposed when you take a partial or full withdrawal during the first six Contract Years. After the sixth Contract Year, there are no surrender charges under the Contract.

If a surrender charge applies to a withdrawal, the charge will be a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of your free withdrawal amount. See “Free Withdrawal Amount” below. If you take a partial withdrawal, we will deduct the surrender charge from the amount withdrawn unless you tell us to deduct the surrender charge from your remaining Contract Value. If your remaining Contract Value is not sufficient to pay the surrender charge, we will deduct the surrender charge from the amount withdrawn. If you take a full withdrawal, the surrender charge is calculated as part of your Cash Surrender Value.

The applicable surrender charge percentage will depend on the Contract Year during which the withdrawal is taken. The schedule below sets forth the surrender charge percentages under the Contract. The surrender charge schedule starts at 9% and declines until the seventh Contract Year when it reaches 0%.

For Contracts applied for on or after May 1, 2024 the schedule below sets forth the surrender charges under the Contract. The surrender charge schedule starts at 8% and declines until the seventh Contract Year when it reaches 0%.

Contract Year			1			2			3			4			5			6			7+
Surrender Charge(as a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of the free withdrawal amount)			8%			8%			7%			6%			5%			4%			0%

For Contracts applied for prior to May 1, 2024, the schedule below sets forth the surrender charge percentages under the Contract. The surrender charge schedule starts at 9% and declines until the seventh Contract Year when it reaches 0%.


Contract Year	1	2	3	4	5	6	7+
Surrender Charge (as a percentage of the amount withdrawn in excess of the free withdrawal amount)	9%	8%	7%	6%	5%	4%	0%

All withdrawals during the first six Contract Years are subject to surrender charges, except:

•withdrawals during a Contract Year that, in the aggregate, do not exceed the free withdrawal amount;

•repetitive withdrawals based on life expectancy;

•eligible hospital and nursing home withdrawals; and

•eligible terminal illness withdrawals.

If you request a withdrawal from an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge during the Surrender Charge period that qualifies for a waiver of Surrender Charges, this waiver does not extend to the Indexed Account Charge. The Indexed Account Charge is not waived. See the section titled, “Indexed Account Charge,” below.

Annuity payments and death benefits under the Contract are not subject to surrender charges.

Surrender charges are intended to compensate us for expenses incurred in connection with the promotion, sale, and distribution of the Contracts. We intend to use revenue generated from surrender charges for any legitimate corporate purpose.

FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT

After the Allocation Date and before the end of the sixth Contract Year you may take withdrawals during each Interest Term Year up to the free withdrawal amount without the imposition of surrender charges. Any aggregate withdrawals in excess of your free withdrawal amount may be subject to surrender charges. After the sixth Contract Year, no surrender charge applies under the Contract.

We determine your free withdrawal amount at the beginning of each Interest Term Year. Your free withdrawal amount at the beginning of an Interest Term Year will be equal (in dollars) to the greater of:

(a.)The free withdrawal percentage of 15% of the Contract Value as of the beginning of the current Interest Term Year. If you take more than one withdrawal in an Interest Term Year, the previous withdrawals during the Interest Term Year are taken into account to determine whether more than the free withdrawal percentage has been withdrawn in that Interest Term Year; or

(b.)The accumulated interest earned in the Contract (net of any Indexed Account Charges) less any accumulated interest withdrawn previously as of the beginning of the current Interest Term Year.

Example of the Surrender Charge and the Free Withdrawal Amount

The example below illustrates how the surrender charge and the free withdrawal amount apply to the Contract.

Assume:

•You purchase the Contract with a Purchase Payment of $99,990. Prior to the Allocation Date, you earned $10 in interest through the Fixed Holding Account.

•On the Allocation Date, you allocated $100,000 (representing 100% of your Contract Value) to an Indexed Account ~~for~~with ~~your~~an ~~initial~~ Interest Term of one year and no Indexed Account Charge.

•You did not make any withdrawals from your Contract during your initial Interest Term.

•You did not exercise the Return Lock feature during your initial Interest Term.

•At the end of the Initial Interest Term, you earned 8% in positive Indexed Interest, increasing your Contract Value to $108,000.

•You did not transfer your Contract Value at the end of the initial Interest Term.

•During your second Contract Year and your second Interest Term, you take a partial withdrawal of $20,000 that is subject to a surrender charge.

•You instruct us to deduct the surrender charge from your remaining Contract Value rather than the amount withdrawn.

Then, assuming no additional facts:

•The applicable surrender charge is 8% (the surrender charge percentage for the second Contract Year).

•Your free withdrawal amount, calculated at the beginning of the second Interest Term, is $16,200 (the greater of 15% of your Contract Value ($108,000 x 0.15 = $16,200) or the accumulated interest earned in the Contract less any accumulated interest withdrawn previously as of the beginning of the current Interest Term Year ($8,010))

(the greater of 15% of your Contract Value ($108,000 x 0.15 = $16,200) or the accumulated interest earned in the Contract less any accumulated interest withdrawn previously as of the beginning of the current Interest Term Year ($8,010))

•The portion of the partial withdrawal subject to a surrender charge is $3,800. ($20,000 - $16,200 = $3,800)

•The surrender charge equals $304. ($3,800 x 0.08 = $304)

•Your Contract Value after the partial withdrawal and the surrender charge is $87,696. ($108,000 - ($20,000 + $304) = $87,696)

~~($108,000~~HOSPITAL -AND ~~($20,000~~NURSING +HOME ~~$304) = $87,696)~~WAIVER

NURSING HOME WAIVER

If approved in your state, there is no surrender charge on withdrawals you make while you are confined in a nursing home or a hospital for a period of at least 30 consecutive days or within 90 days of your release thereafter. If you were confined to a nursing home or hospital on the Contract Date, you are not eligible to rely on this waiver of surrender charges until after the first Contract Year. The 30-day requirement may be satisfied by confinement in a combination of eligible hospitals or eligible nursing homes. Separate periods of confinement, for the same or a related condition, with start dates that are no more than 30 days apart will be considered the same confinement. A new 30 consecutive day period will be applied for a confinement due to a new or non-related cause or to a confinement occurring more than 30 days from the most recent confinement for the same or related condition.

For you to rely on this waiver while you are confined, we may require proof of your confinement in an eligible nursing home or hospital, that your confinement has continued for 30 or more consecutive days, and that your confinement began after your Contract Date. For you to rely on this waiver after your release, we may require proof that you were confined to an eligible nursing home or hospital for at least 30 consecutive days, that your confinement began after your Contract Date, and that you were released within 90 days of your withdrawal request. Proof of confinement and release may include a billing statement from the eligible nursing home or hospital showing the dates of confinement and services rendered or a certification of confinement by an eligible attending physician of the Owner.

An eligible hospital includes any lawfully operated institution that is licensed as a hospital by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, or any lawfully operated institution that provides in-patient treatment under the direction of a staff of physicians and has 24-hour per day nursing services. An eligible nursing home is any facility licensed by the state that provides convalescent or chronic care for in-patients who, by reason of illness or infirmity, are unable to properly care for themselves. An eligible attending physician is any health care practitioner licensed, board certified or board eligible, who is qualified to practice in the area of medicine or in a specialty appropriate to treat the Owner's condition or disease. It does not include the Owner or a member of the Owner’s family.36

An eligible hospital includes any lawfully operated institution that is licensed as a hospital by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, or any lawfully operated institution that provides in-patient treatment under the direction of a staff of physicians and has 24-hour per day nursing services. An eligible nursing home is any facility licensed by the state that provides convalescent or chronic care for in-patients who, by reason of illness or infirmity, are unable to properly care for themselves. An eligible attending physician is any health care practitioner licensed, board certified or board eligible, who is qualified to practice in the area of medicine or in a specialty appropriate to treat the Owner’s condition or disease. It does not include the Owner or a member of the Owner’s family.

If the Contract is owned by a non-natural person, the confinement of the Annuitant in an eligible healthcare facility will be treated as confinement of the Owner for purposes of relying on this waiver.

TERMINAL ILLNESS WAIVER

If approved in your state and after the first Contract Year, there is no surrender charge on withdrawals that you make while you are terminally ill and not expected to live more than 12 months. For you to rely on this waiver, we must receive an eligible attending physician'’s certification regarding your illness and life expectancy and stating that your illness was diagnosed after your Contract Date. Only an original Owner continuously listed since the Contract Date, or a spousal Beneficiary who continued the Contract, may rely on this waiver. If the Contract is owned by a non-natural person, the Annuitant will be treated as the Owner for purposes of determining eligibility.

An eligible attending physician is any health care practitioner licensed, board certified or board eligible, who is qualified to practice in the area of medicine or in a specialty appropriate to treat the Owner'’s condition or disease. It does not include the Owner or a member of the Owner’s family.

DENIAL OF WAIVER CLAIMS

If we do not waive Surrender Charges for a hospital or nursing home confinement, or a terminal illness, we will notify you of the denial, and will not process the withdrawal until we have received confirmation from you to proceed with the withdrawal.


INDEXED ACCOUNT CHARGE

Certain Indexed Accounts in your Contract have an Indexed Account Charge. If an Indexed Account has such a charge it is reflected in the name of the Indexed Account. Not all Indexed Accounts have an Indexed Account Charge. Electing to allocate funds to an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge offers the potential of increased Indexed Interest from a higher Cap or a higher Participation Rate for the Interest Term.

The Indexed Account Charge is an amount deducted from the Indexed Account for each Interest Term. The Indexed Account Charge rate will not change during the life of your Contract. The Indexed Account Charge rate is 1%. We calculate the amount of the Indexed Account Charge at the beginning of each Interest Term. The amount of the charge is equal to the Base Value of the Indexed Account multiplied by the Indexed Account Charge rate and further multiplied by the number of years in the Interest Term. For example, if the Indexed Account Base Value on the first day of the Interest Term is $10,000 and the length of the Interest Term is two years the Indexed Account Charge equals $200. This is arrived at by multiplying the Base Value of $10,000 by the charge rate of 1% and further multiplying by 2, the number of years in the Interest Term.

The Indexed Account Charge is calculated at the beginning of each Interest Term and deducted from the Indexed Account at the end of the Interest Term. During the Interest Term, other than on the first day, the amount of the Indexed Account Charge is subtracted from the Interim Value to arrive at the Indexed Account Value. It is important to understand that while the amount of the charge is subtracted from the Indexed Account’s Interim Value daily the amount of the Indexed Account Charge is not deducted from the Indexed Account until the last day of the Interest Term after Indexed Interest, if any, is credited.

If you make a full withdrawal from an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge during the Interest Term, the amount of the charge is deducted at the time of the withdrawal. The amount of the charge deducted is the amount of the charge for the full Interest Term. The charge amount is not pro-rated for a portion of the Interest Term. You assume the risk that if you withdrawal the full amount in an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge during the Interest Term, you will not earn any Indexed Interest but will incur the charge for the full Interest Term.

If you make a partial withdrawal from an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge during the Interest Term, the amount of the Indexed Account Charge is adjusted proportionally by the percentage that the partial withdrawal reduced the Indexed Account Value. This reduced Indexed Account Charge amount is deducted from the Indexed Account on the last day of the Interest Term after Indexed Interest, if any, is credited.

If you exercise the Return Lock feature for an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge, the Indexed Account Charge amount is included in the Indexed Account Value that is locked in and therefore no Indexed Account Charge will be deducted from the Indexed Account at the end of the current Interest Term.

You may request a withdrawal from an Indexed Account with an Indexed Account Charge during the Surrender Charge period that qualifies for a waiver of Surrender Charges. If this withdrawal will not be assessed a Surrender Charge this waiver does not extend to the Indexed Account Charge. The Indexed Account Charge is assessed in the same way as explained above for either

a full or partial withdrawal. See the section titled, “Surrender Charge” above for a detailed explanation on the waiver of Surrender Charges.

We do not refund any fees regardless of the amount of Indexed Interest, positive or negative, credited to the Indexed Account.

See the section titled, “Risk of Loss Related to Fees and Surrender Charges.”


ANNUITY PAYMENTS

INCOME PHASE

If your Contract enters the Income Phase, we will make annuity payments to the Payee(s) based on the annuity option that you select. Each annuity option is based on the life of at least one Annuitant. The value of the annuity payments that we make will depend in part on your Contract Value on the Annuity Date.

As of the Annuity Date, the only payments that we will make under the Contract are annuity payments (or a lump sum payment). It will not be possible to take withdrawals and the death benefit will not be payable upon death. Once your Contract enters the Income Phase, you cannot switch back to the Accumulation Phase.

You may elect to begin the Income Phase at any time after your second Contract Year begins. To start the Income Phase, you must notify us in writing at our Home Office at least 30 days prior to the date that Annuity Payments are to begin. The Annuity Date will be the date that we receive your written notice to commence Annuity Payments. The latest possible Annuity Date is the day before an Annuitant’s (or oldest Annuitant’s) 96th birthday, or earlier if required by law or the terms of a retirement plan for a qualified Contract. If the Income Phase has not begun by that time, it will begin automatically. We will send notice to you prior to the scheduled Annuity Date and request that you verify all the information that we currently have on file.

You name the Annuitant(s) in your Contract application and name the Payee(s) when you elect to begin the Income Phase. You may change a Payee or an Annuitant at any time prior to the Annuity Date by submitting a written request to our Home Office. You may elect and change the annuity option at any time prior to the Annuity Date by submitting an election form to our Home Office. The election form may be obtained through a written request, by phone, or by downloading the form from our website. After the Annuity Date, no such changes will be permitted.

If you transfer the right to receive annuity payments to someone else, there may be gift and income tax consequences. If premium taxes are required by state law, these taxes will be deducted from your Contract Value before the annuity payments are calculated.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS

You may choose one of the annuity options listed below or any other option you want and that we agree to provide. Each annuity option listed below is a life annuity option. This means that the number of annuity payments a Payee receives depends, at least in part, on how long an Annuitant lives. For Contracts with two Annuitants, only the joint-life annuity options may be elected from the list below.

We use the Annuity Reserve 2012 mortality table with mortality improvement scale G2, with age setback of five years to determine the amount of your annuity payments under all life annuity options. The table factors in an assumed effective interest rate of 1.00%. The amount of each annuity payment depends on many factors including the guarantees, if any, under the annuity option you choose, the frequency of annuity payments, the Annuitant’s age at the time you switch to the Income Phase, and, under some Contracts, the Annuitant’s sex.

The available annuity options are as follows:

Life Annuity. The Payee receives annuity payments as long as the Annuitant is living. Annuity payments stop when the Annuitant dies. There is no minimum number of payments with this option.

Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. The Payee receives annuity payments for the longer of the Annuitant’s life or a guaranteed period of five or more years, as selected by you and agreed to by us. The amount of the annuity payments may be affected by the length of the guaranteed period you select. A shorter guaranteed period will result in higher annuity payments during the Annuitant’s life and fewer or no remaining guaranteed payments to the Payee. A longer guaranteed period will result in lower annuity payments. If the Annuitant dies before the guaranteed payments have ~~been made, the remaining payments will be made to the Payee. Annuity payments stop on the later of the date the Annuitant dies or the date the last guaranteed payment is made.~~

been made, the remaining payments will be made to the Payee. Annuity payments stop on the later of the date the Annuitant dies or the date the last guaranteed payment is made.

Joint and Survivor Life Annuity. The Payee receives annuity payments as long as either Annuitant is living. After either Annuitant dies, the Payee receives a specified percentage of each annuity payment as long as the other Annuitant is living. You name the joint Annuitant, Payee and payment percentages at the time you elect this option. Choosing lower percentages to be paid after the death of either Annuitant results in higher payments while both Annuitants are living. Annuity payments stop the later of the date the Annuitant dies or the date the joint Annuitant dies.

Joint and Survivor Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. The Payee receives annuity payments for the longer of the Annuitant’s life, the joint Annuitant’s life or a guaranteed period of five or more years, as selected by you and agreed to by us. The full benefit amount will continue to be paid to the Payee until the later of the first death of either the Annuitant or joint Annuitant and the end of the guaranteed period. If only one Annuitant is alive when the guaranteed period ends, a percentage of the payment amount will continue to be paid to the Payee. You name the joint Annuitant, Payee and payment percentages at the time you elect this option. The joint Annuitant and payment percentages cannot be changed once the Income Phase begins. Choosing lower percentages to be paid after the death of either Annuitant results in higher payments while both Annuitants are living. Annuity payments stop on the later of the date the Annuitant dies, the joint Annuitant dies or the date the last guaranteed payment is made.

Annuitant and the end of the guaranteed period. If only one Annuitant is alive when the guaranteed period ends, a percentage of the payment amount will continue to be paid to the Payee. You name the joint Annuitant, Payee and payment percentages at the time you elect this option. The joint Annuitant and payment percentages cannot be changed once the Income Phase begins. Choosing lower percentages to be paid after the death of either Annuitant results in higher payments while both Annuitants are living. Annuity payments stop on the later of the date the Annuitant dies, the joint Annuitant dies or the date the last guaranteed payment is made.

If you do not choose an annuity option at least 30 days before the latest possible Annuity Date, we will make annuity payments under the Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period annuity option, using a guaranteed period of 10 years unless a shorter period is otherwise required by law.

You may choose to have annuity payments made on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. If state law allows, we may choose to distribute your Contract Value in a lump sum if it is equal to or less than $2,000 or monthly annuity payments would be less than $20. We also reserve the right to change the payment frequency if payment amounts would be less than ~~$250. You may elect to have payments delivered by mail or electronically transferred to a bank account.~~

~~Proof of Age or Sex~~$250. WeYou may ~~require~~elect ~~proof~~to ofhave ~~age or sex before beginning annuity~~ payments ~~under~~delivered ~~any~~by ~~annuity~~mail ~~option based on life~~ or ~~life~~electronically ~~expectancy.~~transferred Ifto ~~the age or sex of any Annuitant has been misstated, annuity payments will be based on the corrected information. Underpayments will be made up in~~ a ~~lump~~bank ~~sum with the next scheduled payment~~account. Overpayments will be deducted from future payments until the total is repaid. We will credit interest on underpayments but will not charge interest on overpayments. We may require evidence satisfactory to us that an Annuitant is living before we make any payment.

Proof of Age or Sex. We may require proof of age or, if permitted by state law, sex before beginning annuity payments under any annuity option based on life or life expectancy. If the age or, if permitted by state law, sex of any Annuitant has been misstated, annuity payments will be based on the corrected information. Underpayments will be made up in a lump sum with the next scheduled payment. Overpayments will be deducted from future payments until the total is repaid. We will credit interest on underpayments but will not charge interest on overpayments. We may require evidence satisfactory to us that an Annuitant is living before we make any payment.


DEATH BENEFIT

If you die during the Accumulation Phase, the Contract provides for a death benefit equal to the greater of:

(a)Your Contract Value; or

(b)Your Purchase Payment reduced proportionately by the percentage reduction in the Indexed Account Values and the Fixed Account Value for each partial withdrawal, including the impact of any surrender charge deduction.

If we permit the Contract to be assigned, or you designate someone else as Owner, the death benefit will be adjusted to equal the Contract Value as of the date of assignment or ownership change. If the death of the original Owner precedes the death of the new Owner and the Purchase Payment exceeds the Contract Value as of the date we receive proof of the original Owner’s death, the difference between the Purchase Payment and the Contract Value will be added to the Fixed Account on this date.

The death benefit will not be payable once the Income Phase begins under any circumstances. It will terminate on the Annuity Date without value. This means the death benefit will terminate without value when the Contract is annuitized. Also, even if you do not actively annuitize the Contract, when the Annuitant reaches the maximum annuitization age, the death benefit will terminate without value.

Death of Annuitant. If the Annuitant is not an Owner and the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, you must designate a new Annuitant. If no designation is made within 30 days after we are notified of the Annuitant’s death, the Owner (or oldest joint Owner) named in the application will become the Annuitant.

If this Contract is owned by a non-natural person (e.g., a corporation or a trust), the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of an Owner for purposes of the death benefit.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH

The amount of the death benefit is subject to fluctuation until we receive due proof of death. Most importantly, if the Contract is invested in at least one Indexed Account at the time that a death benefit becomes payable, the amount of the death benefit may decrease in value until we receive due proof of death. Thus, eligible recipients of the death benefit should notify us of an Owner’s death and provide us due proof of death as promptly as possible to limit the risk of a decline in the death benefit.

We will determine the amount of the death benefit upon receipt at our Home Office of due proof of death, which includes the following information:

•Proof of death acceptable to us, such as a certified copy of a death certificate;

•Written payment directions from at least one eligible recipient of the death benefit; and

•Any other documents, forms or information we may require.

The amount of the death benefit will include any interest required by state law.

TO WHOM THE DEATH BENEFIT IS PAID

Upon the death of a natural Owner during the Accumulation Phase, the death benefit is payable to the following:

•Surviving Owner; or if none, then

•Surviving primary Beneficiaries; or if none, then

•Surviving contingent Beneficiaries; or if none, then

•Estate of the last Owner to die.

For a Contract owned by a non-natural Owner, upon the death of the Annuitant during the Accumulation Phase, the death benefit is payable to the following:

•Surviving primary Beneficiaries; or if none, then

•Surviving contingent Beneficiaries; or if none, then

•The non-natural Owner.

If a person entitled to receive the death benefit dies before the death benefit is distributed, we will pay the death benefit to that person’s named beneficiary or, if none, to that person’s estate.

PAYMENT OPTIONS

Under a non-qualified Contract, the death benefit must be paid as:

(a).A lump sum payment or series of withdrawals that are completed within five years from the date of death (ten years for qualified Contracts payable to certain beneficiaries, see below) ; or

(b).Payments made over the Beneficiary'’s life or life expectancy; or

(c).Annuity Payments made over a person'’s life or life expectancy. The life expectancy election must be made within 60 days from our receipt of proof of death. Annuity Payments must begin within one year from the date of death. Once Annuity Payments begin, they cannot be changed.

Under a qualified contract, the death benefit must generally be completed within ten years after the date of death unless payable to an “eligible designated beneficiary” as defined in the Code. Eligible designated beneficiaries include, spouses, minor children (until they reach the age of majority), beneficiaries who are disabled or chronically ill or individuals not more than 10 years younger than the original owner.

Life and life expectancy payouts of death benefits may not satisfy required minimum distribution rules under qualified Contracts. See the section titled "“Taxes” for more information. If the death benefit is payable to the Owner’s estate, we will make a lump sum payment. Different death benefit elections may be available to certain Beneficiaries.

We will determine the value of the death benefit as of the Business Day on which we receive the Beneficiary’s election and all information we need to process the claim. If your Beneficiary chooses to make a series of withdrawals over time as provided in option (a) above, then the allocation of Contract Value among the Indexed Accounts and the Fixed Account will not change (unless an Indexed Account becomes unavailable, in which case Contract Value allocated to that Indexed Account will be automatically transferred to the Fixed Account). To the extent the Contract Value is allocated to an Indexed Account, the Beneficiary will be subject to the risk that the Contract Value will decrease in value.

SPOUSAL CONTINUATION

In limited circumstances, when the Owner dies, if the spouse of the deceased Owner is entitled to receive a death benefit, the spouse may have the option to continue the Contract instead. Under federal tax law, the spouse’s option to continue the Contract is contingent upon whether the deceased Owner and the spouse were legally married under applicable state law. See the section titled "“Taxes” for more information.

If the spouse chooses to continue the Contract, any remaining Surrender Charge Period will be waived. If the spouse chooses to continue the Contract and if the Death Benefit exceeds the Contract Value, we will adjust the Contract Value to equal the Death Benefit as of the date we receive proof of death. Only one spousal continuation is permitted per Contract.

DEATH DURING THE INCOME PHASE

If an Owner dies during the Income Phase, then any amounts paid after the Owner’s death will depend on which annuity option was selected. If an Owner dies while annuity payments are being paid, we will pay the remaining annuity payments, if any, in accordance with that option. If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies after the Annuity Date, then we will continue paying any remaining annuity payments to the Payee designated by the Owner. The remaining annuity payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the annuity option then in effect. See the section titled "Annuity Payments" for more information.

If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies after the Annuity Date, then we will continue paying any remaining annuity payments to the Payee designated by the Owner. The remaining annuity payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the annuity option then in effect. See the section titled “Annuity Payments” for more information.


TAXES

This section discusses how the federal income tax applies to annuities in general. This information is not complete and is not intended as tax advice. Tax laws and their interpretations are complex and subject to change. We cannot predict the probability that any changes in the interpretation of the laws, or the laws themselves, will occur. No attempt is made to discuss state or other tax laws. Symetra Life does not guarantee the tax treatment of any Contract or any transaction involving a Contract. You bear the complete risk that the Contract may not be treated as an “annuity contract” under federal income tax laws. It should be further understood that the following discussion is not exhaustive and that special rules not described in this prospectus may be applicable in certain situations. You should consult a competent tax advisor about the possibilities of tax law changes and your individual circumstances.

understood that the following discussion is not exhaustive and that special rules not described in this prospectus may be applicable in certain situations. You should consult a competent tax advisor about the possibilities of tax law changes and your individual circumstances.

ANNUITY CONTRACTS IN GENERAL

Different tax rules apply to Purchase Payments made to annuity contracts and distributions from annuity contracts depending on how you take money out and whether the annuity contract is a “non-qualified contract” or a “qualified contract.” A “non-qualified contract” is one that is not purchased as part of a formal retirement plan. A “qualified contract” is purchased as part of an individual retirement plan or an employer-sponsored plan. Currently, we offer this Contract as a qualified contract to fund an IRA, or Roth IRA. Non-qualified contracts purchased with after-tax money and not part of an IRA or Roth IRA or other retirement plan, receive different tax treatment than qualified contracts.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

Individuals may purchase non-qualified annuity contracts without any Purchase Payment limits imposed under the Code. The Purchase Payments receive no tax benefit but taxes on the increases in the value of the Contract are generally deferred until distribution occurs, either in the form of a lump sum payment, a partial withdrawal, or as annuity payments under the option elected.

Your cost basis equals the total amount of the after-tax Purchase Payment remaining in the Contract. Under the Code, you generally do not pay tax on Contract earnings until received. If the Contract Value exceeds the Purchase Payment made to the Contract, any amount withdrawn will generally be treated as coming first from income on the Contract and then, only after the income portion is exhausted, as coming from the Purchase Payment. Exceptions to this rule include distributions from any Purchase Payment made prior to August 14, 1982 and full surrenders of the Contract which are treated as taxable income to the extent the amount received exceeds the investment in the Contract. Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income and taxed at ordinary income rates. See also the discussion under Medicare Tax below. In certain situations, an ordinary loss deduction may be available upon the full surrender of a contract if the proceeds of the surrender are less than the investment in the Contract. However, the deduction will be subject to the limitation on itemized deductions. You should consult your tax advisor before deducting any loss resulting from the surrender of a non-qualified annuity contract.

Contracts not owned for the benefit of natural persons, e.g., contracts owned by a corporation or certain other entities, are generally not treated as annuities for federal income tax purposes and any earnings are taxed as ordinary income in the current year. Exceptions may apply. For example, contracts held by a trust which holds the annuity contract as an agent for a natural person can defer tax on earnings until money is withdrawn from the annuity contract. Purchasers who are not natural persons should consult their own tax counsel or other tax advisor before purchasing the Contract.

In addition to ordinary income tax, Section 72(q) of the Code imposes a ten percent (10%) penalty on the income portion of any premature withdrawals from a non-qualified annuity contract. The penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a) after the taxpayer reaches age 59 ½; (b) after the death of the Owner; (c) if the taxpayer is totally disabled (for this purpose disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) as a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and the taxpayer'’s beneficiary; or (e) which are allocable to Purchase Payments made prior to August 14, 1982. With respect to (d) above, if the series of substantially equal periodic payments is modified before the later of your attaining age 59 ½ or five years from the date of the first periodic payment, then the tax for the year of the modification is increased by an amount equal to the tax which would have been imposed but for the exception, plus interest for the tax years in which the exception was used. There may be other exceptions to the 10% tax penalty and additional conditions to the 10% penalty exceptions described above. Before you make a withdrawal from a non-qualified contract, you should consult your tax advisor to determine the tax treatment of the withdrawal and whether the 10% penalty tax will apply.

DISTRIBUTIONS AT DEATH - NON QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

In order to be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes, a non-qualified contract must provide that:

1.If an owner dies before annuity payments begin, the entire interest in the contract must be distributed within five years after the date of the owner’s death. If payable to a designated beneficiary, the distributions may be paid over the life or life expectancy of that designated beneficiary, so long as the payouts begin within one year of the Owner’s death. If the sole designated beneficiary is the spouse of the owner, the contract may be continued in the name of the spouse as ~~owner; or~~

owner; or

2.If the owner dies on or after annuity payments begin, the remainder of any interest in the contract must be distributed at least as rapidly as provided for in the method in effect on the date of death.

If the owner is not a natural person, then for purposes of these distribution rules, the annuitant is considered the owner. In addition, when the owner is not a natural person, a change in the annuitant is treated as the death of the Owner.

DISTRIBUTIONS AT DEATH - QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

In order to be treated as a qualified annuity contract for tax purposes, a qualified contract must provide that: for owners who die after January 1, 2020 that any designated beneficiary who is not an “eligible designated beneficiary” must generally withdraw the account value within ten years after the date of death. Eligible designated beneficiaries can withdraw the account value over their lives or a period not exceeding their life expectancies. Eligible designated beneficiaries include (1) the surviving spouse of the owner; (2) a child who has not reached majority (any remaining portion of the account value must be distributed within 10 years after the date the child reaches majority); (3) a disabled beneficiary; (d) a chronically ill individual; and (e) any individual not described above who is not more than 10 years younger than the IRA owner.

their lives or a period not exceeding their life expectancies. Eligible designated beneficiaries include (1) the surviving spouse of the owner; (2) a child who has not reached majority (any remaining portion of the account value must be distributed within 10 years after the date the child reaches majority); (3) a disabled beneficiary; (d) a chronically ill individual; and (e) any individual not described above who is not more than 10 years younger than the IRA owner.

ANNUITY DATE

We will deny our consent to a later Annuity Date based upon any current or future legal restrictions imposed by state laws and regulations, by regulatory authorities or by the Code and the IRS. For non-qualified Contracts, if the Contract’s Income Phase occurs at a time when the Annuitant has reached an advanced age (e.g., past age 95), it is possible that the Contract would not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, gains under the Contract could be currently includable in your income. The IRS has not provided guidance with respect to a maximum date on which annuity payments must start. In the event that any future rulings, regulations, or other pronouncements by the IRS provide us with guidance, we may need to restrict your ability to change to any Annuity Date under a non-qualified Contract which occurs when the Annuitant is at an advanced age (e.g., past age 95).

QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

Contracts purchased as an IRA or Roth IRA are referred to as “qualified contracts” because they are qualified under the Code to provide tax deferral for retirement purposes. You do not have to purchase an annuity contract to qualify for the tax deferral offered by these qualified contracts. There may be other investment vehicles that can be purchased for your retirement plan. However, an annuity contract has features and benefits other than tax deferral that may make it an appropriate investment for your retirement plan. Other than those qualified contract types listed above, we do not offer contracts purchased as part of your employer’s retirement plan. You should consult your tax advisor regarding these features and benefits before you buy a qualified Contract.

Qualified contracts are subject to special rules and limits on Purchase Payments and distributions that vary according to the type of IRA. You may be able to make a direct transfer or rollover from other qualified plans and qualified contracts to this qualified contract. Ineligible or excess contributions to qualified contracts can result in substantial penalties. Tax penalties of 10% or more may apply to certain distributions; for example if you are under age 59 ½ and not disabled as defined by the Code.

IRAs. Individuals may contribute to an individual retirement arrangement known as a traditional IRA. Under applicable limitations, certain amounts may be contributed to an IRA which will be deductible from the individual’s gross income. Under some circumstances, you may be able to make “after-tax” contributions. These IRAs are subject to limitations on eligibility, contributions, transferability and distributions. Under certain conditions, distributions from other IRAs and other retirement plans may be rolled over or transferred on a tax deferred basis into an IRA. Purchasers of IRAs should obtain competent tax advice as to the tax treatment and suitability of such an investment.

Roth IRAs. Under applicable limitations, individuals may also contribute nondeductible contributions to Roth IRAs. These Roth IRAs are also subject to limitations on eligibility, contributions, transferability and distributions. “Qualified distributions” from Roth IRAs are excluded from taxable gross income. “Qualified distributions” are distributions which (a) are made more than five years after the taxable year of the first contribution to a Roth IRA, and (b) meet any of the following conditions: (1) the annuity owner has reached age 59 ½; (2) the distribution is paid to a beneficiary after the owner’s death; (3) the annuity owner is disabled; or (4) the distribution will be used for first time home purchase. (Qualified distributions for first time home purchases may not exceed $10,000.) Non-qualified distributions are includable in taxable gross income only to the extent that they exceed the contributions made to the Roth IRA. The taxable portion of a non-qualified distribution may be subject to the 10% penalty tax.

You may convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. You will be required to include the taxable portion of the conversion in your taxable gross income, but you will not be required to pay the 10% penalty tax. However, a 10% penalty tax may apply to a conversion from an IRA if distributions occur during the five taxable years beginning with the year in which the conversion was made. You should consult a tax advisor before converting an IRA to a Roth IRA.

If your Contract is issued as an IRA or Roth IRA, then we will issue the Contract with language intended to qualify the Contract for tax purposes as an IRA or Roth IRA. We will also provide the necessary administrative procedures to ~~administer the IRAs and Roth IRAs in accordance with IRS requirements governing the sponsors of IRAs and Roth IRAs subject to the accuracy and completeness of the information you provide us.~~

administer the IRAs and Roth IRAs in accordance with IRS requirements governing the sponsors of IRAs and Roth IRAs subject to the accuracy and completeness of the information you provide us.

The Contract is also available for purchase as an investment by an IRA or Roth IRA custodial or trust account. In that case, we will issue a non-qualified Contract to the custodian or trustee for the benefit of the underlying IRA owner, as the tax qualification requirements will appear in the account and the custodian or trustee is responsible for administering the account in accordance with IRS requirements. However, the rights of any person to benefits may be subject to the terms and conditions of the IRA or Roth IRA account, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. In addition, we will not be bound by the terms and conditions of the account to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the Contract, unless we consent.

Limits on Annual Contributions. Under federal tax law, IRAs and Roth IRAs both limit the amount of annual contributions an individual can contribute to such individual'’s IRA or Roth IRA. The IRA and Roth IRA annual contribution limit for 2024 is the smaller of your taxable compensation or $7,000. This amount is lower than the minimum Purchase Payment of $25,000 that we accept. Therefore, you may only contribute an initial Purchase Payment that is a rollover contribution of $25,000 or more from other eligible retirement plans. Generally, rollovers and direct transfers will not be subject to annual contribution limits. IRA owners age 50 or older may be able to make additional “catch-up” contributions each year. A rollover from or conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA is generally subject to tax.

the smaller of your taxable compensation or $7,000. This amount is lower than the minimum Purchase Payment of $25,000 that we accept. Therefore, you may only contribute an initial Purchase Payment that is a rollover contribution of $25,000 or more from other eligible retirement plans. Generally, rollovers and direct transfers will not be subject to annual contribution limits. IRA owners age 50 or older may be able to make additional “catch-up” contributions each year. A rollover from or conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA is generally subject to tax.

Required Minimum Distributions. Generally, qualified contracts (except for Roth IRAs) are subject to lifetime required minimum distributions. For IRAs, you must begin receiving required minimum distributions by April 1 of the year following the year in which you reach the applicable age. For individuals who reached age 70 ½ before January 1, 2020, the applicable age is 70 ½. For individuals who reach age 72 before January 1, 2023, the applicable age is 72. For individuals who reach age 72 after December 31, 2022 and reach age 73 before 2033, the applicable age is 73. If an individual reaches age 74 after 2032, the applicable age is 75 (the required beginning date).

~~The~~There ~~required~~is ~~minimum~~a ~~distribution~~25% ~~rules~~penalty ~~require~~tax ~~that~~on the ~~entire~~shortfall ~~interest~~if inyou ~~the~~fail ~~Contract~~to ~~generally~~take ~~must be distributed not later than the~~ required beginning date or distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning date, over the life or life expectancy of the owner, or the joint lives or joint life expectancy of the owner and the owner's designated beneficiary. These requirements do not apply to a Roth IRA during the owner’s life. Required minimum distributions ~~from~~(which ~~all IRAs you own~~ may be ~~taken~~reduced ~~in the form of withdrawals from (1) the IRA Contract Value prior~~ to ~~the~~10% ~~Contract’s~~if ~~Annuity Date, or (2) from one or more of the other IRAs that~~ you ~~own,~~correct to the ~~extent~~shortfall ~~permitted~~within ~~under~~a ~~federal~~two ~~tax~~year ~~law~~correction period).

The ~~Generally,~~required ifminimum ~~the~~distribution ~~owner~~rules ~~dies~~require that the entire interest ofin the ~~owner~~Contract generally must be distributed bynot ~~December 31~~later ~~st of~~than the ~~year~~required ~~that~~beginning isdate ~~the~~or ~~tenth~~distributed, ~~anniversary~~beginning ofnot ~~the~~later ~~owner’s~~than ~~death or in~~ the ~~case~~required ofbeginning ~~an "eligible designated beneficiary"~~date, over the life or life expectancy of the ~~eligible~~owner, ~~designated~~or ~~beneficiary~~the ifjoint ~~such~~lives ~~distributions~~or ~~begin~~joint nolife ~~later~~expectancy ~~than December 31 st~~ of the ~~year~~owner ~~after~~and the ~~date of the~~ owner’s ~~death. An “eligible~~ designated beneficiary”. ~~includes~~These ~~spouses,~~requirements ~~disabled~~do ~~and~~not ~~chronically~~apply ~~ill~~to ~~individuals,~~a ~~individuals~~Roth ~~who~~IRA ~~are~~during ~~ten or less years younger than~~ the ~~deceased~~ owner,’s ~~and children who have not reached the age of majority (but only until they reach the age of majority)~~life. IfRequired ~~your~~minimum ~~spouse~~distributions isfrom ~~your~~all ~~beneficiary~~IRAs ~~and~~you ~~your~~own ~~contract~~may ~~permits,~~be ~~your~~taken ~~spouse~~in ~~may delay~~ the ~~start~~form of ~~required~~withdrawals ~~minimum~~from ~~distributions until December~~(1) ~~31 st of~~ the ~~year in which you would have reached your applicable age. The spouse beneficiary of an~~ IRA ~~may~~Contract ~~elect~~Value prior to ~~roll over~~ the ~~death proceeds into such beneficiary'~~Contract’s ~~own~~Annuity ~~IRA~~Date, (or ~~a Roth IRA and pay tax on the taxable portion of the death proceeds~~(2) from ~~and~~one ~~treat the IRA (~~or ~~Roth~~more ~~IRA) as such beneficiary's own. Non-spouse beneficiaries may also be able to roll over death proceeds to an inherited IRA. If you die after required minimum distributions have begun, payments~~ of ~~your entire remaining interest must be made in a manner and over a period as provided under~~ the ~~Code.~~other ~~Roth~~ IRAs ~~are~~that ~~not~~you ~~subject~~own, to the ~~required~~extent ~~minimum~~permitted ~~distributions~~under ~~rule~~federal ~~while~~tax ~~the owner is alive~~law. ~~Distributions from a Roth IRA may be deferred until the death of the owner.~~

Generally, ~~Tax~~if ~~Treatment~~the ofowner ~~Withdrawals. To~~dies the ~~extent~~entire ~~Purchase~~interest ~~Payments~~of ~~have~~the aowner ~~zero~~must ~~cost basis (were made with pre-tax dollars), withdrawals will~~ be ~~taxed~~distributed asby ~~ordinary income. In addition to ordinary income tax, Section~~December ~~72(t)~~31st of the ~~Code~~year ~~imposes~~that ais ~~10% penalty tax on~~ the ~~taxable~~tenth ~~portion~~anniversary of ~~any distributions from certain qualified contracts. To~~ the ~~extent~~owner’s ~~amounts~~death ~~are~~or ~~not includable~~ in ~~gross~~the ~~income~~case ~~because~~of ~~they~~an ~~have~~"eligible ~~been~~designated ~~rolled~~beneficiary", over tothe anlife ~~IRA~~ or tolife ~~another~~expectancy ~~eligible~~of ~~plan;~~the noeligible ~~tax~~designated ~~penalty~~beneficiary ~~will~~if besuch ~~imposed.~~distributions ~~The~~begin ~~following~~no islater athan ~~list~~December 31st of ~~some of~~ the ~~distributions~~year ~~to which the tax penalty will not apply: (a) distributions made on or~~ after the date onof ~~which~~ the owner’s ~~reaches ages 59 ½; (b) distributions following the~~ death. orAn ~~disability~~“eligible ofdesignated ~~the~~beneficiary” ~~owner~~includes asspouses, ~~defined~~disabled byand ~~the~~chronically ~~Code;~~ill ~~(c) distributions~~individuals, ~~made~~individuals ~~after~~who ~~separation~~are ~~from~~ten ~~service~~or ~~after~~less ~~attainment~~years ofyounger ~~age~~than ~~55;~~the ~~(d) distributions~~deceased ~~that~~owner, ~~are~~and ~~part~~children ofwho ~~substantially~~have ~~equal periodic payments made~~ not ~~less~~reached ~~frequently~~the ~~than~~age ~~annually~~of ~~for~~majority ~~the life~~ (orbut ~~life~~only ~~expectancy)~~until ofthey ~~the~~reach ~~owner or~~ the ~~joint~~age ~~lives~~of ~~(or joint life expectancies~~majority). ofIf ~~such~~your ~~owner~~spouse ~~and~~is ~~such~~your ~~owner's~~ beneficiary; ~~(e) distributions~~and ~~made~~your tocontract ~~the~~permits, ~~owner~~your tospouse ~~the~~may ~~extent~~delay ~~such distributions do not exceed~~ the ~~amount~~start ~~allowable~~of asrequired aminimum ~~deduction~~distributions ~~under~~until ~~Section~~December ~~213~~31st of the ~~Code~~year toin ~~the~~which ~~owner~~you ~~for~~would ~~amounts~~have ~~paid~~reached ~~during~~your ~~the~~applicable ~~taxable~~age. ~~year~~The ~~for~~spouse ~~medical~~beneficiary ~~care;~~of ~~(f) distributions made to pay health insurance premiums for~~ an ~~unemployed~~IRA ~~owner;~~may ~~(g) distributions~~elect ~~made~~ to ~~pay~~roll ~~qualified~~over ~~higher~~the ~~education~~death ~~expenses;~~proceeds ~~(h) distributions~~into ~~made~~such tobeneficiary’s own anIRA ~~owner for first time home purchases;~~ (~~i) distributions~~or ~~due~~a toRoth anIRA ~~IRS~~and ~~levy;~~pay ~~(j) “qualified~~tax ~~reservist~~on ~~distributions,”~~the astaxable ~~defined~~portion byof the ~~Code;~~death (kproceeds) ~~distributions~~ toand ~~qualified~~treat ~~public~~the ~~safety~~IRA ~~employees~~(or ~~from~~Roth aIRA) ~~governmental~~as ~~defined~~such ~~benefit~~beneficiary’s ~~plan~~own. ~~after~~Non-spouse ~~attaining~~beneficiaries ~~age~~may 50also ~~and~~be ~~separating~~able ~~from~~to ~~service;~~roll ~~(l)~~over ~~distributions~~death upproceeds to ~~$5,000~~an ininherited ~~connection~~IRA. ~~with~~If ~~the~~you ~~birth~~die orafter ~~adoption~~required ofminimum ~~a child;(m)~~ distributions tohave ~~terminally~~begun, ~~ill~~payments ~~individuals;~~of ~~and~~your ~~(n)~~entire ~~distributions~~remaining tointerest ~~domestic~~must ~~violence~~be ~~victims. The~~made ~~exception stated~~ in ~~(c) above~~a ~~does~~manner ~~not~~and ~~apply~~over toa anperiod ~~IRA~~as ~~and~~provided ~~Roth~~under ~~IRA~~the Code. ~~There~~Roth ~~may~~IRAs beare ~~other~~not ~~exceptions~~subject to the ~~10%~~required ~~tax~~minimum ~~penalty~~distributions ~~and~~rule ~~additional~~while ~~conditions to~~ the ~~10%~~owner ~~penalty~~is ~~exceptions described above~~alive. ~~Before~~Distributions ~~you~~from ~~make~~ a ~~withdrawal,~~Roth ~~you~~IRA ~~should~~may ~~consult~~be ~~your~~deferred ~~tax~~until ~~advisor to determine~~ the ~~tax~~death ~~treatment~~ of the ~~withdrawal and whether the 10% penalty tax will apply~~owner.

Tax Treatment of Withdrawals. To the extent Purchase Payments have a zero cost basis (were made with pre-tax dollars), withdrawals will be taxed as ordinary income. In addition to ordinary income tax, Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the taxable portion of any distributions from certain qualified contracts. To the extent amounts are not includable in gross income because they have been rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible plan; no tax penalty will be imposed. The following is a list of some of the distributions to which the tax penalty will not apply: (a) distributions made on or after the date on which the owner reaches ages 59 ½; (b) distributions following the death or disability of the owner as defined by the Code; (c) distributions made after separation from service after attainment of age 55; (d) distributions that are part of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy) of the owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such owner and such owner’s beneficiary; (e) distributions made to the owner to the extent such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a deduction under Section 213 of the Code to the owner for amounts paid during the taxable year for medical care; (f) distributions made to pay health insurance premiums for an unemployed owner; (g) distributions made to pay qualified higher education expenses; (h) distributions made to an owner for first time home purchases; (i) distributions due to an IRS levy; (j) “qualified reservist distributions,” as defined by the Code; (k) distributions to qualified public safety employees from a governmental defined benefit plan after attaining age 50 and separating from service; (l) distributions up to $5,000 in connection with the birth or adoption of a child. (m) distributions to terminally ill individuals; and (n) distributions to domestic violence victims. The exception stated in (c) above does not apply to an IRA and Roth IRA. There may be other exceptions to the 10% tax penalty and additional

conditions to the 10% penalty exceptions described above. Before you make a withdrawal, you should consult your tax advisor to determine the tax treatment of the withdrawal and whether the 10% penalty tax will apply.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Although tax consequences may vary depending on the payout option elected under an annuity contract, a portion of each annuity payment (or “amount received as an annuity”) is generally not taxed and the remainder is taxed as ordinary income. The non-taxable portion of an annuity payment is generally determined using an exclusion ratio in a manner that is designed to allow you to recover your after-tax investment in the contract. The exclusion amount for annuity payments based on a fixed annuity is determined by multiplying the payment by the ratio that the cost basis of the contract (adjusted for any period certain) bears to the expected return under the contract. For qualified contracts, the after-tax investment may be zero. The exclusion ratio is determined when annuity payments start. It is applied to each annuity payment over the expected stream of annuity payments, so that each annuity payment is taxable in part and tax free in part. Once your investment in the Contract has been fully recovered, however, the full amount of each annuity payment is subject to tax as ordinary income. If the annuity payments stop as a result of the Annuitant’s death before full recovery of the investment in the Contract, you should consult a competent tax advisor to determine whether the unrecovered investment in the Contract is deductible. Owners, Payees and Beneficiaries under the contracts should seek competent financial advice about the tax consequences of any distributions.

33As mentioned above, distributions prior to age 59 ½ are subject to a 10% penalty tax, subject to certain exceptions. One exception is for distributions that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (made not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and the taxpayer’s designated beneficiary. Another is the exception for annuity payments made pursuant to a partial or complete annuitization of your non-qualified Contract. Whether annuity payments made prior to age 59 ½ satisfy either of these exceptions will depend on the manner in which such payments are made under the facts and circumstances of each case.

As mentioned above, distributions prior to age 59 ½ are subject to a 10% penalty tax, subject to certain exceptions. One exception is for distributions that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (made not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and the taxpayer's designated beneficiary. Another is the exception for annuity payments made pursuant to a partial or complete annuitization of your non-qualified Contract. Whether annuity payments made prior to age 59 ½ satisfy either of these exceptions will depend on the manner in which such payments are made under the facts and circumstances of each case.

DEATH BENEFITS

Any death benefits paid under the Contract are generally taxable to the Beneficiary. The rules governing taxation of payments from an annuity contract, as discussed above, generally apply to the payment of death benefits and depend on whether the death benefits are paid as a lump sum or as annuity payments. Estate or gift taxes may also apply.

EFFECT OF CIVIL UNIONS AND DOMESTIC PARTNERSHIPS

For non-qualified and qualified annuities, there may be certain distribution options or elections available under federal tax law to beneficiaries who are “spouses” as defined under federal tax law. For federal tax law purposes, a “spouse” is a person recognized as a “spouse” in the state where the couple was legally married. The term does not include a party to a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or similar formal relationship recognized under state law that is not denominated a marriage under that state’s law. Accordingly, these same options are not available to surviving beneficiaries who are “civil union partners,” “domestic partners” or other similar relationships as recognized under the laws of certain states. The administration of spousal rights and the related tax reporting for the Contract will be done in a manner consistent with federal tax law requirements. The rights and benefits of civil union, domestic partnerships and other similar relationships under federal law are complex. Therefore, you should contact your legal advisor to discuss the availability of options and elections available to your surviving partner.

EXCHANGES

From time to time we may offer programs under which certain annuity contracts previously issued by us may be exchanged for the Contracts offered by this prospectus. These programs will be made available on terms and conditions determined by us, and any such programs will comply with applicable law. We believe the exchanges will be tax free for federal income tax purposes; however, you should consult your tax advisor. Generally you can exchange one non-qualified Contract for another in a tax free exchange under Section 1035 of the Code. In addition, if your Contract is a qualified Contract, then it will generally qualify as a tax free rollover or transfer. However, only one rollover is permitted during any one-year period.

You can make only one rollover from an IRA to another (or the same) IRA in any 12-month period, regardless of the number of IRAs you own. The limit will apply by aggregating all of your IRAs, including Roth IRAs, effectively treating them as one IRA for purposes of the limit. Trustee-to-trustee transfers between IRAs and rollovers from traditional to Roth IRAs are not limited.

If you exchange part of an existing contract for this Contract, and within 180 days of the exchange you receive a payment (e.g., you make a withdrawal) from either contract, the exchange may not be treated as a tax free exchange. Rather, the exchange may be treated as if you had made a taxable withdrawal from the existing contract and then purchased this Contract. Subject to certain exceptions, some or all of the amount exchanged into this Contract could be includable in your income and subject to the 10% tax described in the “Non-Qualified Contracts” section of this prospectus.

If you are considering a partial exchange of an annuity contract, you should consider the conditions described by Revenue Procedure 2011-38. Under Rev. Proc. 2011-38: (1) the period of time after which cash can be withdrawn from either contract is 180 days beginning on the date of the transfer and (2) annuity payments that satisfy the partial annuitization rule under Section 72(a)(2) of the Code will not be treated as a distribution from either the old or new contract.

In a private letter ruling, the IRS allowed the beneficiary of a series of several fixed and variable non-qualified inherited annuities to complete an exchange under Section 1035 of the Code of those contracts into a new variable annuity so long as the technical requirements for the exchange under Section 1035 of the Code were honored, and the beneficiary committed to taking post-death distributions from the new annuity at least as rapidly as were occurring under the old contract. While a private letter ruling gives an insight into the IRS’ view, legally it only applies to the taxpayer who requested the ruling. A beneficiary contemplating an exchange under Section 1035 of the Code of an inherited annuity contract should consult with their tax advisor.

death distributions from the new annuity at least as rapidly as were occurring under the old contract. While a private letter ruling gives an insight into the IRS’ view, legally it only applies to the taxpayer who requested the ruling. A beneficiary contemplating an exchange under Section 1035 of the Code of an inherited annuity contract should consult with their tax advisor.

Before making an exchange, you should compare both contracts carefully. You may have to pay a surrender charge on your existing annuity contract; other charges may be higher (or lower) and the benefits may be different. You should not exchange another annuity contract for this one unless you determine that, after knowing all the facts, the exchange is in your best interest. Also, you should consult your tax advisor in connection with an exchange involving the Contract, especially if you anticipate making a withdrawal from either contract.

A transfer or assignment of ownership of a contract, the designation of an annuitant, the selection of certain annuity dates, or the exchange of a contract may result in certain tax consequences to you that are not discussed here. An owner contemplating any such transfer, assignment or exchange should consult with their tax advisor.

MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

All deferred non-qualified annuity contracts that are issued by Symetra Life (or any affiliate) to the same owner during any calendar year will be treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount. As a result, withdrawals from any such contracts will be taxed based upon the income in all of the contracts aggregated in the same calendar year. Such treatment may result in adverse tax consequences including more rapid taxation of the distributed amounts from such multiple contracts. For purposes of the aggregation rule, contracts received in a 1035 exchange will be considered issued in the year of the exchange. Also, all IRAs you own will be treated as one IRA for purposes of contribution limits. You should consult a tax advisor prior to purchasing more than one annuity contract in any calendar year or contributing to more than one IRA.

TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, federal income tax is withheld from the taxable portion of withdrawals at a rate of 10%. Withholding on periodic payments as defined by the Code is at the same rate as wages. Typically, you may elect not to have income taxes withheld or to have withholding done at a different rate. Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside the United States and to nonresident aliens.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES

While no attempt is being made to discuss the federal estate tax implications of the Contract, a purchaser should keep in mind that the value of an annuity contract owned by a decedent and payable to a beneficiary by virtue of surviving the decedent is included in the decedent’s gross estate. Depending on the terms of the annuity contract, the value of the annuity included in the gross estate may be the value of the lump sum payment payable to the designated beneficiary or the actuarial value of the payments to be received by the beneficiary. Consult an estate planning advisor for more information.

GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFER TAX

Under certain circumstances, the Code may impose a “generation-skipping transfer tax” when all or part of an annuity contract is transferred to, or a death benefit is paid to, an individual two or more generations younger than the owner. Regulations issued under the Code may require us to deduct the tax from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the IRS.

AMERICAN TAXPAYER RELIEF ACT OF 2012/TAX CUTS AND JOBS ACT

The American Taxpayer Relief Act: (1) permanently provides for a maximum federal estate tax rate, gift tax rate and generation skipping transfer tax rate of 40% with an inflation-adjusted $5 million lifetime unified estate and gift tax exclusion and a $5 million generation skipping transfer exclusion; (2) makes permanent “portability” between spouses which allows the estate of a decedent who is survived by a spouse to permit the surviving spouse to use the decedent’s unused $5 million lifetime exclusion; and (3) extends a number of generation skipping transfer provisions. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act temporarily doubles the exemption amount, indexed for inflation, for estate, gift and generation-skipping taxes from the $5 million base, set in 2011, to the new $10 million base, effective for tax years 2018 through 2025.

MEDICARE TAX

Distributions from non-qualified annuity contracts will be considered “investment income” for purposes of the 3.8% Medicare tax on investment income. Thus, in certain circumstances, this tax will be applied to some or all of the taxable portion of distributions (e.g. earnings) to individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Please consult a tax advisor for more information.

ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS

The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents. If you are not a U.S. citizen or resident, you will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, you may be subject to state and/or municipal taxes and taxes that may be imposed by your country of citizenship or residence. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to purchasing the Contract.

FOREIGN TAX CREDITS

We may benefit from any foreign tax credits attributable to taxes paid by certain Indexes to foreign jurisdictions to the extent permitted under federal tax law.

POSSIBLE TAX LAW CHANGES

Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Contract could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax advisor with respect to legislative developments and their effect on the Contract.

We have the right to modify the Contract in response to legislative changes that could otherwise diminish the favorable tax treatment that annuity contract owners currently receive. We make no guarantee regarding the tax status of any contract and do not intend the above discussion as tax advice.


OTHER INFORMATION

GENERAL ACCOUNT

The General Account is made up of all of Symetra Life’s assets, including the Fixed Holding Account, the Fixed Account and Separate Account RINA. It does not include Separate Account RITX or any other Symetra Life separate accounts. Symetra Life exercises sole discretion over the investment of General Account assets and bears the associated investment risk. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. The General Account invests its assets in accordance with state insurance law. All of the assets of the General Account are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business.

UNREGISTERED SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Except for Contracts issued in certain states, we place all assets that you allocate to the Indexed Accounts in Symetra Separate Account RINA. We have exclusive and absolute ownership and control of the assets of the Separate Account. You do not share in the investment performance of assets allocated to Symetra Separate Account RINA. Symetra Separate Account RINA is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. It is non-unitized, non-insulated and was established under the laws of Iowa solely for the purpose of supporting our obligations under the Contract. Like our General Account, all of the assets of Symetra Separate Account RINA are chargeable with the claims of any of our contract owners as well as our creditors and are subject to the liabilities arising from any of our other business.

For Contracts issued in Texas, Alaska, and Washington, we place all assets that you allocate to the Indexed Accounts in Symetra Separate Account RITX, an unregistered, non-unitized, insulated separate account. Symetra Separate Account RITX is structured differently than Symetra Separate Account RINA and is only available for persons purchasing a Contract in certain states. Unlike Symetra Separate Account RINA, the assets in Symetra Separate Account RITX equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities (but not exceeding Purchase Payments allocated to the account and earnings thereon) are insulated from the claims of our creditors. Separate Account RITX was established under Iowa law and is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

CHANGES TO THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Where permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the Separate Account. We will not make any such changes without receiving any necessary approval of any applicable state insurance department. We will notify you of any changes in writing. These changes include, among others, the right to:

•1.Manage the Separate Account under the direction of a committee at any time;

•2.Make any changes required by applicable law or regulation; and

•3.Modify the provisions of the Contract to reflect changes to the Indexed Accounts and the Separate Account and to comply with applicable law.

Some, but not all, of these future changes may be the result of changes in applicable laws or interpretations of law. We reserve the right to make other structural and operational changes affecting the Separate Account.

SUSPENSION OF PAYMENTS, RETURN LOCK REQUESTS, OR TRANSFERS

We may be required to suspend or delay the payment of death benefits and withdrawals, the calculation of annuity payments, Return Lock requests, and transfers when we cannot calculate an Indexed Account Value under any of the following circumstances:

•the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);

•the closing value of an Index is not published;

•trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

•the calculation of the Interim Value is not reasonably practical due to an emergency; or

•during any other period when a regulator, by order, so permits.

If a value for an Index cannot be obtained on any day due to any of these circumstances, we will use the value of the Index as of the next Business Day that the value is available. If the beginning day of an Interest Term falls on a Business Day for which we cannot obtain a value for an Index, the beginning day of the Interest Term will not change.

DISTRIBUTION

The Contracts are distributed by Symetra Securities, Inc. (“SSI”). SSI is an affiliate of Symetra Life and is located at 777 108th Avenue NE, Suite 1200, Bellevue, Washington 98004. It is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). No amounts are retained by SSI for acting as principal underwriter for the Separate Account, but its expenses are covered by Symetra Life. SSI will use its best efforts to perform its distribution services, but is not required to sell any number or dollar amount of Contracts. We may stop offering the Contracts at any time.

The Contracts are sold by broker-dealers who have a current sales agreement with SSI and Symetra Life, through individuals who, in addition to being licensed to sell annuity contracts, are also registered representatives of the broker-dealers.

36We generally pay the broker-dealers who sell our Contracts on a commission basis. The commissions are calculated as a percentage of Purchase Payments invested in the Contract. A broker-dealer can elect to receive commissions at a lower rate on Purchase Payments when paid but then receive a periodic asset-based commission (based on average Contract Value) beginning after the first Contract Year and continuing for so long as the Contract remains in effect. The amount and timing of the commission payments will differ depending on the agreement between us and the broker-dealer and the broker-dealer’s election, but the commission is not expected to be more than 6.5% of Purchase Payments, and the periodic asset-based commission is not expected to be more than 1.00% annually of the average Contract Value. We also pay a commission to your broker-dealer if after you purchase your Contract you choose to receive your Contract Value in the form of an annuity option. We pay a commission of up to 1.25% of the Contract Value applied to purchase a fixed annuitization option. Broker-dealers typically share a portion of the commissions they receive with their registered representatives who solicited sales of the Contracts, depending on the agreement between the broker-dealer and the registered representative. If you would like information about what your registered representative and such representative’s broker-dealer received in connection with your Contract, please ask your registered representative.

We generally pay the broker-dealers who sell our Contracts on a commission basis. The commissions are calculated as a percentage of Purchase Payments invested in the Contract. A broker-dealer can elect to receive commissions at a lower rate on Purchase Payments when paid but then receive a periodic asset-based commission (based on average Contract Value) beginning after the first Contract Year and continuing for so long as the Contract remains in effect. The amount and timing of the commission payments will differ depending on the agreement between us and the broker-dealer and the broker-dealer’s election, but the commission is not expected to be more than 6.5% of Purchase Payments, and the periodic asset-based commission is not expected to be more than 1.00% annually of the average Contract Value. We also pay a commission to your broker-dealer if after you purchase your Contract you choose to receive your Contract Value in the form of an annuity option. We pay a commission of up to 1.25% of the Contract Value applied to purchase a fixed annuitization option. Broker-dealers typically share a portion of the commissions they receive with their registered representatives who solicited sales of the Contracts, depending on the agreement between the broker-dealer and the registered representative. If you would like information about what your registered representative and such representative's broker-dealer received in connection with your Contract, please ask your registered representative.

We also pay allowances, bonuses and other incentives to some broker-dealers and/or other distributors of the Contracts. A bonus dependent upon persistency is one type of bonus that we may pay. These additional incentives or payments are calculated in different ways and are not offered to all broker-dealer firms. These payments can be based on sales volumes or other sales-related criteria. Other payments can be for other services that do not directly involve the sale of the Contracts. These services may include the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar services. We also provide non-cash compensation to broker-dealers and their registered representatives, including providing (or covering costs associated with) conferences, seminars and other marketing events and expenses, and items of small value, such as promotional gifts, meals or tickets to sporting or entertainment events.

The compensation paid to your broker-dealer and registered representative (including any allowances, bonuses, non-cash compensation and other incentive payments) could create an incentive for your registered representative, and the broker-dealer with which they are associated, to recommend the Contract because they will receive more compensation for the Contract than for other investments they could recommend.

Symetra Life and SSI also contract with firms to act as wholesalers for us and assist us in marketing our contracts to broker-dealers and their registered representatives. Some wholesalers are also called “independent marketing organizations” and provide training, marketing and other sales-related functions for us. Some wholesalers also provide administrative services to us in connection with the Contracts. Wholesalers are typically paid commissions and overrides on Contract sales.

AMENDMENTS TO THE CONTRACT

We reserve the right to amend the Contract to meet the requirements of applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers.

ACCOUNT STATEMENTS

At least once each calendar year during the Accumulation Phase, we will send you an annual statement that will show your Contract Value, any transactions made to your Contract during the year, any surrender charge deductions, any Indexed Account Charge deductions, the amount of the death benefit, and any Indexed Interest credited to your Indexed Accounts. On request, we will send you a current statement with the information described above.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Certain transactions may be permitted by telephone and electronically on the Internet and may require that we have properly signed authorization for your Contract on record. In addition, you may authorize someone else to make transactions by telephone, and if available on the Internet, on your behalf. Symetra Life will not be liable for any failure to question or challenge such requests as long as there is a valid signed authorization on record at Symetra Life. Transactions submitted by Internet will require certain identification information, such as a password or personal identification information.

Although we use reasonable procedures, including recording all telephone instructions and requiring certain personal identification information to prevent unauthorized account access, we cannot assure you that telephone or Internet activity will be completely secure or free of delays or malfunctions. If you choose to make transactions by telephone or Internet, you must be ~~willing to assume the risk of loss that may occur despite our reasonable efforts to verify identity. We are not responsible for the negligence or wrongful acts of third parties.~~

willing to assume the risk of loss that may occur despite our reasonable efforts to verify identity. We are not responsible for the negligence or wrongful acts of third parties.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are regularly a party to litigation, arbitration proceedings and governmental examinations in the ordinary course of our business. While we cannot predict the outcome of any pending or future litigation or examination, we do not believe that any pending matter, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business.


INFORMATION ON SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

SYMETRA LIFE

Symetra Life Insurance Company ("Symetra Life" or the "Company") is a stock life insurance company headquartered in Bellevue, Washington. The Company was incorporated under Washington law in 1957 and is domiciled in Iowa. The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: Symetra National Life Insurance Company, First Symetra National Life Insurance Company of New York, and Symetra Reinsurance Corporation.

The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Symetra Financial Corporation ("Symetra" or the "Parent"), a Delaware Corporation. The Parent is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life Insurance Company ("Sumitomo Life"), a Japanese mutual life insurer (sougo kaisha).

In 2022, the Parent established the wholly-owned subsidiary, Symetra Bermuda Re Ltd. (“SBR”), an affiliated Bermuda entity that exists for reinsurance transactions. See “Reinsurance Transactions” for further details.

The Company offers products and services that serve the retirement, employment-based benefits, and life insurance markets. These products and services are marketed through financial institutions, broker-dealers, financial professionals, independent agents and benefits consultants in 49 states and the District of Columbia. The Company’s principal products include fixed deferred annuities, fixed indexed annuities (FIAs), registered index-linked annuities (RILAs), single premium immediate annuities (SPIAs), medical stop-loss insurance, group life and disability income (DI) insurance, absence management and group voluntary benefits, term life insurance, universal life insurance, indexed universal life insurance (IUL), and bank-owned life insurance (BOLI). The Company also services its block of structured settlement, variable annuities, and group fixed-payment insurance.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company prepares financial information in conformity with statutory accounting standards prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, Department of Insurance and Financial Services ("Statutory" accounting). Companies domiciled in the state of Iowa prepare their Statutory-basis financial statements in accordance with guidance promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, subject to any deviations prescribed or permitted by Iowa.

Additional information about Symetra Life is available on our Investor Relations website, which can be accessed at www.symetra.com > About Us. Information on our website is neither part of nor incorporated into this prospectus or other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The Company's SEC filings may be obtained on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The SEC maintains on that internet site reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

STATUS PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Symetra Life relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from the requirement to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.


OUR BUSINESS

Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "our," "us," and "the Company" are to Symetra Life Insurance Company.

We are a financial services company in the life insurance industry with operations that date back to 1957. We are headquartered in Bellevue, Washington, with operations in Enfield and Farmington, Connecticut, West Des Moines, Iowa, and Waltham, Massachusetts.

For information about our various business divisions, please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview."

DISTRIBUTION

We distribute our products through a national network of financial institutions, broker-dealers, financial professionals, independent agents and benefits consultants. Our wholesalers provide sales and marketing support for our products.

COMPETITION

We face significant competition from companies that offer similar products and use similar distribution channels, companies that have developed differentiated products that cannot be readily replicated, and companies that offer financial solutions that help solve multiple customer needs at one time. This includes competition from other major insurers, banks, other financial institutions, mutual funds, private equity and asset management firms and specialty providers. Generally, our products compete with similar products offered by other large and highly-rated insurers, as well as those offered by newer non-traditional competitors. In addition, our annuity products compete with retirement savings products offered by other financial services companies. Our ability to compete effectively is dependent on a number of factors, including:

with similar products offered by other large and highly-rated insurers, as well as those offered by newer non-traditional competitors. In addition, our annuity products compete with retirement savings products offered by other financial services companies. Our ability to compete effectively is dependent on a number of factors, including:

•product features;

•price, crediting rates and cap, participation and margin rates;

•commissions and fees;

•our ability to quickly respond to changes in the economic environment and/or regulations;

•the strength of our brand;

•reputation;

•quality of service and related technological capabilities;

•financial strength ratings and other industry ratings;

•our ability to invest premiums and deposits in appropriate assets; and

•diversification of distribution channels.

The relative importance of these factors depends on the particular product and market. For example, many of our annuity products compete on the interest rates we credit, resulting in the risk that our annuity contract holders may be able to obtain more favorable rates from our competitors. More recent entrants to annuity markets may be willing to assume relatively higher risk in their investment portfolios, allowing them to offer higher crediting rates that are more attractive to consumers. Additionally, our ability to gain traction with new distribution partners may be impacted by a lack of consumer name recognition in certain markets. However, we believe that our extensive distribution network, strong financial position, diverse business mix, and disciplined investment management provide us with competitive advantages.

INVESTMENTS

We maintain investments in a general account, as well as various insulated and non-insulated separate accounts to support certain products. We are focused on disciplined matching of our invested assets to our policyholder liabilities and preservation of principal. We aim to reduce and manage credit risk by focusing on capital preservation, fundamental securities analysis and value-oriented security selection. Our investment portfolio consists in large part of investment grade fixed maturities and commercial mortgage loans. We also have a smaller allocation of below investment grade fixed maturities and other investments with greater return potential, including marketable equity securities and alternative investments. Additionally, we utilize derivative instruments to mitigate (i.e., hedge) certain risks associated with certain invested assets and policy liabilities.

We have an agreement with our affiliate, Symetra Investment Management Company (SIM), under which SIM provides investment management services related to our investments portfolio. The origination, management, and servicing of our mortgage loan portfolio is performed by Symetra Investment Management Real Estate Investors (SIMREI), a subsidiary of SIM. We routinely monitor and evaluate the our investments in light of current economic conditions, including investment size, quality, and concentration by issuer and industry. SIM may contract with external investment advisors to manage certain portions of our portfolio.

We have a 100% modified coinsurance agreement in place for our in-force block of structured settlement and a smaller block of income annuities. Under the terms of the agreement, we continue to service the reinsured business and hold the associated invested assets and policyholder liabilities on our balance sheets. However, the reinsurer has assumed the credit, interest rate, and mortality risks of the block of reinsured business, and is responsible for asset management, subject to agreed-upon investment management guidelines.

We separate our investments into distinct portfolios and align them to our business segments. Our investment strategy for each portfolio is based on the expected cash flow characteristics of the associated liabilities. The portfolio strategies are regularly monitored using several portfolio metrics, including effective duration, yield curve sensitivity, convexity, liquidity, asset sector concentration, and credit quality.

HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 2,500 employees, all of whom are in the United States. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Throughout our operating history and experience, we have appreciated the importance of retention, growth and development of our employees. We offer competitive compensation (including salary, as well as short-term incentive bonuses, and, for certain management personnel, long-term incentive bonuses and other long-term incentive compensation), benefits packages, and a remote work environment for most employees.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Our board of directors (our "Board") manages the business affairs of the Company. It consists of ~~nine~~ eight directors, all of whom are employees of Symetra Life or an affiliate. ~~Seven~~Six are Company executives and were selected for their extensive industry experience, proven leadership skills, and particular expertise demonstrated by their roles with the Company. Two are senior business liaisons and were selected for their extensive industry experience in governance, institutional investing, and international business, among other areas, as well as their management roles with Sumitomo Life.

Our Board does not have any independent directors and has not established any committees of its own. The board and committees of our Parent satisfy Iowa's independence requirements.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Set forth below is a list of our directors and executive officers:

Name	Age	Director and/or Executive Officer Positions
Margaret A. Meister	5960	Director and President
Tommie D. Brooks	5354	Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark E. Hunt	6364	Director
Koichi Kiyota	53	Director
Harry S. Monti, Jr.	56	Director, Executive Vice President - Benefits Division
Wesley W. Severin	53	Director, Executive Vice President - Retirement Division
Wesley W. Severin	52	Director, Executive Vice President - Retirement Division
Mindi E. Work	45	Director, Executive Vice President - Individual Life Division
Mindi E. Work	44	Director, Executive Vice President - Individual Life Division
Jacqueline M. Veneziani	59	Director, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Chantel Balkovetz	5253	Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer
Anne-Marie Diouf	5354	Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
Trinity E. Parker	5051	Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Shin Umehara	5859	Director

Margaret A. Meister joined Symetra Life in 1988. She has been a director of Symetra Life since 2004 and president since February 2018. Prior to her current position, Ms. Meister served in a variety of positions, most recently as executive vice president and chief financial officer from 2006 to January 2018. Ms. Meister also serves as director, president and chief executive officer of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. Ms. Meister is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries. She received her B.A. degree from Whitman College.

Tommie D. Brooks joined Symetra Life in 1992. He has been a director of Symetra Life since April 2018 and executive vice president and chief financial officer since February 2018. Prior to his current position, Mr. Brooks served in a variety of positions, most recently as chief actuary from 2007 to May 2019 and senior vice president from 2010 to January 2018. Mr. Brooks also serves as executive vice president and chief financial officer of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. Mr. Brooks is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries. He received his B.S. degree from Central Washington University.

Mark E. Hunt joined Symetra Life in January 2015. He has been a director of Symetra Life since September 2015. Prior to his current position, Mr. Hunt served as executive vice president and chief investment officer from January 2015 to January 2024. From 2004 to 2014, Mr. Hunt was with White Mountains Advisors LLC, a financial investment advisory firm, where he was managing director, responsible for all life company portfolios and alternative investments for all clients, including Symetra Life. Mr. Hunt holds a Chartered Financial Analyst designation and is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries. Mr. Hunt also serves as chairman of the board, president and chief executive officer of SIM. He received his B.S. degree from the University of Chicago.

Harry S. Monti, Jr. joined Symetra in 2014. He has been a director of Symetra Life since April 2021 and executive vice president, Benefits Division, since April 2020. Prior to his current position, Mr. Monti served as senior vice president from April 2018 to April 2020 and vice president from 2014 to April 2018. Mr. Monti also serves as executive vice president of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. He received his B.S. from Thomas College.

Koichi Kiyota joined Symetra Life in 2022. He has been a director and senior business liaison II of Symetra Life since March 2022, while continuing his employment with Sumitomo Life. Mr. Kiyota joined Sumitomo Life in 1994 and has held various positions including Deputy General Manager and Manager, International Business Section. He also serves as a director of our Parent. He received his Bachelor’s degree from Waseda University, Japan.

Wesley W. Severin joined Symetra in 2011. He has been a director of Symetra Life since April 2021 and executive vice president, Retirement Division, since April 2020. Prior to his current position, Mr. Severin served as senior vice president from December 2017 to April 2020 and vice president from 2012 to December 2017. Mr. Severin also serves as executive vice president of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. He received his B.A. from Colorado State University.

Mindi E. Work joined Symetra Life in July 2006. She has been a director of Symetra Life and executive vice president, Individual Life Division and Emerging Solutions since November 2022. Prior to her current position, Ms. Work served as senior vice president and chief of strategy from November 2019 to November 2022 and vice president, Finance from May 2012 to November 2019. Ms. Work also serves as executive vice president of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. She received a Master of Professional Accounting from the University of Washington, and a Bachelor of Science in accounting from Seattle University.

4050

Jacqueline M. Veneziani joined Symetra Life in 1998. She has been a director of Symetra Life since April 2018, senior vice president since March 2017 and general counsel and secretary since April 2018. Prior to her current position, Ms. Veneziani served in a variety of positions, most recently as deputy general counsel from March 2017 to March 2018, associate general counsel from 2010 to February 2017 and assistant secretary from 2010 to March 2018. Ms. Veneziani also serves as senior vice president, chief legal officer and secretary of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. She received her B.A. degrees from the University of Washington and her J.D. from the University of Washington School of Law.

Chantel Balkovetz joined Symetra in 2008. She has been executive vice president and chief operations officer of Symetra Life since March 2022. Prior to her current position, Ms. Balkovetz served as executive vice president, chief of service and operations from April 2020 to March 2022, senior vice president from March 2017 to April 2020 and vice president from 2012 to March 2017. Ms. Balkovetz also serves as executive vice president of our Parent, as well as a director and/or officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. She received her B.A. from Washington State University.

Anne-Marie Diouf joined Symetra Life in 2000. She has been senior vice president and chief human resources officer of Symetra Life since July 2019. Prior to her current position, Ms. Diouf served as vice president from 2010 to June 2019. Ms. Diouf also serves as senior vice president and chief human resources officer of our Parent, as well as an officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. She received her B.A. degree from Western Washington University.

Trinity E. Parker joined Symetra Life in August 2018. She has been senior vice president and chief marketing officer of Symetra Life since March 2022. Prior to her current position, Ms. Parker served as senior vice president - Marketing, Communications and Public Affairs from August 2018 to March 2022. Ms. Parker also serves as senior vice president of our Parent, as well as an officer of other affiliates of Symetra Life. From 2015 to August 2018, Ms. Parker served as regional manager, Government and Community Relations, for Sound Transit, where she was responsible for managing the agency's complex interactions with multiple local, regional and state governing bodies. She received her B.A. degree from Western Washington University.

Shin Umehara joined Symetra Life in March 2016. He has been a director of Symetra Life since March 2023 and senior business liaison II since March 2016, while continuing his employment with Sumitomo Life. Mr. Umehara joined Sumitomo Life in 1989 and has held various positions including Head of Office for Audit and Supervisory Board, and Deputy General Manager, International Business Department. Mr. Umehara also serves as a director of our Parent, as well as a director of other affiliates of Symetra Life. He received his M.B.A. from the University of Rochester (NY) and his B.A. in Economics from Waseda University, Japan.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This executive compensation discussion and analysis describes the Company’s executive compensation program, as well as the compensation earned by, awarded to, or paid to our president (who is our principal executive officer), our chief financial officer (CFO) (who is our principal financial officer), and our three other most highly paid executive officers as of December 31, 2023. These individuals are collectively referred to as the “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs.”

The Named Executive Officers

•Margaret A. Meister, Director and President

•Tommie D. Brooks, Director, Executive Vice President and CFO

•Chantel Balkovetz, Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer (COO)

•Mark E. Hunt, Director

•Wesley W. Severin, Director, Executive Vice President - Retirement Division

Mr. Hunt resigned his Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer (CIO) positions with the Company effective January 19, 2024, but continues to be designated an executive officer of the Company and retains his chairman of the board, president, CEO, and CIO positions with SIM, the Company’s outsourced CIO.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation philosophy, as well as the actual amounts and types of compensation awarded to executive officers, is determined by our Parent. Symetra’s Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee”) reviews executive officer compensation annually and makes recommendations to Symetra’s board of directors for approval. The Compensation Committee consists of six directors, four of whom are independent. The liability for compensation payments resides with Symetra's employing subsidiaries, including the Company.

The Company’s executive compensation program is designed to align the financial interests of executives with achieving long-term profitability and enterprise value consistent with the interests of Sumitomo Life. In general, focus is on pay for performance, both individual and enterprise, by providing incentives that emphasize long-term, sustainable value creation, while providing competitive salaries.

The Company measures performance using financial information relevant to managing our operations and common industry practices. This includes information prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and Statutory accounting principles. Achievement of performance metrics is generally based on Symetra's consolidated results, except for metrics based on Statutory results, which include the results of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.

4151

Pay for Performance. A majority of executive officers’ compensation is directly linked to the Company's short- and long-term financial performance goals, thereby providing incentives for both short- and long-term results. The annual bonus plan rewards performance relative to short-term results, generally based on a combination of meeting financial performance goals and individual performance goals. In addition, the Company rewards performance relative to financial goals set on multiple-year cycles and seeks to further align the interests of executive officers, including our NEOs, with longer-term value creation for Sumitomo Life.

Pay at Risk. The pay at risk philosophy is intended to align each executive officer’s compensation with that officer’s impact on enterprise performance. Executive officers have a significant amount of their total annual compensation at risk through performance-based incentives. Accordingly, if such performance goals are not achieved, the total annual compensation for executive officers will generally be negatively impacted.

Elements of Compensation

The Company compensates executive officers through a combination of base salary, annual cash-based incentive compensation, and long-term cash-based incentive compensation. While determining the overall mix of compensation for executive officers, the Compensation Committee considers a number of factors, including general market data obtained through surveys of companies within the industry as well as from a compensation consultant from time to time in order to remain competitive with current compensation practices.

Base Salary. Executive officer performance is annually reviewed. The Compensation Committee recommends adjustments to base salaries when appropriate, taking into account the executive officers’ performance and the competitive market for senior executive talent in the insurance industry.

Annual Cash-Based Incentive Compensation. The annual bonus plan provides executive officers and other eligible employees, including our NEOs, the opportunity to earn annual cash incentive awards based on achievement of company and individual performance goals. Company goals are determined at the beginning of each year.

The Compensation Committee recommends the target award percentages for executive officers as part of its total compensation review each year. Combining overall company performance and individual performance in determining the amount to be received by each executive officer ensures that the interests of each executive are aligned with Symetra’s goals for financial success and that each executive is also rewarded for individual performance.

Annual bonus compensation is generally paid in March of each year for performance in the prior calendar year. Annually, Symetra's CEO recommends the individual target percentages to be paid to an executive officer, based on individual performance and/or the performance of their respective areas, as applicable. However, she does not provide recommendations about her own compensation. No member of management, including the President, has a role in determining his or her own compensation. The Compensation Committee may, at its discretion, recommend that the actual amount paid to an executive officer be different from the payout calculated based on the achievement of specified goals.

Funding for the annual bonus compensation is based on Symetra's revenue and income-based measures. Additionally, funding for annual bonus compensation for investments personnel, including Mr. Hunt, reflects the achievement of investment-based portfolio metrics. The annual bonus payouts to our NEOs are set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table.” These reflect the 2023 company performance funding level for executive officers based on their applicable bonus plan, which may incorporate GAAP results, Statutory results, and investment performance, as applicable, as well as the individual performance of each NEO.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation. The Compensation Committee administers two types of long-term incentive compensation awards (Long-Term Incentive and Milestone Plan). These awards are granted in order to align the interests of executive officers with the long-term interests of Symetra and Sumitomo Life. The grants made to executive officers are reflective of their respective duties and are not based solely on predetermined guidelines or mathematical formulas. The Compensation Committee recommends eligibility to receive awards, the amounts to be granted, the vesting schedule for each award, and the maximum payouts.

Long-Term Incentive awards typically have a three-year performance cycle and are divided into components, based on the award terms. Components may fully vest at the end of the performance cycle ("cliff vesting") or vest annually, in even portions each year in the performance cycle ("ratable vesting").

The value of Long-Term Incentive awards is tied to the results of various performance metrics. These metrics may include:

•GAAP income measures;

•Statutory book value and book value growth rate ("STAT Growth Rate"), which is a measure of returns calculated using Statutory-basis information;

•Dividend Capacity Creation (DCC), which is an internal measure of stockholder value calculated using income-based information;

•Investment-based portfolio metrics as each relates to Symetra's performance relative to selected benchmarks:

◦Return on investments;

◦Investment defaults;

◦Rating migration;

◦Investment spreads; and

◦Hedging effectiveness.

The Milestone Plan rewards executives for significant out-performance achieved over a seven-year period (January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2025), relative to a performance goal established by the Compensation Committee. Awards vest ratably over time, after a baseline vesting attainment of 71% at 20 quarters of participation. The award amount, if any, will be paid to each participant in a single lump sum after the performance goal has been attained. If the performance goal is not achieved, then no payment will be made to any participant.

A description of each award issued in 2023 is set forth in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table."

Severance Pay

Our NEOs participate in the Symetra Financial Corporation Executive Severance Pay Plan (“Executive Severance Pay Plan”) and the Symetra Financial Corporation Senior Executive Change in Control Plan (“Senior Executive Change in Control Plan”).

These plans provide severance benefits upon certain events, including involuntary or constructive employment termination and change in control of Symetra, and may result in the payment of the full or pro-rated value of any outstanding performance awards. To qualify, the eligible employee typically must execute a non-compete agreement and a release of claims. Termination of employment not covered by these plans, such as voluntary termination, may result in individually negotiated separation payments typically in exchange for a non-compete and release of claims.

Payments made to our NEOs under the Executive Severance Pay Plan, Senior Executive Change in Control Plan, or other separation agreements are approved by Symetra’s board of directors. For more detailed information, see the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table."

Retirement Benefits

The NEOs, other executive officers, and all Company employees may participate in a qualified 401(k) plan, which includes a safe harbor employer match. The safe harbor match is equal to 100% of employee contributions up to the first 6% of eligible compensation, subject to limitations under Section 401(k). Participants immediately vest in all contributions. The Company does not have any defined benefit pension plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans, or retiree medical plans.

Perquisites

All executive officers have been offered financial and tax planning assistance and supplemental individual long-term disability insurance. The cost of perquisites provided to the NEOs during each of the last three fiscal years is included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Compensation Program Risk

The Compensation Committee and Symetra's management periodically review compensation programs and practices applicable to all employees, including executive officers, in order to assess the risks presented by such programs and practices. Management analyzes the likelihood and magnitude of potential risks, focusing on program elements that may create risk, including financial risk, operational risk, regulatory/compliance risk, and reputational risk. The review also takes into account mitigating features associated with Symetra’s compensation programs and practices, such as the fact that a significant portion of executive officer compensation is earned over a multiple-year cycle, which is a compensation structure that is intended to align incentives with appropriate risk-taking. The Compensation Committee and management believe that the compensation programs and practices work together to provide both short- and long-term focus, operating under a philosophy that is designed to pay for performance, and that any risks arising from such programs and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Company does not have a compensation committee of its own. No interlocking relationship existed between our Board or executive officers and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

4353

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents compensation earned by the Company's NEOs during 2023, 2022, and 2021. Principal positions reflect those held as of December 31, 2023.


Name Principal Position	Year	Salary ($) (1)	Bonus ($)	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) (2)	All Other Compensation ($) (3)	Total Compensation ($)
Margaret A. Meister President	2023	1,064,615	—	3,345,961	53,297	4,463,873
	2022	971,154	—	5,122,846	46,974	6,140,974
	2021	850,000	—	2,428,736	38,795	3,317,531
Tommie D. Brooks Executive Vice President and CFO	2023	560,577	—	959,056	54,984	1,574,617
	2022	483,077	—	1,559,929	48,855	2,091,861
	2021	412,000	—	769,838	43,639	1,225,477
Chantel L. Balkovetz (b) Executive Vice President and COO	2023	442,743	—	636,328	29,181	1,108,252
	2022	400,128	—	1,074,082	24,121	1,498,331
Mark E. Hunt (a) Director	2023	458,200	—	2,742,261	34,675	3,235,136
	2022	488,913	—	2,819,706	36,760	3,345,379
	2021	555,000	—	2,433,764	43,745	3,032,509
Wesley W. Severin (c) Executive Vice President, Retirement Division	2023	442,692	3,556	641,220	27,676	1,115,144
	2021	350,000	—	508,516	24,961	883,477
____________________

(a) Mr. Hunt is also an employee of SIM, an affiliate of the Company. Based on the Company's analysis, approximately 79% of Mr. Hunt's compensation was attributable to time spent for the Company in 2023 and is reflected in the amounts shown. For 2022 and 2021, 85% and nearly 100%, respectively, of Mr. Hunt’s compensation was attributable to time spent for the Company.

(b) Ms. Balkovetz was not a NEO in 2021.

(1) Represents the amount earned in base salary each fiscal year.

(2) For 2023, represents (i) amount of 2023 annual bonus for Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin of $1,542,628, $517,973, $363,495, $1,161,537, and $368,386, respectively; (ii) amounts vested in 2023 and paid in 2024 for components A, B, D1, and D2, as applicable, of the 2021-2023 long-term incentive awards to Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin of $1,150,000, $275,000, $175,000, $1,032,925, and $175,000, respectively; and (iii) amounts vested in 2023 and paid in 2024 for components B, and D2, as applicable, of the 2022-2024, and 2023-2025 long-term incentive awards to Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin of $653,333, $166,083, $97,833, $547,799, and $97,833, respectively.

For 2022, represents (i) amount of 2022 annual bonus for Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, and Mr. Hunt of $2,525,000, $922,194, $677,410, and $1,093,944, respectively; (ii) amounts vested in 2022 and paid in 2023 for components A, B, C, D1, and D2, as applicable, of the 2020-2022 long-term incentive awards to Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, and Mr. Hunt of $1,393,179, $333,151, $212,005, and $1,067,682, respectively; and (iii) amounts vested in 2022 and paid in 2023 for components B, C, and D2, as applicable, of the 2021-2023, and 2022-2024 long-term incentive awards to Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, and Mr. Hunt of $1,204,667, $304,583, $184,667, and $658,081, respectively.

For 2021, represents (i) amount of 2021 annual bonus for Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin of $1,285,625, $498,520, $1,019,812, and $359,975, respectively; (ii) amounts vested in 2021 and paid in 2022 for components A, B, C, D1, and D2, as applicable, of the 2019-2021 long-term incentive awards to Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin of $351,056, $81,913, $785,227, and $28,011, respectively; (iii) amounts vested in 2021 and paid in 2022 for components B, C, and D2, as applicable, of the 2020-2022, and 2021-2023 long-term incentive awards to Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin of $792,055, $189,405, $628,725, and $120,530, respectively. See the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” for more information about the long-term incentive award components.

(3) For 2023, represents (i) employer contributions to the Symetra Financial Retirement Savings Plan of $19,800 for each of Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Severin, and $15,642 for Mr. Hunt; (ii) financial and tax planning assistance of $18,761 for Mr. Brooks; (iii) individual long-term disability insurance of $32,657 for Ms. Meister, $15,583 for Mr. Brooks, $8,708 for Ms. Balkovetz, $18,369 for Mr. Hunt, and $7,203 for Mr. Severin.

For 2022, represents (i) employer contributions to the Symetra Financial Retirement Savings Plan of $18,300 for each of Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, and $15,555 for Mr. Hunt; (ii) financial and tax planning assistance of $18,035 for

4454

Mr. Brooks; and (iii) individual long-term disability insurance of $27,834 for Ms. Meister, $11,778 for Mr. Brooks, $5,269 for Ms. Balkovetz, and $20,490 for Mr. Hunt.

For 2021, represents (i) employer contributions to the Symetra Financial Retirement Savings Plan of $17,400 for each of Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin; (ii) financial and tax planning assistance of $17,550 for Mr. Brooks; and (iii) individual long-term disability insurance of $20,555 for Ms. Meister, $8,086 for Mr. Brooks, $25,505 for Mr. Hunt, and $7,017 for Mr. Severin.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table summarizes the estimated payouts under the grants made to the NEOs in 2023 under our non-equity incentive plans.


Name Type of Award	Threshold ($)	Target ($)	Maximum ($)
Margaret A. Meister
Annual Bonus (1)	—	1,596,923	3,193,846
Long-Term Incentives - Component A (2)	—	1,450,000	2,900,000
Long-Term Incentives - Component B (3)	—	1,450,000	2,900,000
Tommie D. Brooks
Annual Bonus (1)	—	560,577	1,121,154
Long-Term Incentives - Component A (2)	—	362,500	725,000
Long-Term Incentives - Component B (3)	—	362,500	725,000
Chantel L. Balkovetz
Annual Bonus (1)	—	376,288	752,577
Long-Term Incentives - Component A (2)	—	212,500	425,000
Long-Term Incentives - Component B (3)	—	212,500	425,000
Mark E. Hunt (a)
Annual Bonus (1)	—	687,300	1,374,600
Long-Term Incentives - Component A (2)	—	104,675	209,350
Long-Term Incentives - Component B (3)	—	104,675	209,350
Long-Term Incentives - Component D1 (4)	—	418,700	837,400
Long-Term Incentives - Component D2 (5)	—	418,700	837,400
Wesley W. Severin
Annual Bonus (1)	—	376,288	752,577
Long-Term Incentives - Component A (2)	—	212,500	425,000
Long-Term Incentives - Component B (3)	—	212,500	425,000
____________________

(a) Mr. Hunt is also an employee of SIM, an affiliate of the Company. Based on the Company's analysis, approximately 79% of Mr. Hunt's compensation was attributable to time spent for the Company in 2023 and is reflected in the amounts shown. Mr. Hunt resigned his executive vice president and CIO positions with the Company effective January 19, 2024.

(1) Annual bonus amounts are based on achievement of GAAP metrics relative to the targets and, for division leaders, achievement of division-specific Dividend Capacity Creation measures relative to the targets. For Mr. Hunt, amounts also reflect achievement of certain investment-based metrics relative to their respective expectations and target ranges. Actual amounts earned by the NEOs are reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table.”

(2) Component A is an achievement-based award that vests at the end of the three-year term (December 2025). The payout is based on a Dividend Capacity Creation measure relative to the target. No payout is received if the Dividend Capacity Creation measure falls below the minimum.

(3) Component B is an achievement-based award that vests in even portions over the three-year term (December 2023, 2024, and 2025). The payout is based on a GAAP income measure relative to the target. No payout is received in each year if the GAAP income measure falls below the minimum.

(4) Component D1 is an achievement-based award that vests at the end of the three-year term (December 2025). The payout is based on the investment fee-weighted client mandates, with metrics including return on investments, investment spreads, hedging effectiveness, and ratings migration, all relative to their respective expectations and target ranges. No payout is received if all client mandate metrics described above fall below their minimums.

(5) Component D2 is an achievement-based award that vests in even portions over the three-year term (December 2023, 2024, and 2025). The payout is based on the investment fee-weighted client mandates, with metrics including return on investments, investment spreads, hedging effectiveness, and ratings migration, all relative to their respective expectations and target ranges. No payout is received if all client mandate metrics described above fall below their minimums.

4555

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table

The following table shows the potential payments that would have been made to the NEOs, assuming that employment with the Company was terminated on December 31, 2023.


Name Type of Event	Cash Severance ($) (1)	2023 Non-Equity Incentive Plans ($) (2)		Total ($)
Margaret A. Meister
Termination Without Cause	3,434,424	$	3,345,961	6,780,385
Termination Due to a Change in Control	5,597,265	1,803,333		7,400,598
Disability or Retirement	1,267,833	3,345,961		4,613,794
Death	1,350,000	3,345,961		4,695,961
Tommie D. Brooks
Termination Without Cause	1,196,920	959,056		2,155,976
Termination Due to a Change in Control	2,109,398	441,083		2,550,481
Disability or Retirement	325,292	959,056		1,284,348
Death	345,833	959,056		1,304,889
Chantel L. Balkovetz
Termination Without Cause	873,715	636,328		1,510,043
Termination Due to a Change in Control	1,543,274	272,833		1,816,107
Disability or Retirement	192,125	636,328		828,453
Death	204,167	636,328		840,495
Mark E. Hunt (a)
Termination Without Cause	1,549,795	2,742,261		4,292,056
Termination Due to a Change in Control	2,595,633	1,580,724		4,176,357
Disability or Retirement	857,288	2,742,261		3,599,549
Death	523,375	2,742,261		3,265,636
Wesley W. Severin
Termination Without Cause	876,253	641,220		1,517,473
Termination Due to a Change in Control	1,511,554	272,833		1,784,387
Disability or Retirement	192,125	641,220		833,345
Death	204,167	641,220		845,387
____________________

(1) Termination without cause (or constructive termination): For Ms. Meister, this amount represents a lump sum payment equal to (i) two times base salary ($2,160,000); (ii) the pro-rated value of outstanding long-term incentive awards that are at least 12 months into an award cycle ($1,267,833), and (iii) six-month medical premium payment. For Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin, respectively, this amount represents a lump sum payment equal to (i) one and one-half times base salary ($862,500, $675,000, $687,300, and $675,000); (ii) the pro-rated value of outstanding long-term incentive awards that are at least 12 months into an award cycle ($325,292, $192,125, $857,288, and $192,125); and (iii) six-month medical premium payment.

Termination due to change in control: For Ms. Meister, this amount represents a lump sum payment equal to (i) two and one-half times base salary ($2,700,000); (ii) the pro-rated value of outstanding long-term incentive awards ($1,267,833); (iii) the three-year average annual bonus ($1,609,661); and (iv) an 18-month medical premium payment ($19,771). For Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin, respectively, this amount represents a lump sum payment equal to (i) two times base salary ($1,150,000, $900,000, $916,400, and $900,000); (ii) the pro-rated value of outstanding long-term incentive awards ($325,292, $192,125, $857,288, and $192,125); (iii) the three-year average annual bonus ($606,721, $431,378, $806,326, and $392,044); and (iv) an 18-month medical premium payment ($27,385, $19,771, $15,619, and $27,385).

Disability, or retirement: This amount represents a lump sum payment equal to the pro-rated value of outstanding long-term incentive awards, based on company performance achieved to date.

Death: This amount represents a lump sum payment equal to the pro-rated value of outstanding long-term incentive awards, based on company performance at target levels.

(2) For Ms. Meister, Mr. Brooks, Ms. Balkovetz, Mr. Hunt, and Mr. Severin, respectively, this amount represents (i) long-term incentive award payouts related to Components A, B, D1, and D2, as applicable, that vested in 2023 ($1,803,333, $441,083, $272,833, $1,580,724, and $272,833) and, except for termination due to change in control, (ii) annual bonus

4656

payout based on each NEO's individual target modified by the funding level of the applicable bonus pool and relevant individual performance factor ($1,542,628, $517,973, $363,495, $1,161,537, and $368,386).

CEO PAY RATIO

In accordance with SEC rules, we determined the annual total compensation of our median compensated employee and presented a comparison of that annual total compensation to the annual total compensation of our CEO, Margaret A. Meister.

•The 2023 annual total compensation of our CEO was $4,463,873.

•The 2023 annual total compensation of our median compensated employee was $104,906

•Accordingly, the ratio of our CEO's annual total compensation to the annual total compensation of our median compensated employee for 2023 was 43 to 1.

Determining the Median Compensated Employee

In 2023, we determined the median compensated employee by collecting compensation data for all full-time, part-time, and temporary employees, excluding our CEO, employed by the Company as of December 31, 2023. We selected December 31, 2023 as the date upon which we would identify the median employee because it enabled us to make such identification in a reasonably efficient manner and it aligns with the methodology used in the other compensation-based disclosures above. As of December 31, 2023, our employee population consisted of approximately 2,500 individuals. We do not have any employees who work outside of the U.S.

We identified our median compensated employee, using total compensation as our compensation measure, which included base salary, annual cash-based incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation, and sales-based incentive compensation earned for 2023, plus employer contributions to the Symetra Financial Retirement Savings Plan. Compensation for full-time employees hired after January 1, 2023, was annualized for the full year 2023. We did not make any cost of labor adjustments as the majority of our employees are compensated based upon the cost of labor in Bellevue, WA, the location of our corporate headquarters. We did not include amounts representing employer medical and dental contributions. This methodology was consistently applied to all our employees included in the calculation and is consistent with the methodology we use for our NEOs as set forth in the 2023 Summary Compensation Table.

Our pay ratio and compensation amount have been calculated using methodologies and assumptions consistent with the SEC rules. The ratio and compensation amount may not be directly comparable to those of other companies because the methodologies and assumptions used to identify the median employee and determine that employee's total compensation may vary significantly among companies.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

During 2023, all directors of the Company were also employees of the Company or an affiliate and did not receive additional compensation for their services as directors.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Symetra and an indirect subsidiary of Sumitomo Life. None of the Company’s directors or executive officers beneficially owns shares of the Company’s common stock.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS, PROMOTERS, AND CERTAIN CONTROL PERSONS

Related party transactions may include those transactions that involve any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company or a subsidiary is a participant, involving an amount in excess of $120,000, and involving a related party who has a direct or indirect material interest. Under SEC rules, a related party is a director, executive officer, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or immediate family member of any of the foregoing.

Symetra’s board of directors has adopted a written Related Party Transaction Policy that sets forth policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related party transactions. As a subsidiary of Symetra, we have modified our related party transaction procedures, where appropriate, to conform with SEC rules applicable to Symetra Life. On an annual basis, each director and executive officer of the Company is required to complete a Director and Officer Questionnaire that requires disclosure of any transaction with us in which a related party has a direct or indirect material interest. Our general counsel is primarily responsible for the development and implementation of procedures and controls to obtain information from these related parties. Any related party transaction proposed to be entered into and in which a related party had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, must be reported to our general counsel and reviewed with and approved by Symetra’s Audit Committee. In addition, previously approved related party transactions that are ongoing in nature, if any, are reviewed by the Audit Committee annually.

The Company has not entered into a reportable related party transaction during the past three fiscal years.

4757


REGULATION

We are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations, including state insurance laws and regulations that govern most aspects of our business, as well as federal, state, and local tax laws that affect our products, and state and federal regulations that affect our distributors and customers. In addition, certain of our products, including RILAs, are regulated by the SEC.

Insurance and securities regulatory authorities make inquiries of us regarding compliance with insurance, securities, and other laws and regulations. We cooperate with such inquiries and take corrective action when warranted.

Our Parent's sole stockholder, Sumitomo Life, is subject to regulation by the Japanese Financial Services Agency (JFSA). Under applicable laws and regulations, Sumitomo Life is required to provide notice to or seek approval from the JFSA prior to taking certain actions or engaging in certain transactions, either directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, including the Company.

Many of our customers and distribution partners are sensitive to changes in regulations that may affect their ability or desire to purchase or distribute our products. Additionally, many of the laws and regulations to which we are subject are regularly re-examined, and existing or future laws and regulations may become more restrictive or otherwise adversely affect our operations.

Insurance Regulation

We are licensed and regulated in all states in which we conduct insurance business, and all forms and rates are filed for approval in states where required. In many instances, the laws and regulations originate from the NAIC, which provides standardized insurance industry model laws and regulations, and standardized accounting and reporting guidance. The extent of this regulation varies, but most states have broad administrative power dealing with many aspects of our business. These laws and regulations govern the financial condition of insurers, including standards of solvency, types and concentration of investments, establishment and maintenance of reserves, credit for reinsurance, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, mergers, and requirements of capital adequacy, and establish minimums for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts, corporate governance standards for insurers, and the business conduct of insurers, including risk management, marketing and sales practices, product designs, underwriting practices, privacy, agent appointments, and claims handling.

State insurance departments monitor our business by examining our policies, procedures and practices from time to time through market conduct and financial examinations; by enacting and enforcing reporting obligations; and by conducting inquiries and/or market analysis. In addition, statutes and regulations usually require the licensing of insurers and their agents, the approval of policy forms and related materials and the approval of rates for certain lines of insurance.



RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

Risks Related to Our Business

We may fail to attract, motivate, and retain employees, develop talent, and successfully execute on our personnel strategies and company-wide initiatives.

Our continued operational success is largely dependent on our ability to attract, develop, motivate, and retain a team of diverse, engaged and qualified employees. We face intense competition in attracting and retaining experienced and qualified employees, including employees in the investment, marketing, finance, actuarial, data analytics, information security, technology, and client services professions. If we, and/or our affiliated investment advisor, SIM, are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, our operations may become delayed and there could be increased risks related to the proper administration of our business and the ability to execute on our strategies.

To address this risk, we have introduced initiatives, programs, and a talent intelligence platform to upskill and reskill our workforce to develop the skills and capabilities necessary to align with our business strategy. We expect to make significant investments in tools that assist us in identifying and filling skill gaps and developing internal and external talent to meet our business needs. We also offer competitive compensation, as determined by our Parent, based on market metrics.

We recognize that diversity is a key part of our strategy to attract and retain talent and a key focus of our industry. As a result, we are continuing to build our long-term strategy to operationalize diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) across our business. We anticipate deliberate approaches/investments in recruiting, learning and development, culture and leadership commitments, customer and business development, and community partnerships.

There is some risk that we may be unable to successfully implement our strategies to effectively adapt to these, among other, changing personnel demands.

4858

Technological changes, other disruptive innovation within the insurance industry, competitive activity, or our failure to understand customer needs could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase our market share and profitability.

Our businesses could be affected by technological changes or disruptive innovation, including the use of artificial intelligence, machine learning, data analytics and other techniques to improve pricing accuracy, enhance targeted marketing, strengthen customer and partner relationships, increase operational efficiency, and provide more customized loss prevention services. Our businesses are also subject to intense competition from companies that offer similar products and use similar distribution channels, companies that have developed differentiated products that cannot be readily replicated, and companies that offer holistic financial solutions that help solve multiple customer needs at one time. This includes competition from other major insurers, banks, other financial institutions, mutual funds, private equity and asset management firms, specialty providers, and non-traditional competitors.

The substantial expansion of banks' and insurance companies' distribution capacity and expansion of product features in recent years have intensified pressure on margins and production levels and have increased the level of competition. Shifts in customer needs, expectations, or preferences could lead to reduced market share if we are unable to anticipate these shifts and adjust accordingly. If we are unable to keep pace with such competitive and technological developments, it may materially affect our ability to compete within the industry and profitably grow our business. See “Our Business - Competition” for more information about the competition we face.

Market fluctuations, particularly in interest rates and interest rate spreads, could impact sales or cash flows of interest-rate sensitive products.

Our annuity and universal life insurance products are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. Both rising and falling interest rates as well as volatile interest rates could impact our business. Future changes in interest rates cannot be predicted with certainty. We mitigate the risks related to fluctuations in interest rates by employing asset-liability management strategies to help ensure that cash flows are available to pay claims as they become due, as well as through the use of reinsurance. However, these strategies may fail to eliminate or reduce the adverse effects of interest rate volatility.

Periods of rising interest rates

While the interest rate environment in 2022 had shifted from a period of historically low interest rates to a rapidly rising interest rate environment, the interest rate environment of 2023 remained elevated and volatile. The interest rate environment since has remained volatile. In general, rate increases are ~~due~~attributable to a combination of factors, including market conditions (e.g., rising inflation) and actions by government authorities (e.g., rate hikes). Periods of rising interest rates may cause increased policy surrenders and withdrawals of deferred annuity products as policyholders and contract holders seek investments with higher returns. This may lead to net cash outflows. To fund these outflows, we may be required to sell invested assets when the prices of those assets are adversely affected by the increase in interest rates, which could result in realized investment losses. Further, a portion of our investment portfolio consists of mortgage loans and privately placed securities, which are relatively illiquid, thus increasing our liquidity risk.

We mitigate some of this risk through careful asset liability management. Lapse activity is closely monitored and Symetra management works closely with SIM to develop, plan, and execute asset sale strategies as needed. The Company also utilizes product features such as surrender charges, market value adjustments, and changes to crediting rates to mitigate the impact of rising interest rates. Sustained high interest rates could result in higher earned rates on assets, but also higher policy surrenders and withdrawals than originally anticipated. Higher interest rates can also lead to higher sales due to more attractive crediting rates, which requires disciplined capital management to support growth.

Periods of low interest rates

Prior to 2022, we experienced a period of low interest rates. The interest rate environment since has been significantly volatile. In general rate decreases are attributable to a combination of factors, including market conditions (e.g., cooling inflation) and actions by government authorities (e.g., rate cuts). Prolonged periods of low interest rates challenge our ability to sell products that are dependent on interest earnings, as consumers look for other higher-yielding investment vehicles to fund their insurance and retirement needs. Our financial strength ratings may also be affected, as rating agencies continually evaluate the impact of sustained low interest rates on the insurance industry. Additionally, we may experience elevated levels of prepayment activity on our investment portfolio in a low interest rate environment. This can result in reinvestment of proceeds at lower yields, which affects our asset-liability matching strategies.

We mitigate some of this risk by lowering crediting rates on existing account values, subject to contractual terms, reducing guaranteed minimum crediting rates and caps offered on new business and, for our deferred annuity products, also lowering up-front commissions. However, sustained low interest rates could result in lower sales and may require us to suspend offerings of certain products.

We are further mitigating this risk by shifting our strategic focus to developing new products, features, partnerships, and markets that are less interest-rate sensitive and by continuing to expand our investment capabilities in search of attractive opportunities. However, these strategic initiatives may not be successful in reducing this risk.

4959

Our investment portfolio is subject to various risks that may diminish the value of our invested assets, reduce investment returns and/or erode capital.

The performance of our investment portfolio depends in part upon the level of and changes in interest rates and credit spreads, the overall performance of the economy, the creditworthiness of the specific obligors included in our portfolio, equity prices, real estate values, liquidity, and other interrelating factors, most of which are beyond our control. For example, multiple bank failures in 2023 resulted in periods of market disruption and volatility and reduced confidence in depository institutions. While such bank failures did not significantly impact our business, if banks or other financial institutions with whom we do business were to enter into receivership or become insolvent in the future, there could be an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. These factors could materially affect our investment results or capital position in any period. Additionally, our financial performance is dependent upon the continued availability of and our capacity to invest in suitable investments that align with our strategies and profitability targets.

Interest rate and credit spread risk

Net investment income from future investments in bonds will generally increase or decrease in step with interest rates and credit spreads, while the market value of our bond holdings will generally change inversely to changes in these rates. During periods of rising interest rates, as we have experienced recently, we may face higher net outflows as policy surrenders and withdrawals increase. In periods of low interest rates and credit spreads, we may be challenged to find attractive yields on new investments. Further, fluctuations in interest rates and credit spreads may also cause actual net investment income or cash flows to differ from those originally expected for investments that carry prepayment and extension risk, such as mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, and other investments with embedded optionality.

We mitigate the risks related to fluctuations in interest rates and credit spreads by employing asset-liability management strategies to help ensure that cash flows are available to pay claims as they become due. However, these strategies may fail to eliminate or reduce the adverse effects of interest rate and credit spread volatility.

Credit risk

Issuers of the securities we own and borrowers of our mortgage loans may default on principal and interest payments. Defaults by third parties in the payment or performance of their obligations could reduce our investment income and cause realized investment losses. A significant increase in defaults and/or impairments on our fixed maturity and/or mortgage loan portfolios could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Management makes determinations regarding impairments using judgment and taking into account the financial condition and creditworthiness of the obligor, as well as the actual and future expected cash flows arising from the investment. Actual default losses may vary significantly from management’s assumptions or expectations.

Liquidity risk

Our investments in mortgage loans, privately placed bonds, and limited partnership interests are relatively illiquid compared to publicly traded bonds and equities. In addition, periods of market disruption could also reduce liquidity for securities generally considered to be readily marketable.

If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these relatively illiquid investments in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both. This risk is mitigated by the liquidity structure of our underlying liabilities, of which a substantial portion cannot be surrendered or upon surrender would be subject to significant penalties or adjustments. We also maintain access to other sources of liquidity, including through our membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines.

Inflation risk

Prolonged and elevated inflation adversely affects the financial markets and the economy. During inflationary periods, as we have experienced in recent years, the value of our investments may decline. Although inflation lowered slightly during 2023, inflation and inflationary pressures generally remained elevated,. ~~and~~Inflation ~~elevated~~has ~~inflation~~cooled ~~may~~in ~~continue~~2024, tobut ~~affect~~may ~~the~~increase ~~economy~~ in ~~2024~~the future. If the Federal Reserve tightens monetary policy, as it has previously done to reduce inflation, overall economic activity and growth could be ~~further~~ constrained. Inflation also increases expenses, which can negatively impact our financial condition. It also reduces our planned sales level as consumers shift away from discretionary spending.

Real estate risk

Our investments in mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities, and other investments related to real estate are subject to the risks associated with investments in real estate. The value of our real estate investments may be negatively impacted by general economic conditions in the real estate sector, including supply and demand, market volatility, interest rate fluctuations, supply chain disruptions, geographic and extreme weather risks, as well as the creditworthiness of obligors.

5060

The failure to safeguard the security of our data and protect our customers’ confidential information and privacy could adversely affect our business.

We use computer and information technology systems to store, retrieve, process, evaluate, and analyze customer and company data. Our computer systems have been, and will continue to be, subject to computer viruses or other malicious code, unauthorized access, cyber-attacks, fraud related to account take-over attempts, hackers or other computer-related penetrations. Organized cyber-attack activity continues to be a significant threat to the financial services sector, including the Company. Publicly-reported cybersecurity threats and incidents have dramatically increased in recent years, and financial services companies and their third-party service providers are increasingly the targets of cyber-attacks involving the encryption and/or threats to disclose personal or confidential information (i.e., ransomware) or disruptions of communications (i.e., denial of service) to extort money or for other malicious purposes. The risk of cyber-attacks may be higher during periods of geopolitical turmoil. To date, we are not aware of a material breach of our cybersecurity. We invest significant resources to prevent cyber incidents and protect our information technology, but our preventative actions to monitor and reduce the risk of cyber threats may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, denial of service, and other cyber-attacks or security breaches. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and can originate from a wide variety of sources, and we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. Due to the increasing sophistication of cyber-attacks, a cybersecurity incident could persist for an extended period of time without detection.

A breach of cybersecurity could compromise our confidential information, including personally identifiable information (PII) of our customers and employees, and information related to third parties with whom we interact. This may impede or interrupt business operations and may result in other negative consequences, including reputational damage, remediation costs, loss of revenue, additional regulatory scrutiny, and litigation.

In addition, a number of our businesses are subject to federal and state privacy laws and regulations and confidentiality obligations that, among other things, restrict the use and dissemination of, and access to, the information (including PII) that we produce, store, or maintain in the course of our business. Failure to comply with these privacy obligations could cause reputational damage and, in some instances, impose indemnity obligations or legal liability on us relating to unlawful or unauthorized disclosure of any such information.

The failure to maintain effective and efficient information technology systems and adequate data governance (both internally and at the third parties we work with) could adversely affect our business.

Our business is highly dependent on our ability, and the ability of third parties, to access these systems to perform necessary business functions, including providing insurance quotes, processing premium payments, administering our products, providing customer support, filing and paying claims, and making changes to existing policies. We also use systems for investment management, financial reporting, and data analysis to support our policyholder reserves and other actuarial estimates. Our information technology may be subject to theft, damage, or interruption from a variety of sources, including, but not limited to, malicious computer viruses, ransomware, malware, phishing, spoofing, other security breaches, the actions of bad actors, and defects in design. Furthermore, with increased reliance on data for many of these functions and decision making, there are risks of leveraging inaccurate, insufficient, or irrelevant data, not adequately protecting sensitive data, or using data in unethical ways. It is increasingly important that we are able to manage the availability, accuracy, and governance of the data as well as have the infrastructure to handle complex data. Our computer and information technology systems interface with and rely upon third-party vendors.

We have committed and will continue to commit resources to develop, maintain and enhance our existing information systems and develop new information systems in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, and changing customer preferences. These commitments also include development of a comprehensive data strategy and monitoring data governance. Our ability to keep many of our systems fully integrated with those of our distribution partners is critical to the operation of our business. There can be no assurance, however, that measures taken to protect our systems, those of third parties we work with, or the personal and other sensitive information we or the third parties we work with process or maintain, will adequately protect us from security risks that could materially adversely affect our business.

System outages, cyber-attacks, or outright failures may compromise our ability to perform critical functions in a timely manner. This could hurt our relationships with our business partners and customers and may harm our ability to conduct business. If our systems or our data (or those of third parties we work with) are interrupted, destroyed or disabled, employees may be unable to perform their duties for an extended period of time and we may experience disruption in operations or be unable to operate our business. Any such interruptions may reduce our revenues or increase our expenses and may also have an adverse impact upon our reputation, distribution partnerships, or our customer or vendor relationships. Such an occurrence may also impair our ability to timely and accurately complete our financial reporting and other regulatory obligations and may impact the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may face unanticipated losses if we determine our reserves are inadequate, or there are significant deviations from our pricing assumptions.

We calculate and maintain reserves for estimated future benefit payments to our policyholders and contract holders in accordance with relevant accounting practices, which are released as those future obligations are extinguished. The reserves we establish are estimates, primarily based on actuarial models with regard to our future experience, which involve the exercise of actuarial

5161

~~establish are estimates, primarily based on actuarial models with regard to our future experience, which involve the exercise of actuarial~~ judgment. The NAIC continues to implement a principle-based reserving (PBR) approach to valuation of life insurance and annuities. In recent years, the PBR framework has been implemented for life insurance, variable annuities, and RILAs. Regulators may implement PBR for other annuities in the next few years. The PBR framework results in company-specific reserve requirements based on the Company’s own experience, data, and products, as opposed to the prior formulaic methods of calculating statutory reserves. The adequacy of our reserves depends on the effectiveness of these models and their underlying logic, data, and assumptions, and the extent to which our actual future experience is consistent with the assumptions we have used in pricing and subsequently reserving for our products. Therefore, we cannot precisely predict the ultimate amounts we will pay for actual benefits or the timing of those payments.

Our use of derivative financial instruments to manage risk may not be effective or sufficient.

We use derivatives to mitigate various business and investment risks to which we are exposed, including those stemming from our index-linked products (primarily FIAs, RILAs, and IUL), from our foreign-denominated or floating-rate assets, from the uncertain yield on our forecasted asset purchases, and from other risks. Our estimates and assumptions made in connection with our use of any derivative financial instrument may fail to reflect or correspond to our actual exposure in respect to identified risks. Derivative financial instruments utilized may also be insufficient to hedge the risks in relation to our obligations.

If we or our counterparties fail to honor obligations under the derivative instruments, our hedges of the related risk may be ineffective. To mitigate this risk, our agreements require variation margin collateral to be posted in relation to the net derivative position between us and a particular counterparty.

In addition, exchange-listed and centrally cleared derivatives, as well as some noncleared derivatives, are also subject to initial margin requirements which further diminish non-performance risk.

A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength ratings could result in an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Financial strength and credit ratings, which various ratings organizations publish as measures of an insurance company’s ability to meet contract holder and policyholder obligations and creditor obligations, are important to maintaining public confidence in our company and our products, and to our competitive position and ability to market our products. A downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings, the announced potential for a downgrade, or an unfavorable change in our ratings relative to others in our industry could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in several ways, including:

•materially increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by contract holders and policyholders;

•negatively impacting sales or requiring us to reduce prices or increase crediting rates for many of our products and services to remain competitive;

•increasing our cost of capital; and

•adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance or obtain reasonable pricing on reinsurance.

Credit rating agencies also evaluate the insurance industry as a whole and may change our and other insurance companies' financial strength ratings based on the agencies' overall view of the industry. It is possible that our credit rating could be similarly downgraded in the future based on credit rating agencies' evaluation of the life insurance industry as a whole. In addition, downgrades or announced potential downgrades in the financial strength ratings of the financial institutions with which we do business may adversely impact our business operations and may cause financial losses to our business.

The amount of statutory capital that we have and the amount of statutory capital that we must hold to meet rating agency, regulatory and other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors, including equity market and credit market conditions and changes in rating agency models.

Statutory accounting standards, reserve requirements, and minimum capitalization requirements (MCR) for insurance companies are prescribed by the applicable insurance regulators and the NAIC. The NAIC has established regulations that provide MCR based on risk-based capital (RBC) calculations for the Company and its subsidiaries. The NAIC frequently reexamines and revises aspects of the RBC framework. Due to the ongoing nature of the NAIC’s activities regarding RBC, we cannot determine the ultimate timing of proposed changes or their impact on our business. Our insurance regulators could impose capital requirements higher than the applicable MCR, and rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital they believe we should hold. Our derivative counterparty agreements may also impose minimum RBC ratios and/or credit ratings in order for the agreements to remain active for new and existing trades.

In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and capital ratios for the Company and its subsidiaries may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors. These include the amount of statutory income or losses generated, dividends paid to or capital infusions from the Parent company, the amount of additional capital that must be held to support business growth or changes in business mix, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio, changes in interest rates, changes in credit quality ratings for fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolios, changes in allowable reserve methodologies, and changes to the method for calculating applicable capital ratios. There can be no assurance

5262

~~portfolios, changes in allowable reserve methodologies, and changes to the method for calculating applicable capital ratios. There can be no assurance~~ that we will be able to maintain our solvency or capital ratios in the future or that such solvency or capital ratios will not fall to a level that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The Company uses an affiliated Bermuda-domiciled reinsurance company, SBR, to reinsure certain FIA and deferred annuity business. SBR is registered as a Class C insurer for affiliated reinsurance arrangements, and holds capital and reserves based on Bermuda’s insurance regulations. Any regulatory action or change in interpretation that materially adversely affects the Company’s use or materially increases the Company’s cost of reinsuring these liabilities to SBR, either retroactively or prospectively, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. If the Company were required to discontinue its reinsurance arrangement(s) with SBR, the adverse impacts could include a diminished capital position and impact the types, amounts, and pricing of the products offered by the Company.

Reinsurance may not be available, affordable, or adequate to protect us against losses, and failure to perform by the counterparties to our reinsurance arrangements may expose us to risks we had sought to mitigate.

As part of our overall risk and capital management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks underwritten, and to manage our statutory surplus and risk-based capital levels. For individual life and annuity products, reinsurance agreements generally bind the reinsurer at specified pricing for the life of the business reinsured or until prespecified trigger points. However, market conditions can determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance protection for new business. In certain circumstances, the price of reinsurance for business already reinsured may also increase. Similarly, for our group products, reinsurance premiums are usually renegotiated annually or every two years. Thus, changes in mortality or morbidity experience and prevailing market conditions, including the number of reinsurers servicing the market, can affect the availability and cost of reinsurance for both in-force and new business.

Any decrease in the amount of reinsurance obtained will increase our risk of loss, and any increase in the cost of reinsurance will reduce our earnings. Accordingly, we may be forced to incur additional expenses for reinsurance, may not be able to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms, or may not be able to obtain reinsurance coverage. The increase in cost or unavailability of reinsurance could (1) adversely affect our ability to write future business; (2) adversely affect our ability to offer new products or enter new markets; (3) result in the assumption of more risk with respect to policies we issue; (4) cause an adjustment to fees associated with non-guaranteed elements on in-force business; or (5) increase pricing of group benefits products renewals.

Reinsurance does not relieve us of our direct liability to our policyholders, even when the reinsurer is liable to us. Accordingly, we bear counterparty credit risk with respect to our reinsurers. A reinsurer’s insolvency, or an unfavorable dispute settlement under the terms of its reinsurance agreement with us would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In 2022, the Company entered into a modified coinsurance agreement with SBR to reinsure certain fixed deferred and fixed indexed annuity business issued beginning January 1, 2022. In 2024, the Company entered into a modified coinsurance agreement with SBR to reinsure certain fixed indexed annuity business with guaranteed living withdrawal benefits issued beginning January 1, 2024. We continue to write new business and service the reinsured annuities and remain liable to policyholders to the extent that SBR does not meet its contractual obligations. Such a failure by SBR could have an adverse effect on the Company.

The occurrence of catastrophic events, such as natural disasters, disease pandemics, climate change impacts, terrorism, geopolitical events, or military actions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and cash flows.

Our financial condition and results of operations are at risk of material adverse effects that could arise from catastrophic mortality and morbidity due to natural disasters and climate change impacts, such as floods, tornadoes, earthquakes, hurricanes, forest fires, disease pandemics, or food or water shortages, as well as man-made disasters such as events related to terrorism or military action. Such events could lead to unexpected changes in persistency rates, as policyholders and contract holders who are affected by the disaster may need to withdraw funds or be unable to meet their contractual obligations, such as payment of premiums on our insurance policies or deposits into our annuity products. Further, for products sold through our Benefits and Individual Life Divisions, a localized event that affects our customers could cause a significant loss due to mortality or morbidity claims. We attempt to mitigate our risk of exposure due to a catastrophic event through the use of catastrophic reinsurance coverage for our group life products. These events may also adversely impact economic conditions, including the valuation and performance of our investment portfolio. Climate change may increase the frequency and severity of near- or long-term weather-related disasters and thereby adversely impact mortality and morbidity. Failure to sufficiently address climate related concerns could lead to loss of business and damage to our reputation.

In addition, a public health crisis (e.g., COVID-19) may cause delays in contract administration or otherwise disrupt core business functions for the Company or its third-party service providers, and could result in excess mortality and disability claim activity. The effects of potential future pandemics may have material adverse impacts on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Specific impacts may include, but are not limited to, increased claims on our group life and disability income, medical stop-loss, and individual life insurance businesses; increased customer withdrawals; underwriting challenges; an increase in defaults on our fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans; increased costs associated with pandemic mitigation efforts and voluntary or government-mandated hardship assistance that we provide to our customers; and a reduction in the value and

5363

~~value and~~ liquidity of our invested assets. To the extent that a pandemic impacts our business and operations, it may also have the effect of heightening the other risks described in this section of the prospectus.

We maintain business continuity and disaster recovery plans for our operations and ability to access our systems, but we cannot predict with certainty whether our plan will be successfully implemented in the event of an actual health crisis, catastrophic event, or disaster or predict with certainty when normal business operations would resume if such an event occurred. The vast majority of our workforce is working remotely in the United States. Our employees are in many locations and we have layers of redundancy for critical roles further increasing our operational resilience.

Our business could be interrupted or compromised if we experience difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships.

We outsource significant technology and business functions to third parties, including a substantial portion of our information technology functions and certain systems supporting core business processes. When we engage a third party, we regularly evaluate and monitor the third party's service throughout the term of our agreement. This may include evaluations of the vendor's quality of service, financial stability, compliance with laws and regulations and appropriate business continuity plans. However, if our due diligence and our monitoring efforts are not sufficient, if we fail to maintain an effective outsourcing strategy, or if third-party providers do not perform as contracted, we may experience operational difficulties, increased costs of service, significant costs to transition providers, harm to our customer and vendor relationships, a loss of business, and damage to our reputation. We can provide no assurance that the business continuation and crisis management plans of the third-party service providers on whom we rely for certain services would be effective in mitigating any negative effects on the provision of such services in the event of a health crisis, ransomware and cyber events, catastrophic event, or disaster.

We are exposed to economic impacts related to climate change.

Our financial condition could be negatively impacted by increased costs or financial losses on investments arising from various events related to climate change, such as changes in public policy or regulatory requirements (either contributing to the adverse effects of climate change or promoting adaption to climate change), systemic risk to financial systems, short-term or long-term market disruptions, changes in mortality and/or morbidity experience and/or assumptions, changes in consumer behavior, extreme weather events, litigation, advancements in technology, and longer-term shifts in climate patterns. Climate change could also impact the types of assets in which we invest. For example, as the transition to a lower-carbon, more energy-efficient economy continues, regulators could require us (or we could voluntarily choose) to invest less in carbon-based industries even though investments in carbon-based industries may have better returns in the short- or long-term. In addition, real estate investments may expose us to greater climate change risk, as climate change may negatively impact market prices or supply and demand, and may make extreme weather events more likely or frequent. We cannot predict the long-term impacts of climate change on our business.

Conflicting, uncertain, and subjective environmental, social, and governance (ESG) standards and compliance with regulatory developments may adversely affect our business or reputation.

We are exposed to risks relating to ESG factors. Customers, regulators, and other market participants may evaluate our business or other practices according to a variety of ESG standards, expectations, or metrics, all of which may evolve, may be subjective or underdeveloped in nature, and may reflect contrasting or conflicting values. Standard-setting organizations and regulators including, but not limited to, the NAIC, the SEC, state governments, and insurance regulators, have proposed or adopted, and may propose or adopt in the future, ESG rules or standards applicable to us. For example, the NAIC (led by the California Department of Insurance) has generally modified the Insurer Climate Risk Disclosure Survey to align with aspects of the Financial Stability Board's Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosure framework, a recognized framework of recommendations that were developed to enhance climate-related disclosures. In addition, the SEC has adopted new disclosure rules that generally require a wide range of companies to prepare extensive disclosures and financial information on climate-related risk, although the SEC has voluntarily stayed the implementation of the final rules pending completion of judicial review of consolidated challenges to the rules by the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals. State governments are also developing laws surrounding climate disclosures. In addition, certain organizations that provide information to investors have developed ratings for evaluating companies on their approach to different ESG matters. Due to the sometimes conflicting, uncertain, and subjective ESG regulatory and market environment, the Company may be seen as acting inconsistently with ESG standards or values from the perspective of certain customers, regulators, or other constituents. As a result, we could face adverse regulatory, customer, media, or public scrutiny related to ESG that could have a negative impact on our business or reputation or lead to legal challenges.

In 2022, Symetra rolled out its first Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) program, Symetra Social Impact, which includes commitments related to climate change as well as social impact goals. Our climate related goals are aligned with the United Nation’s Sustainable Development Goals. Failure to focus on the goals that matter most to our customers and stakeholders or deliver on these goals as publicized could negatively impact our reputation and brand. Failure to comply with any new regulatory requirements in relation to CSR could have an adverse effect on our business.

The potential for our brand to lose value or not successfully achieving adequate brand recognition, may hinder competition, attracting new customers, sustainability, and growth.

Increasing and maintaining brand awareness among customers and distribution partners is critical to our ability to attract new customers, write new business, and grow the company. It is also essential for attracting qualified employees who will help us

5464

achieve our objectives. Unsuccessful advertising efforts or competitors with stronger brand recognition could hinder our ability to achieve brand recognition and thus could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are controlled by Sumitomo Life, whose financial standing or decisions may affect our business.

We are an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life. Accordingly, Sumitomo Life has the ability to significantly influence our business and strategy, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset purchases or sales, capital activity, and other significant corporate transactions. Further, the financial standing or decisions of Sumitomo Life may have a significant effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Our industry is highly regulated and changes in regulations affecting our businesses may reduce our profitability and limit our growth.

Our insurance businesses are heavily regulated and are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations in various jurisdictions. We are subject to state insurance laws and regulated by the insurance departments of the various states in which we are domiciled and licensed to sell products and services. State laws in the U.S. grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to various aspects of our insurance businesses.

State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products, including reinsurance. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and thus could have an adverse effect on our business.

U.S. federal and state securities laws apply to investment products that are also securities, including variable annuities, RILAs, and variable life insurance policies. As a result, some of the policies and contracts that we offer are subject to regulation under these federal and state securities laws.

The SEC adopted new rules in 2020 (i) imposing a “best interest” standard of care on broker-dealers making recommendations to their customers (“Regulation BI”) and (ii) requiring broker-dealers and investment advisers to provide a written summary of the relationship between a broker-dealer or investment adviser, as applicable, and its customer. Since its adoption, Regulation BI has been a focus of SEC examination. These rules have increased our overall compliance costs and could also increase our exposure to legal claims in certain circumstances.

Other regulators have adopted or are considering similar regulations related to standards of care. The NAIC revised its Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation, which imposes a requirement that any recommendation of an annuity product be in the consumer's best interest, continues to be adopted on a state-by-state basis and is the standard in a majority of states. Some states have adopted laws that differ from the NAIC's Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation, but impose similar obligations. As changes are adopted by our regulator(s) and made applicable to us or the third-party firms that distribute our products, they could have an adverse impact on our business.

In relation to annuity sales, the definition of a “fiduciary” as it relates to employee benefit plans governed by provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA") and to individual retirement accounts (IRAs) governed by similar provisions under the Internal Revenue Code, has been the subject of multiple Department of Labor (DOL) rulemaking initiatives, interpretive guidance releases, and subsequent legal challenges in recent years. On ~~October~~April 3123, ~~2023~~2024, the DOL ~~proposed~~adopted rule amendments that would broaden the circumstances under which fiduciary duties are imposed, particularly with regard to recommendations to "rollover" assets from a qualified retirement plan to an IRA or from an IRA to another IRA. AsIn ~~the~~July ~~DOL~~2024, ~~continues~~two todistrict ~~move~~courts ~~forward~~issued ~~with~~stays preventing the ~~rulemaking~~DOL ~~process,~~from weenforcing ~~will~~the ~~continue~~final torule ~~closely~~pending ~~monitor~~ the ~~ongoing~~outcome ~~developments~~ of ~~the~~litigation ~~proposed~~challenging ~~rule~~the ~~amendments~~rule. It remains unclear the extent to which this initiative and the evolving nature of its enforcement and interpretation could ultimately affect how our insurance products are marketed and distributed.

Any of these regulatory and legislative measures (or judicial matters on those measures), or the reaction to such activity by consumers or other members of the insurance industry could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell annuities and other products, and to retain in-force business.

On ~~December~~July 291, ~~2022~~2024, the ~~Registration for Index-Linked Annuities Act (the “RILA Act”) was signed into law. The RILA Act directs the~~ SEC toadopted ~~propose~~rule ~~within 180 days,~~ and ~~adopt within 18 months, a new registration~~ form toamendments ~~accommodate the registration of RILAs. If the new registration form is not promulgated by the SEC within 18 months, companies~~ that ~~issue~~require RILAs ~~will have the option~~ to ~~register~~be ~~their~~registered ~~RILAs~~ on Form N-4, the registration form ~~that~~used for variable annuities ~~are registered on~~. ~~On September 29, 2023, the SEC proposed rule and form amendments to accommodate RILAs on Form N-4 pursuant to the RILA Act. Final amendments have not yet been adopted.~~ We may incur expenses in connection with the initial transition to Form N-4 and ongoing compliance with the new requirements of Form N-4. We cannot predict the ~~final requirements of amended Form N-4 or the~~ impact the ~~final~~ amendments may have on our business.

Legal and regulatory investigations and actions are increasingly common in our businesses and may result in financial losses and harm to our brand and reputation.

We face risk of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our businesses, including the risk of class action lawsuits. Our pending legal and regulatory actions include proceedings specific to us and others generally applicable to business practices in the industries in which we operate. We may become subject to class actions and regulatory actions and we are or may become subject to individual lawsuits relating to, among other things, sales or underwriting practices, payment of contingent or other sales commissions, claims payments and procedures, product design, disclosure, administration, additional premium charges for premiums paid on a periodic basis, cost of insurance charges, interest crediting practices, denial or delay of benefits, breaches of fiduciary or other duties to customers, and investment activities. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, which may remain unknown for substantial periods of time.

additional premium charges for premiums paid on a periodic basis, cost of insurance charges, interest crediting practices, denial or delay of benefits, breaches of fiduciary or other duties to customers, and investment activities. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, which may remain unknown for substantial periods of time.

Current or future investigations and proceedings, or a substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us, could have an adverse effect on our business. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in litigation, regulatory action, or investigation, we could incur significant expenses or suffer reputational harm, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Increased regulatory scrutiny and any resulting investigations or proceedings could result in new legal actions or precedents and industry-wide regulations or practices that could adversely affect our business.

Potential changes in tax laws could adversely affect our profitability and make some of our products less attractive to customers.

Changes to the Internal Revenue Code, applicable regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions could make our products less desirable, increase our effective tax rate and/or lower our earnings. Governmental authorities have previously considered and may revisit legislation and/or regulations that could make our products less attractive to customers, including legislation that would reduce or eliminate the benefits derived from the tax-exempt or deferred nature of life insurance and annuity products.

Changes in the availability or administration of benefits related to tax credit investments could also adversely affect our profitability. Additionally, if we are unable to generate sufficient taxable income, we may be unable to realize our expected rate of return on our tax credit investments or otherwise execute on our tax planning strategies.

Failures elsewhere in the insurance industry could obligate us to pay assessments through guaranty associations.

When an insurance company becomes insolvent, state insurance guaranty associations have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their state to pay obligations to policyholders of the insolvent company, up to the state-specific limit of coverage. The total amount of the assessment is typically based on the policyholder liabilities related to the insured residents in each state, and each company’s portion is based on its proportionate share of premium volume in the relevant lines of business.

The future failure of a large life, health or annuity insurer could trigger assessments which we, along with other insurers, would be obligated to pay. Further, amounts for historical insolvencies may be assessed over many years, and there can be significant uncertainty around the total obligation for a given insolvency. Our liability may not be sufficient to fund the ultimate obligations of a historical insolvency, and we may be required to increase our liability, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Certain states allow us to offset future assessments with premium tax offsets, which are estimated and recorded as a corresponding asset. Future premium tax offsets may not be realized and we may be required to decrease our asset, which could also have an adverse effect on our results of operations.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are intended to enhance the reader’s ability to assess the Company’s future financial and business performance. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that represent the Company’s beliefs concerning future operations, strategies, risks, financial results or other developments, and contain words and phrases such as “may,” “expects,” “should,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” or similar expressions.

These statements are based on estimates and assumptions made by the Company in light of information currently known to management and are subject to significant business, economic, and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control or are subject to change. Whether actual results and developments will conform to our expectations is subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and contingencies that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations, or that could cause management to deviate from currently expected or intended courses of actions, including, among others:

•competitive conditions, including pricing pressure, new product offerings, the emergence of new non-traditional competitors, changes in distribution partner relationships, advancements in digital and analytical capabilities, understanding of customer needs, and other industry disruption;

•our ability to identify products and markets in which we can compete effectively against competitors on the basis of market share, ratings, financial resources, and brand recognition;

•effects of catastrophic events, both natural and man-made, climate change, or public health crises that could adversely affect our operations and results, including impacts to claims and mortality experience, investment portfolio performance, and business operations;

•availability and cost of capital and financing;

•effects of fluctuations in interest rates, including a rapidly rising or falling interest rate environment, a flat or inverted yield curve, or inflation, as well as management’s ability to anticipate and timely respond to any such fluctuations;

•general economic, market, or business conditions, including economic downturns, inflation, or other adverse conditions in the global and domestic capital and credit markets;

•performance of our investment portfolio and the continued availability of and our capacity to invest in suitable investments that align with our strategies and profitability targets, including quality mortgage loans;

•persistency of our in-force blocks of business and increased risk of policyholder surrenders as an effect of higher interest rates;

•our ability to attract and retain talented and qualified personnel, including key employees;

•deviations from assumptions used in setting prices for insurance and annuity products or establishing cash flow testing reserves;

•accuracy and adequacy of recorded reserves, including the actuarial and other assumptions, such as mortality and morbidity rates, upon which those reserves are established, adjusted, and maintained;

•our ability to prevent or timely detect and remediate any unauthorized access to or disclosure of customer information and other sensitive business data;

•our ability to maintain and effectively implement adequate telecommunications, information technology, cybersecurity or other operational systems, and business continuity plans;

•our ability to successfully execute on our strategies, including impacts of technological advances in our business;

•our ability to implement effective risk management policies, procedures, or models, including hedging strategies;

•continued viability of certain products under various economic, regulatory, and other conditions;

•changes in laws or regulations, or their interpretation, including those that could increase our business costs, reserve levels, and required capital levels, or that could restrict the manner in which we do business and produce sales;

•initiation of regulatory investigations or litigation against us and the results of any regulatory proceedings and any loss contingencies related to such litigation or proceedings;

•effects of significant corporate refinance activity, including bond prepayments;

•financial strength or credit ratings changes, particularly ours, but also of other companies in our industry sector;

•adequacy and collectability of reinsurance that we have purchased, the continued availability and cost of reinsurance coverage, as well as the creditworthiness and ability of our reinsurance counterparties to perform;

•any failure of third parties to provide services we need, any failure of the practices and procedures of such third parties and any inability to obtain information or assistance we need from third parties; and

•impact of potential and future changes in accounting principles and related financial reporting requirements.

Further, our Parent is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life Insurance Company, which has the ability to make important decisions affecting our business.

5767

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2022

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") reflects the results of operations and changes in financial position of Symetra Life Insurance Company. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "our," "us," and "the Company" are to Symetra Life Insurance Company.

OVERVIEW

Certain discussions related to the ~~Company's financial condition and results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, and~~ comparison of the Company's financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, have been omitted from this MD&A as permitted by SEC rules. For such omitted discussions, refer to the MD&A included in the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on April 3, 2023 (File No. 333-~~253082~~252144).

For a discussion of the Company's financial condition and results of operations as of and for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2024, and comparison of the Company's financial condition and results of operations for the 9-month periods ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, please refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the 9-Month Period Ended September 30, 2024" later in this prospectus.

Information presented in this discussion supplements the financial statements, notes to the financial statements, and related schedules in this prospectus. Amounts are presented on a non-consolidated basis in accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Statutory Accounting Principles (NAIC SAP) as prescribed or permitted by the state of Iowa. Certain differences exist between SAP and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), which are presumed to be material. All dollar amounts are in millions, unless otherwise stated.

Our Operations

Symetra Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company domiciled in the state of Iowa. Our operations date back to 1957 and many of our distribution relationships have been in place for decades. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Symetra Financial Corporation (Parent), a Delaware Corporation. Our Parent is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life Insurance Company, a mutual company (sougo kaisha) organized under the laws of Japan. We have three wholly-owned subsidiaries: Symetra National Life Insurance Company, First Symetra National Life Insurance Company of New York, and Symetra Reinsurance Corporation.

We offer products and services that serve the retirement, employment-based benefits, and life insurance markets. These products and services are marketed through financial institutions, broker-dealers, financial professionals, independent agents, and benefits consultants in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our principal products lines include:

Retirement

Benefits

Individual Life

Fixed deferred annuities

Medical stop-loss insurance

Term life insurance

Fixed indexed annuities (FIA)

Group life insurance

Universal life (UL) insurance

Registered index-linked annuities (RILA)

Disability income (DI) insurance

Indexed universal life (IUL) insurance

Single premium immediate annuities (SPIA)

Short-term disability (STD)

Variable universal life (VUL) insurance

Long-term disability (LTD)

Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI)

Absence management

Group voluntary benefits

We manage our business through three divisions: Benefits, Retirement, and Individual Life.

Benefits

We are a multi-line carrier offering medical stop-loss insurance and workforce benefits.

Medical Stop-Loss

We provide medical stop-loss insurance to employers that self-fund their employee health plans. Employers that self-fund pay all claims and administrative costs. Our product helps employers manage health plan expenses by reimbursing individual claim ~~amounts above a certain dollar deductible and by reimbursing aggregate claims above total dollar thresholds. Our medical stop-loss insurance is considered a group accident and health product.~~

5868

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

amounts above a certain dollar deductible and by reimbursing aggregate claims above total dollar thresholds. Our medical stop-loss insurance is considered a group accident and health product.

Workforce Benefits

Our workforce benefits products include group term life and DI and group voluntary products. Group life and DI products and services include group term life, and STD, and LTD income insurance.

Our group term life insurance product provides benefits in the event of an insured employee's or dependent's death. The death benefit can be based on an individual's earnings or occupation, or can be a set dollar amount. We offer basic and supplemental benefits for group term life, including optional accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) coverage. AD&D coverage provides benefits for an insured employee in the event of accidental death or injury. Our group term life insurance product is considered a group life product.

Our group STD and LTD income insurance protects an employee against loss of income due to illness or injury. Our group STD income coverage generally provides benefits for up to 26 weeks following a short waiting period. Our group LTD income coverage provides benefits following a longer waiting period and throughout prolonged periods of disability. We also offer employers a suite of absence management services. These products are considered group accident and health products.

Our group voluntary products include accident, critical illness and hospital indemnity insurance. These products provide benefits upon the occurrence of defined events for the insured employee or dependents. These coverages are generally purchased to supplement traditional health insurance coverage and assist the insured with out-of-pocket costs of care. These products are considered group accident and health products.

Retirement

We offer fixed deferred annuities, FIA, and RILA products to consumers who want to accumulate assets for retirement on a tax-deferred basis. We also offer SPIA products to customers seeking a reliable source of retirement income or protection against outliving their assets during retirement. Our annuities are considered either individual or group annuity products.

Fixed Annuities

We offer single premium fixed deferred annuities that require a premium payment at time of issue, provide an accumulation period and offer an annuity payout period beginning at some future date. Our fixed annuities include both traditional fixed-rate and FIA products.

We offer traditional fixed-rate products that have a three-, five-, or seven-year surrender charge period and a choice of three-, five-, or seven-year initial guaranteed interest rate periods. We also offer traditional fixed-rate products that have a three-, five-, or seven-year surrender charge period and a guaranteed credited rate throughout the surrender charge period.

Our FIA products provide contract holders a choice of a traditional fixed-rate account and one or more indexed accounts. Indexed accounts provide crediting rates that are linked to the performance of an index. Contract holders select their crediting method, which is based on the net change in the index for the interest term using either a point-to-point or a monthly average formula, and may also contain a participation rate or trigger strategy. Certain variations of our FIA products offer guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefits, which provide a source of lifetime income.

Registered Index-linked Annuities

Our RILA products require a premium payment at time of issue, provide an accumulation period, and offer an annuity payout period beginning at some future date. Our RILA products allow customers to receive higher growth potential through index-linked interest credits, with limited protection from market loss. Contract holders select the form of the limited protection, including an indexed interest buffer, where we bear the risk of loss up to a certain percentage; an indexed interest floor, where the contract holder bears risk of loss up to a certain percentage; or an indexed interest barrier, where we bear the risk of loss up to a certain percentage, and the contract holder bears the entire risk of loss if the indexed interest barrier percentage is exceeded.

Income Annuities

Our SPIA products provide for contractually guaranteed payments that typically begin within one year of issue. In exchange for a single premium, SPIA products provide a fixed amount of income over a defined number of years, the annuitant's lifetime, or the longer of the two. Longevity annuities enable the customer to select a payment start date several years after contract purchase, which typically lowers the customer's cost of funding a future income stream.

Individual Life

We offer individual life insurance products, primarily UL, including IUL, term life, and VUL insurance. Our business also includes BOLI, an institutional product. These products are considered either ordinary or group life products.

5969

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Universal Life Insurance

Our UL products provide policyholders with death benefit coverage on a flexible premium, tax-favored basis and may include the ability to access the cash value of the policy through a policy loan, partial withdrawal, or full surrender.

We offer an IUL product with flexible premiums and index-linked or fixed interest rate crediting options. Index-linked interest rate crediting is based on the performance of the index or indexes selected by the policyholder, related participation rates, and the related index caps and floors. Caps and floors are the maximum and minimum index interest crediting rates set at the beginning of each index interest term. We also offer an IUL product with a guaranteed death benefit protection feature (PIUL). Another type of life insurance we offer is VUL, which offers a variety of separate account subaccounts.

Term Life Insurance

We offer term life products that provide a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured and do not have cash value buildup. These products have guaranteed level premiums for initial terms ranging from 10 to 30 years.

Bank-owned Life Insurance

Our fixed-rate BOLI product is mainly used by banks as a tax-advantaged asset.

Our BOLI product offered institutional customers a stable, low-risk investment with an attractive after-tax equivalent return. The majority of our BOLI policies have contractual provisions that adjust the interest crediting rate periodically, based on the portfolio yield and claims experience, subject to certain contractual minimums.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 2 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the audited statutory-basis financial statements. This includes discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and changes to accounting principles in addition to the ones described below in "Results of Operations".

The financial information included herein is prepared and presented in accordance with NAIC SAP prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, Department of Insurance and Financial Services (the Department).

Our accounting policies require management to make interpretative and valuation judgments and to make estimates based upon assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses reported in our statutory financial statements. Because the use of assumptions and estimates inherently entails uncertainty, the effects of accounting policies under different conditions could produce results that are significantly different.

Management believes the most significant areas of judgment required to determine amounts recorded in our statutory financial statements are as follows:

•liabilities for policy and claim reserves;

•identification and measurement of other-than-temporary impairments of investments;

•admissibility of deferred tax assets.

REINSURANCE TRANSACTIONS

The following summarizes certain reinsurance transactions that are important to the understanding of our results of operations for the periods presented. Refer to Note 7 of the Audited Statutory Financial Statements for a description of our reinsurance agreements.

Retirement

FIA Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefits Reinsurance

We have a coinsurance with funds withheld arrangement (GLWB Reinsurance) to manage our statutory capital position on a block of FIA policies with guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefits issued ~~beyond~~July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2023.

This agreement decreases net premiums equal to the rider charges collected, and decreases benefits expense equal to the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefits. As part of the agreement, we also receive an expense allowance each period, which is recorded in premiums and other revenue.

6070

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction

We have a 100% modified coinsurance agreement (Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction) for our in-force block of income annuities issued prior to October 1, 2017. Under the terms of the agreement, future economic impacts of the reinsured business were transferred to the reinsurer, including interest rate risk, mortality risk, and credit risk on invested assets.

The reinsured block of policies includes all of our long-term structured settlement annuities, which we discontinued selling in 2012, as well as a smaller amount of retail SPIA. This transaction reduces our exposure to the long-term interest rate risk associated with the long-tail nature of the reinsured business. We continue to service the reinsured business and report the associated invested assets and policyholder liabilities on our balance sheets.

On a quarterly basis, the difference between the assets withheld and reserves ceded is settled with the reinsurer, and recorded as reserve adjustment on reinsurance ceded on our statements of operations. This quarterly settlement is based on actual payments to policyholders, adjustments to reserves, investment income, realized gains (losses) and interest maintenance reserve, net of amortization.

Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction

In 2022, we executed a modified coinsurance agreement (Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction) with Symetra Bermuda Re Ltd., an affiliated Bermuda reinsurer wholly-owned by the Parent, to reinsure an 80% quota share of certain fixed indexed annuities and fixed deferred annuities issued beginning January 1, 2022. Under the terms of the agreement, future economic impacts of the reinsured business were transferred to the reinsurer on a modified coinsurance basis, including interest rate risk, mortality risk, and credit risk on invested assets. We continue to write new business subject to this agreement and service the reinsured annuities.

At inception, we paid an initial settlement amount of $2.1 billion to the reinsurer and we received $2.2 billion in invested assets. The associated invested assets and policyholder liabilities are held on our balance sheet.

On a quarterly basis, we pay premiums, net of surrenders and a ceding and expense allowance, to the reinsurer. Additionally, the difference between the assets withheld and ending reserves and interest maintenance reserves is settled with the reinsurer, and recorded as reserve adjustment on reinsurance ceded on our statements of operations. This reserve adjustment recorded consists of investment income, realized gains (losses), changes in reserves and changes in interest maintenance reserve.

Benefits

We have a coinsurance with funds withheld arrangement to manage our risk-based capital position on the majority of our in-force stop-loss block of business, as well as new policies issued subsequent to January 1, 2019 (Stop-Loss Reinsurance). Premiums, related paid and pending claims, and reserves for the covered policies are ceded at 80%; prior to July 2021, they were ceded at 40%.

This agreement is expected to decrease net premiums and benefits expense related to the covered business by 80%. As part of the agreement, we will also receive an expense allowance each period, which is recorded in commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded.

Individual Life

Term Life Reinsurance

We have a coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangement (Term Life Reinsurance) to manage our statutory capital position on a block of our term life insurance policies subject to a principle-based reserving method issued subsequent to January 1, 2020, and a block of term life insurance policies subject to Regulation XXX issued prior to 2020.

This agreement is expected to decrease net premiums and benefits each period. The amount of experience refund we receive each period is based on actual claims experience and premiums earned. As part of the agreement, we will also receive an expense allowance each period, which is recorded in commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded.

GUL Reinsurance

We have a reinsurance arrangement to manage our statutory capital position on a block of universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees issued between January 2015 and December 2019 (GUL Reinsurance). The GUL Reinsurance is on a combined coinsurance with funds withheld and yearly renewable term basis.

6171

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

SRC Reinsurance

We have a funds withheld reinsurance agreement with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Symetra Reinsurance Corporation (SRC), under which we ceded all net policy liabilities related to a block of UL insurance policies with secondary guarantees issued on or before December 31, 2014. The amount of reinsurance reserve credit taken under this agreement for policies in-force was $301.2 and $285.8 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

This agreement is expected to decrease net premiums and benefits each period. As part of the agreement, we will also receive an expense allowance each period, which is recorded in commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded.

MARKET CONDITIONS

A volatile market environment and the prevailing interest rates may affect our ability to produce products that are profitable, have our desired risk profile, and appeal to consumers.

Customers' account values in our annuity products with index-based components change due to cash flow and market gains and losses. These changes are primarily correlated to performance of the underlying indexes. We attempt to mitigate our risks associated with these products through transactions in options and futures based on the appropriate index, primarily the Standard & Poor's 500 Index® (S&P 500), and by setting cap rates and margins at each index interest term period. The following table sets forth the S&P 500 Index performance for the past five fiscal years:


	For the Year Ended December 31,
S&P 500® Index	2023	2022	2021	2020	2019
Index Close	4,770	3,840	4,766	3,732	3,221
Index Average	4,284	4,099	4,237	3,216	2,912

As interest rates rise, we believe our annuity products are more attractive to consumers which could increase sales. Periods of rising interest rates may also cause increased policy surrenders and withdrawals as policyholders and contract holders seek investments with higher returns. The Federal Reserve lowered its federal funds rate to historically low levels in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic downturn. Interest rates returned to pre-pandemic levels during 2021; however, they remained relatively low compared to periods prior to 2020. In 2022, the Federal Reserve approved the first interest rate increase since December 2018 and proceeded to increase its federal funds rate seven times during the year. In 2023, interest rates remained elevated and volatile throughout the year, but fell in the fourth quarter resulting in minimal overall year-over-year changes. The present interest rate environment is evolving due to a combination of factors, including market conditions (e.g., inflation), and actions by governmental authorities. In 2023, the Federal Reserve paused rate changes and signaled that it was finished raising rates and expected to start lowering rates in 2024.

The following tables set forth the 10-Year Treasury rates for the past five fiscal years:


	For the Year Ended December 31,
10-Year Treasury Rate	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019
Close	3.88	%	3.88	%	1.52	%	0.93	%	1.92	%
Average	3.96		2.95		1.45		0.89		2.14

We continue to monitor the behavior of our customers and other factors that react to market conditions, including annuitization rates and lapse rates, in order to best serve our customers and generate strong profitability from our products.

Demographics

Over the next four decades, the retirement-age population is expected to experience unprecedented growth. Technological advances and improvements in healthcare are projected to contribute to increasing average life expectancy, and aging individuals must be prepared to fund longer retirement periods. The demand for tax-efficient savings products with low-risk or guaranteed return features and potential equity market upsides has begun to grow. Our tax-efficient savings products are well-positioned to meet this increasing customer demand.

Medical Costs

Medical costs and the overall financial responsibilities of employers continue to evolve and impact our Benefits products. In particular, self-funded employers are concerned about expensive developments in specialty drugs and gene therapy. Our medical stop-loss product line is expected to benefit from the growth of the self-funding employer benefits market as health care costs rapidly increase, continuing to outpace inflation.

6272

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The discussions below should be read in conjunction with the Company's 2023 Audited Statutory Financial Statements. The following table sets forth the components of our statutory net income (loss) for 2023, 2022, and 2021:


	For the Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2023		2022		2021		2023-2022		2022-2021
Premiums and other revenues:
Premiums and annuity considerations	$	3,528.4	$	3,450.3	$	4,609.0	$	78.1	$	(1,158.7)
Net investment income	1,757.2		1,240.7		1,168.3		516.5		72.4
Reserve adjustment on reinsurance ceded, net	4,458.6		3,124.7		(119.6)		1,333.9		3,244.3
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded, net	438.2		342.7		70.1		95.5		272.6
Other income	193.2		221.7		212.0		(28.5)		9.7
Total premiums and other revenues	10,375.6		8,380.1		5,939.8		1,995.5		2,440.3
Benefits:
Death, annuity, accident & health, and other benefits	1,209.7		1,082.5		1,004.9		127.2		77.6
Surrender and maturity benefits	5,785.0		4,008.8		3,151.8		1,776.2		857.0
Increase in policy reserves	2,010.4		1,603.5		1,094.5		406.9		509.0
Total benefits	9,005.1		6,694.8		5,251.2		2,310.3		1,443.6
Insurance expenses and other deductions:
Commissions and general insurance expenses	1,147.5		967.0		854.7		180.5		112.3
Net transfers to (from) separate accounts	137.2		547.2		286.4		(410.0)		260.8
Total insurance expenses and other deductions	1,284.7		1,514.2		1,141.1		(229.5)		373.1
Gain (loss) from operations before federal income taxes and net realized capital gains (losses)	85.8		171.1		(452.5)		(85.3)		623.6
Federal income tax expense (benefit) excluding tax on capital gains (losses)	96.7		59.8		(133.5)		36.9		193.3
Gain (loss) from operations before net realized capital gains (losses)	(10.9)		111.3		(319.0)		(122.2)		430.3
Net realized capital gains (losses) (net of federal income taxes and transfer to interest maintenance reserve)	102.5		(26.8)		455.8		129.3		(482.6)
Net income (loss)	$	91.6	$	84.5	$	136.8	$	7.1	$	(52.3)

Net income (loss)

We reported net income of $91.6 in 2023 compared to $84.5 in 2022. The $85.3 decrease in gain (loss) from operations in 2023 was offset by the $129.3 increase in realized capital gains (losses) net of federal income taxes and transfers to interest maintenance reserve and offset by $36.9 increase in federal income tax expense. Key drivers of our reported net income in 2023 and 2022 are discussed below.

6373

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenue

Premiums and annuity considerations

The following table sets forth the premiums and annuity considerations by division, net of reinsurance, excluding the initial amounts ceded at inception of new reinsurance agreements:


	For the Year Ended December 31,						Change
	2023		2022		2021		2023-2022		2022-2021
Premiums and annuity considerations excluding initial ceded premiums:
Benefits	$	718.2	$	712.5	$	710.0	$	5.7	$	2.5
Retirement	2,152.2		4,425.4		3,629.7		(2,273.2)		795.7
Individual Life	658.0		594.6		583.6		63.4		11.0
Subtotal	3,528.4		5,732.5		4,923.3		(2,204.1)		809.2
Initial ceded premiums for reinsurance (1)	—		(2,282.2)		(314.3)		2,282.2		(1,967.9)
Net premiums and annuity considerations	$	3,528.4	$	3,450.3	$	4,609.0	$	78.1	$	(1,158.7)
____________________

(1)Initial ceded premiums relate to the amount ceded at inception of new reinsurance agreements. Refer to "Reinsurance Transactions" for further discussion.

Net premiums and annuity considerations increased $78.1, comparing 2023 to 2022:

•Premiums from our Individual Life products increased $63.4 in 2023, primarily driven by strong IUL sales.

•Premiums from our Retirement products were $2,152.2 in 2023, increasing $9.0, compared to net premiums of $2,143.2 in 2022. This reflects ceded premiums of $4,697.1 and $3,144.6 in 2023 and 2022, respectively, which increased due to higher sales of business ceded under the Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction.

Net investment income

Net investment income increased $516.5, comparing 2023 to 2022. See "Investment Operations" for further details.

Reserve adjustment on reinsurance ceded, net

Reserve adjustment on reinsurance ceded relates to the Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction and Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction in our Retirement division and reflects amounts that were settled quarterly with the ~~reinsurer~~reinsurers. The increase of $1,333.9, comparing 2023 to 2022, was primarily due to impact of the Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction as the block of reinsured business grows.

Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded, net

Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded are related to reinsurance agreements in our Benefits, Retirement, and Individual Life divisions. These amounts primarily related to an expense allowance recorded as revenue in connection with the Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction and the Stop-Loss Reinsurance.

Other income

Other income decreased $28.5, comparing 2023 to 2022, primarily driven by decreases in IMR amortization and BOLI account fees, partially offset by higher separate account fees from RILA and BOLI activity in the higher interest rate environment.

Benefits, insurance expenses, and other deductions

Death, annuity and accident & health, and other benefits

Death, annuity and accident & health, and other benefits increased $127.2, comparing 2023 to 2022, primarily related to higher credited rates on deferred annuities and higher stop-loss claims associated with the larger block of business and higher claims experience, partially offset by a decrease in death benefits paid on BOLI and UL products.

Surrender and maturity benefits

Surrender and maturity benefits increased $1,776.2, comparing 2023 to 2022, primarily driven by higher surrenders of deferred annuities and FIA in the higher interest rate environment.

6474

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Increase in policy reserves

Increase in policy reserves increased $406.9, comparing 2023 to 2022, due to growth in our deferred annuity products.

Commissions and general insurance expenses

Commissions and general insurance expenses increased $180.5, comparing 2023 to 2022, primarily driven by increases in deferred annuity sales, IUL sales, and growth in our stop-loss business.

Net transfers to (from) separate accounts

Net transfers to separate accounts decreased $410.0, comparing 2023 to 2022, primarily driven by lower sales of our RILA products.

Federal income tax expense (benefit) excluding tax on capital gains (losses)

Federal income tax expense (benefit) increased $36.9, comparing 2023 to 2022. This was primarily driven by differences between statutory and tax reserves on deferred annuity contracts, partially offset by the decrease in pre-tax gain (loss) from operations.

Net realized capital gains (losses)

Net realized capital gains decreased $129.3, comparing 2023 to 2022, primarily driven by:

•Net realized capital gains from sales or maturities of index options decreased $105.7 due to the Company's change in accounting policy related to the recognition of realized capital gains (losses) on terminations or maturities of derivative assets under IAC 191-97, which are now reflected in net investment income. Additional impacts on net realized capital gains were driven by a $20.5 decrease from swaps designated for hedge accounting resulting from the volatile interest rates in 2023.

•Net realized capital gains increased $29.4, from realized gains and losses in separate accounts.

•Net realized capital gains (losses), net of tax, transferred to interest maintenance reserve (IMR) increased $22.4 primarily driven by higher net realized losses from sales of bonds to cover anticipated elevated annuity lapses and settlement of derivatives in the higher interest rate environment in 2023.

Investment Operations

Investment Practices

Our investment portfolio is designed to support the expected cash flows of our liabilities and produce stable returns over the long term. Our affiliate, Symetra Investment Management Company (SIM), manages our investment portfolio for a fee. Symetra Investment Management Real Estate Investors, an affiliate and subsidiary of SIM was established in 2022 with employees, including senior leadership, previously employed by SIM to continue to service our commercial mortgage loan portfolio.

The composition of our portfolio reflects our asset management philosophy of protecting principal and receiving appropriate reward for risk. Our investment portfolio primarily consists of high-quality bonds and commercial mortgage loans, as well as a smaller allocation of bank loans, below investment grade securities, equities and exchange-traded funds, and investments in limited partnerships (primarily tax credit investments and alternative investments, which include hedge funds), and derivatives. The investments supporting the reinsured block of policies from the Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction, other than commercial mortgage loans, are managed by the reinsurer. The invested assets managed by the reinsurer may reflect a different investment allocation than our main investment portfolio. The investments supporting the reinsured policies from the Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction are managed by SIM.

6575

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the carrying value of our general account investment portfolio:


	As of December 31, 2023				As of December 31, 2022
	Admitted Value		% of Total		Admitted Value		% of Total
Bonds (1)	$	31,983.6	72.7	%	$	30,964.0	75.8	%
Preferred stocks	106.4		0.2		93.1		0.2
Common stocks (2)	622.1		1.4		636.5		1.6
Mortgage loans	7,850.9		17.8		7,125.4		17.4
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments	2,258.9		5.1		958.6		2.3
Derivatives	272.8		0.6		219.7		0.5
Other invested assets	903.4		2.2		843.4		2.2
Total cash and invested assets	$	43,998.1	100.0	%	$	40,840.7	100.0	%
____________________

(1)Our bonds are carried at amortized cost with the exception of bonds in or near default, which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. The fair value of bonds was $30.7 billion and $28.6 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(2)As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our non-affiliated common stocks had a carrying value of $364.3 and $402.3, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our subsidiary common stocks had a carrying value of $257.8 and $234.2, respectively.

Net Investment Income

Return on invested assets is an important element of our financial results. The following tables set forth the income yield and net investment income, excluding realized gains (losses), for each major investment category:


	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2023				2022				2021
	Yield (1)		Amount		Yield (1)		Amount		Yield (1)		Amount
Investment Type:
Bonds (2)	4.64	%	$	1,434.1	3.73	%	$	1,145.3	3.47	%	$	1,022.5
Preferred and unaffiliated common stocks	5.07		25.7		4.57		19.7		5.39		16.2
Mortgage loans (2)	4.48		334.5		4.28		299.5		4.40		287.6
Other income (loss) (3)	4.51		112.1		0.58		7.0		(1.17)		(15.2)
Income before expenses and prepayments	4.61		1,906.4		3.74		1,471.5		3.48		1,311.1
Prepayment-related income (4)	0.03		11.2		0.16		64.3		0.35		130.1
Investment expenses	(0.24)		(98.3)		(0.18)		(69.2)		(0.16)		(61.0)
Net investment income before amortization of index options	4.40	%	$	1,819.3	3.73	%	$	1,466.6	3.67	%	$	1,380.2
Amortization of index options (5)	*		(62.1)		*		(225.9)		*		(211.9)
Net investment income	*		$	1,757.2	*		$	1,240.7	*		$	1,168.3
____________________

*Yield is not meaningful

(1)Yields are determined based on monthly averages calculated using beginning and end-of-period balances. Yields for bonds are based on amortized cost. Yields for all other asset types are based on carrying values.

(2)Excludes investment income related to prepayment activity.

(3)Other income (loss) primarily includes interest income on cash and cash equivalents and, income from short-term investments partially offset by losses from amortization of tax credit investments.

(4)Prepayment-related income includes make-whole payments and consent fees on early calls or tenders of bonds, prepayment speed adjustments on structured securities, and fees on mortgage loan payments received prior to the stated maturity or outside a rate resetting window. Prepayments of our bonds and commercial mortgage loans may result in the write-off of the premium or discount associated with the investment, which is recorded in net realized capital gains (losses).

(5)Represents amortization of the cost to obtain and the realized gains (losses) on terminations or maturities of index options supporting our FIA business.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to 2022

Net investment income increased by $516.5 compared to 2022, driven by higher average invested assets from our growing blocks of annuities and life business, higher yields on newly purchased fixed maturities in 2023, and the Company's change in recording realized capital gains (losses) on terminations or maturities of derivative assets under IAC 191-97 within net investment income,

6676

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

which was previously reflected in net realized capital gains (losses). These impacts were partially offset by lower prepayment-related income.

•Yields before expenses and prepayments increased to 4.61%, from 3.74% in 2022, due to impacts of the rapidly rising interest rate environment. The primary drivers were income on unhedged floating rate securities, higher interest on larger cash balances, and coupon rates on fixed maturity purchases in 2023 that were higher than overall portfolio yields.

•Average invested assets increased due to net cash inflows from increased deposits exceeding withdrawals in our products, especially annuity products.

•Investment prepayment fee income decreased from $64.3 to $11.2 in 2023 due to decreased issuer refinancing and restructuring in the rapidly rising interest rate environment.

Bonds

The table below sets forth the book/adjusted carrying value of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) Securities Valuation Office quality ratings for our bond portfolio, including short-term investments, at December 31, 2023 and 2022:


	As of December 31, 2023				As of December 31, 2022
	Amount		% of Total		Amount		% of Total
NAIC Rating:
NAIC – 1	$	18,955.1	57.8	%	$	17,405.0	55.5	%
NAIC – 2	12,616.0		38.5		12,832.0		40.9
NAIC – 3	763.5		2.3		802.8		2.6
NAIC – 4	401.5		1.2		201.6		0.7
NAIC – 5	58.7		0.2		95.4		0.3
NAIC – 6	0.7		—		0.4		—
Total	$	32,795.5	100.0	%	$	31,337.2	100.0	%

Based on the NAIC ratings as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, below-investment-grade bonds represented 3.8% and 3.5%, respectively, of our bond portfolio. Below-investment-grade bonds had an aggregate fair value of $1,173.9 and $994.4, and carrying values of $1,223.5 and $1,095.6 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our holdings are diversified across industries and security categories.

The majority of our bonds are invested in publicly traded or highly marketable securities. A modest allocation of our portfolio is invested in privately placed bonds to enhance yields. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, privately placed bonds represented 12.3% and 11.1%, respectively, of our total bond portfolio at book/adjusted carrying value.

We hold investments in high-quality foreign corporate securities, and continue to purchase investments as opportunities for favorable yields and diversification arise. The majority of these holdings are denominated in U.S. dollars. We utilize foreign currency swaps and forwards to hedge our exposure to those denominated in foreign currencies. Bonds with fair values of $911.8 and $533.9 were denominated in a foreign currency and reported in U.S. dollars based on period-end exchange rates as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The total fair value of our foreign holdings in bonds was $5,471.7 and $4,387.0 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Mortgage-backed and Other Asset-backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and other asset-backed securities (ABS), including collateralized loan obligations, accounted for 33.9% and 33.0% of our investments in bonds at carrying value as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Our MBS had fair values of $696.1 and $780.5 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 76.6% and 77.2%, respectively, of our MBS were non-agency securities. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 33.1% and 50.2%, respectively, of our MBS were non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities that were rated AAA.

Our ABS had fair values of $9,873.0 and $8,824.6 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 85.5% and 89.5%, respectively, of our ABS were investment grade.

We have an institutional spread program where we earn income primarily from the difference between investment income earned and interest paid on funding agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLB DM). The majority of investments in this program are MBS and ABS. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, MBS and ABS securities used in our institutional spread program had fair values of $200.1 and $399.4, respectively.

6777

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Mortgage Loans

Mortgage loans represented 17.8% and 17.4% of invested assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We primarily invest in loans of $1.0 to $5.0, which are generally secured by first-mortgage liens on income-producing commercial real estate. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 58.2% and 63.1%, respectively, of our mortgage loans had an outstanding principal under $5.0. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our average loan balance was $2.8 and $2.7, respectively.

All loans are underwritten consistently to our standards based on loan-to-value (LTV) ratios and debt service coverage ratios (DSCR). LTV ratios and DSCRs are based on income and detailed market, property, and borrower analyses using our experience in commercial mortgage lending. A large majority of our loans have personal guarantees, and all loans are evaluated annually. Our mortgage loan portfolio is diversified by geographic region, loan size, and scheduled maturity.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our mortgage loan portfolio's weighted-average LTV ratio was 44.9% and 45.9%, respectively, while our weighted-average DSCR was 2.15 and 2.09, respectively.

The following table presents information about mortgage loan originations. Generally, a lower LTV ratio and higher DSCR indicate a higher quality loan.


	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Weighted average LTV ratio of loans originated	46.1	%	46.6	%	46.8	%
Weighted average DSCR of loans originated	2.06		1.98		2.14

The following table sets forth our investments in mortgage loans by contractual maturity date:


	As of December 31, 2023
	Outstanding Principal		% of Total
Years to Maturity:
Due in one year or less	$	130.7	1.7	%
Due after one year through five years	1,091.9		14.0
Due after five years through ten years	1,804.0		23.0
Due after ten years	4,800.2		61.3
Total (1)	$	7,826.8	100.0	%
____________________

(1)Excludes other mortgage loans of $24.1 as of December 31, 2023.

The loan terms usually allow borrowers to prepay their mortgage loan prior to the stated maturity or outside specified rate resetting windows. Prepayments are driven by factors specific to the activities of our borrowers, as well as the interest rate environment. The majority of our mortgage loans contain yield maintenance and other provisions that we believe mitigate the impact of loan prepayments.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We actively manage our liquidity in light of changing market, economic, and business conditions, and we believe that our liquidity levels are more than adequate to cover our exposures, as evidenced in the discussion below. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources.

Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction

We have an Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction agreement in place reinsuring policies issued prior to October 1, 2017. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related reserves were $4.7 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively. We remain liable to our policyholders to the extent that the reinsurer does not meet its contractual obligations. In the event of the reinsurer's insolvency, we would reclaim the assets supporting the reserve liabilities. We have the ability to offset amounts due to the reinsurer with amounts owed from the reinsurer, as well as access to amounts held in trust, which materially reduces the risk of loss.

Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction

We have an Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction agreement in place with Symetra Bermuda Re, Ltd. (SBR), an affiliated Bermuda reinsurer wholly-owned by the Parent, reinsuring an 80% quota share of certain fixed indexed annuities and

6878

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

~~annuities and~~ fixed deferred annuities issued beginning January 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related reserves were $7.9 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively. We remain liable to our policyholders to the extent that the reinsurer does not meet its contractual obligations. In the event of the reinsurer's insolvency, we would reclaim the withheld assets supporting the reserve liabilities. We have the ability to offset amounts due to the reinsurer with amounts owed from the reinsurer.

Liquid Assets

Our investment strategies are intended to provide adequate funds to pay benefits, limiting forced sales of investments. We consider the characteristics of our product liabilities and aim to match them with investments of similar duration and liquidity profiles. We hold sufficient levels of highly liquid, high-quality assets to fund anticipated operating expenses, surrenders, and withdrawals.

We define liquid assets to include cash, cash equivalents, short term investments, and publicly traded and highly-marketable bonds and equity securities. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had liquid assets of $30.6 billion and $28.8 billion, respectively. The portion of our total liquid assets consisting of cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments was $2.3 billion and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Liquidity Requirements

Our liquidity requirements primarily relate to obligations associated with our insurance policies and investment contracts, operating expenses, the payment of dividends to our Parent, and the payment of income taxes. Obligations associated with our insurance policies and investment contracts include the payment of benefits, as well as cash payments made in connection with policy and contract surrenders, withdrawals, and commissions. Historically, we have used cash flows from operations and invested assets to fund our liquidity requirements.

In managing the liquidity of our insurance operations, we consider the risk of policyholder and contract holder withdrawals of funds occurring earlier than assumed when selecting assets to support these contractual obligations. We use surrender charges, market value adjustments (MVAs), and other contract provisions to mitigate the extent, timing, and profitability impact of such withdrawals. Certain policy lapses and surrenders occur in the normal course of business. Due to the higher interest rate environment, we have experienced an increase in policy lapses and surrenders.

Our appointed actuary oversees the preparation of cash flow projections of our assets and liabilities each year to satisfy state regulatory requirements. The purpose of this analysis is to determine whether the assets backing our reserves are adequate to meet our contractual obligations under a variety of moderately adverse scenarios. Projections of future statutory profits and losses are made using the New York seven interest rate scenarios, nine additional deterministic interest rate scenarios and 50 stochastic interest rate scenarios. In addition, sensitivity tests are performed on our reinvestment rate, lapse, mortality, and expense assumptions.

Our asset-liability management process takes into account the expected cash flows on investments and expected policyholder payments, as well as the specific nature and risk profile of the liabilities. Considering the size and liquidity profile of our investment portfolio, we believe that we have appropriately mitigated the risk of policyholder behavior varying from our projections. We also consider attributes of the various categories of liquid assets, for example, type of asset and credit quality, in evaluating the adequacy of our insurance operations’ liquidity under a variety of stress scenarios.

Other liquidity requirements include service agreements related to outsourced information technology infrastructures, lease obligations for office space and certain equipment, unfunded mortgage loans and limited partnership contributions, and financing fees related to reinsurance agreements. In addition, our operations involve significant expenditures that are not based upon contractual commitments, including expenditures for payroll and income taxes.

We believe that the liquidity profile of our assets is sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements.

Capital Resources

Our principal sources of capital are insurance premiums and annuity considerations, net investment income, and proceeds from the maturity and sale of investments. We received no capital contributions and $125.0 from our Parent in 2023 and 2022, respectively. The primary uses of these funds are investing activities, payments of policyholder benefits, commissions and operating expenses, and contract maturities, withdrawals, and surrenders.

The payment of dividends and other distributions to our Parent is subject to insurance laws and regulations. In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits are deemed "extraordinary" and require regulatory approval. During 2023, we declared and paid $207.0 in total cash dividends to our Parent.

69The NAIC establishes risk-based capital (RBC) standards for life insurance companies. If an insurer's RBC falls below specified levels, the insurer will be subject to different degrees of regulatory action depending upon the level of deficiency. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our RBC ratio was well above regulatory action levels.

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The NAIC establishes risk-based capital (RBC) standards for life insurance companies. If an insurer's RBC falls below specified levels, the insurer will be subject to different degrees of regulatory action depending upon the level of deficiency. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our RBC ratio was well above regulatory action levels.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:


	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	2,132.1	$	1,777.9	$	1,151.8
Net cash used in investing activities	(1,847.0)		(2,447.8)		(1,407.6)
Net cash provided by financing activities	1,015.2		564.0		294.7

For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 compared with 2022.

Operating Activities

•Net cash provided by operating activities increased $354.2, primarily related to higher premiums and investment income from growth in our business and higher interest rates. These impacts were partially offset by higher withdrawals, driven by higher interest rates, and higher claims as a result of growth in our business and claims experience on stop-loss.

Investing Activities

•Net cash used in investing activities decreased $600.8, primarily driven by increased proceeds from investments sold, matured, or repaid of $2,469.1, partially offset by increased cash outflows from investments acquired of $1,840.9.

Financing Activities

•Net cash provided by financing activities increased $451.2, primarily due to increased inflows from a significant increase in sales of deferred annuities in December 2023 and an increase in cash liquidity for derivative collateral. These impacts were partially offset by net withdrawals on deposit-type contracts. Additionally, there were no capital contributions from our Parent in 2023, compared to a $125.0 contribution in 2022.



QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In accordance with NAIC SAP, the significant majority of our assets and liabilities are carried at amortized cost and not at fair value. As a result, the elements of market risk discussed below do not generally have a significant direct impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Market Risk Exposures and Risk Management

Market risk is the risk we will incur losses due to fluctuations in the fair value of certain assets and liabilities as a result of adverse changes in market rates and prices. Market risk is directly influenced by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying financial instruments are traded. We have exposure to several market risks, including interest rate risk, equity risk, credit risk, and foreign currency risk.

We enter into market-sensitive instruments primarily to support our insurance liabilities. We manage our portfolio to balance quality, diversification, asset-liability matching, and investment return. Additionally, we have entered into a reinsurance agreement to mitigate risks associated with our income annuity policies, including our entire structured settlement portfolio.

We also use derivative instruments to modify the market risk characteristics of existing assets or liabilities or assets expected to be purchased. As a matter of policy, we have not engaged, and do not intend to engage, in derivative market-making or speculative derivatives activities. For further discussion about our derivatives, see Note 5 to the 2023 audited statutory-basis financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates to the market price and/or cash flow variability of our assets and liabilities associated with changes in market interest rates. We have certain products, including annuities and universal life insurance, that are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. We are also exposed to reinvestment risk for long-term liabilities on contracts with interest rate guarantees, such as certain universal life products with secondary guarantees. Many of our products have minimum guaranteed crediting rates that we are obligated to provide to our contract holders and our universal life products may be subject to investments of future policyholder premiums for many years. We manage our exposure to interest rate risk through asset allocation limits, asset/liability duration, and cash flow matching.

7080

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We experienced rapidly rising interest rates during 2022 and persistently high rates during 2023, and as a result, the fair value of bonds ~~has~~ generally declined and certain interest-sensitive lines of business have been exposed to lapses as policyholders seek higher returns. The interest rate environment since has remained volatile. In periods of low interest rates such as what we experienced prior to 2022, we are exposed to risk of prepayment activity in our investment portfolio. This can result in reinvestment of proceeds at lower yields, which can impact our asset/liability management strategies.

We make use of derivatives to hedge against exposure to changes in interest rates. We use interest rate swaps and collars primarily to convert floating rate securities into fixed rate securities in order to reduce our exposure to decreases in yield on these securities and to better match our liabilities, as well as for general duration management purposes. We may also use interest rate swaptions from time to time to mitigate the exposure to decreases in yield associated with fixed-rate securities intended to be purchased in support of our product offerings.

Sensitivity Analysis

One means of assessing exposure of our fixed maturities portfolio to interest rate changes is a duration-based analysis that measures the potential changes in fair value resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates of 100 basis points across all maturities. This is sometimes referred to as a parallel shift in the yield curve. We use a fixed-income analytics tool to model and calculate the duration and convexity of our asset portfolio. Under this model, with all other factors constant and assuming no offsetting change in the fair value of our liabilities, we estimated that such an increase in interest rates would cause the fair value of our total fixed maturities portfolio to decline by approximately $1.1 billion, based on our securities positions as of both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Equity Risk

We are exposed to equity price risk primarily on our FIA, RILA, and IUL products. These products expose us to equity price risk if the performance of the underlying index or separate account investments experience downturns, upturns, or volatility for an extended period of time. We attempt to mitigate the risk in the index-based component of these products primarily through transactions in options and futures based on the appropriate index, and by setting cap rates, margins, and other resettable product features at each index interest term period.

Credit Risk

Our portfolio of invested assets primarily consists of corporate bonds, structured securities, and mortgage loans on real estate that are underwritten and managed by our affiliate. Our affiliate manages the risk of adverse default experience on these investments by applying disciplined credit evaluation, prudently limiting allocations to lower-quality, higher-yielding investments and diversifying exposures by issuer, industry, region, and property type. For mortgage loans, our affiliate also manages credit risk by applying disciplined underwriting standards, analyzing the market value and revenue generating potential of the property for all new loans, assessing the credit worthiness of the borrower, and inspecting the underlying property. We also monitor and limit our aggregate exposure to each counterparty, including affiliates, and industry.

For further discussion of our investment portfolio holdings, see – "Investment Operations" of Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Note 3 to the 2023 audited statutory-basis financial statements.

In conjunction with our use of derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty risk, or the risk that the counterparty will fail to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. We manage this risk by:

•entering into agreements with counterparties that are considered acceptable based on our derivatives use plan;

•diversifying our risk across numerous approved counterparties;

•implementing credit support annex (collateral) agreements (CSAs), which dictate bilateral posting and netting of exposures, with all of our over-the-counter derivative counterparties; and

•daily monitoring of counterparty exposures and associated collateral levels.

Our agreements with derivative counterparties typically require collateral to be posted when a net derivative position between us and a particular counterparty reaches a certain contractual level. As a result, we may be required to post collateral due to adverse fluctuations in the fair value of our derivatives and that may result in us holding more cash or high-quality securities, for example, U.S. Treasuries, to ensure we have sufficient collateral available. For further discussion on derivatives and counterparties, see Note 5 to the 2023 audited statutory-basis financial statements.

We are also exposed to credit risk related to our reinsurers. When we reinsure business, we are still liable to our policyholders regardless of whether we receive reimbursement from the reinsurer. To manage this risk, we monitor our exposure to each reinsurer as described in Note 7 to the 2023 audited statutory-basis financial statements.

7181

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk we will incur economic losses due to adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The principal currencies that create foreign currency exchange rate risk in our investment portfolio are the Euro, the British pound, the Canadian dollar, the Australian dollar, and the Japanese yen.

We use cross currency swaps to reduce risks from changes in currency exchange rates with respect to investments in foreign-denominated fixed maturities. These swaps are used as cash flow hedges, and changes in the fair value of the swaps may not exactly offset changes in fair value of the related fixed maturity security. We also may use foreign currency forwards to hedge exposure related to purchases of foreign-denominated fixed maturities.

7282


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – STATUTORY BASIS

Contents
Independent Auditors' Report			7484
Financial Statements
Balance Sheets – Statutory Basis			7686
Statements of Operations – Statutory Basis			7787
Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus – Statutory Basis			7888
Statements of Cash Flow – Statutory Basis			7989
Notes to Financial Statements – Statutory Basis			8090

7383

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors and Stockholder

Symetra Life Insurance Company:

Opinions

We have audited the financial statements of Symetra Life Insurance Company (the Company), which comprise the balance sheets - statutory basis as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related statements of operations - statutory basis, changes in capital and surplus - statutory basis, and cash flow - statutory basis for each of the years in the three years ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes to the financial statements - statutory basis.

Unmodified Opinion on Statutory Basis of Accounting

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities, and surplus of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flow for each of the years in the three years ended December 31, 2023 in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, Department of Insurance and Financial Services described in Note 2.

Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In our opinion, because of the significance of the matter discussed in the Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles section of our report, the financial statements do not present fairly, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for each of the years in the three years ended December 31, 2023.

Basis for Opinions

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audits. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, the financial statements are prepared by the Company using accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, Department of Insurance and Financial Services, which is a basis of accounting other than U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the financial statements are not intended to be presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The effects on the financial statements of the variances between the statutory accounting practices and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles are also described in Note 2.

Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, Department of Insurance and Financial Services. Management is also responsible for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

7484

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.

In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS, we:

•Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

•Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.

•Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed.

•Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the financial statements.

•Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control related matters that we identified during the audit.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 26, 2024

7585

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS – STATUTORY BASIS

(In millions, except share and per share data)


	As of December 31,
	2023		2022
ADMITTED ASSETS
Bonds	$	31,983.6	$	30,964.0
Preferred stocks	106.4		93.1
Common stocks	622.1		636.5
Mortgage loans	7,850.9		7,125.4
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments	2,258.9		958.6
Derivatives	272.8		219.7
Other invested assets	903.4		843.4
Total cash and invested assets	43,998.1		40,840.7
Accrued investment income	355.6		313.0
Deferred and uncollected premiums (net of loading of $0.3 and $(6.0))	(1,181.0)		(1,063.4)
Deferred tax assets, net	152.9		142.6
Current federal income taxes recoverable	19.6		8.1
Other receivables	1,409.9		1,363.2
Separate account assets	8,130.3		7,524.2
Total admitted assets	$	52,885.4	$	49,128.4
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
Life and annuity reserves	$	34,002.7	$	32,013.9
Accident and health reserves	269.1		241.0
Policy and contract claims	135.7		137.8
Liability for deposit-type contracts	4,255.8		4,250.0
Unearned premiums and annuity considerations	4.2		4.8
Total policy and contract liabilities	38,667.5		36,647.5
Cash collateral held	570.0		200.1

Asset valuation reserve	591.6		362.6
Interest maintenance reserve	113.3		236.2
Funds held under coinsurance agreements	1,349.2		1,241.3
Other liabilities	1,438.7		678.6
Separate account liabilities	7,886.1		7,268.5
Total liabilities	50,616.4		46,634.8
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Capital and surplus (deficit)
Common stock, $250 par value, 20,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding	5.0		5.0
Gross paid-in and contributed surplus	1,089.0		1,089.0
Unassigned funds	1,175.0		1,399.6
Total capital and surplus	2,269.0		2,493.6
Total liabilities and capital and surplus	$	52,885.4	$	49,128.4

See accompanying notes.

7686

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS – STATUTORY BASIS

(In millions)


	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Premiums and other revenues:
Premiums and annuity considerations	$	3,528.4	$	3,450.3	$	4,609.0
Net investment income	1,757.2		1,240.7		1,168.3
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve	21.6		44.9		50.9
Separate account fees and other	131.6		150.7		136.0
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded, net	438.2		342.7		70.1
Reserve adjustment on reinsurance ceded	4,458.6		3,124.7		(119.6)
Other income	40.0		26.1		25.1
Total premiums and other revenues	10,375.6		8,380.1		5,939.8
Benefits:
Death benefits	326.2		364.2		337.8
Annuity benefits	337.1		330.7		336.7
Surrender and maturity benefits	5,785.0		4,008.8		3,151.8
Accident and health and other benefits	546.4		387.6		330.4
Increase in policy reserves	2,010.4		1,603.5		1,094.5
Total benefits	9,005.1		6,694.8		5,251.2
Insurance expenses and other deductions:
Commissions	510.5		385.6		341.9
General insurance expenses	637.0		581.4		512.8
Net transfers to (from) separate accounts	137.2		547.2		286.4
Total insurance expenses and other deductions	1,284.7		1,514.2		1,141.1
Gain (loss) from operations before federal income taxes and net realized capital gains (losses)	85.8		171.1		(452.5)
Federal income tax expense (benefit)	96.7		59.8		(133.5)
Gain (loss) from operations before net realized capital gains (losses)	(10.9)		111.3		(319.0)
Net realized capital gains (losses) (net of federal income taxes and transfer to interest maintenance reserve)	102.5		(26.8)		455.8
Net income (loss)	$	91.6	$	84.5	$	136.8

See accompanying notes.

7787

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL AND SURPLUS – STATUTORY BASIS

(In millions)


	Common Stock		Gross Paid-In and Contributed Surplus		Unassigned Funds		Total Capital and Surplus
Balances as of January 1, 2021	$	5.0	$	964.0	$	1,331.0	$	2,300.0
Net income (loss)	—		—		136.8		136.8
Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses), including foreign exchange	—		—		(5.8)		(5.8)
Change in net deferred income taxes	—		—		(14.4)		(14.4)
Change in nonadmitted assets	—		—		1.9		1.9

Change in reserve on account of change in valuation basis	—		—		(26.1)		(26.1)
Change in asset valuation reserve	—		—		(60.7)		(60.7)


Change in surplus in separate accounts	—		—		(0.1)		(0.1)











Balances as of December 31, 2021	5.0		964.0		1,362.6		2,331.6
Correction of prior period errors	—		—		8.5		8.5
Balances as of January 1, 2022	5.0		964.0		1,371.1		2,340.1
Net income (loss)	—		—		84.5		84.5
Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses), including foreign exchange	—		—		(92.8)		(92.8)
Change in net deferred income taxes	—		—		88.1		88.1
Change in nonadmitted assets	—		—		(74.3)		(74.3)
Change in liability for unauthorized reinsurance	—		—		(70.8)		(70.8)
Change in reserve on account of change in valuation basis	—		—		12.0		12.0
Change in asset valuation reserve	—		—		84.5		84.5


Change in surplus in separate accounts	—		—		(2.7)		(2.7)






Capital contribution from Parent	—		125.0		—		125.0




Balances as of December 31, 2022	5.0		1,089.0		1,399.6		2,493.6
Correction of prior period errors	—		—		2.8		2.8
Balances as of January 1, 2023	5.0		1,089.0		1,402.4		2,496.4
Net income (loss)	—		—		91.6		91.6
Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses), including foreign exchange	—		—		51.6		51.6
Change in net deferred income taxes	—		—		61.3		61.3
Change in nonadmitted assets	—		—		(59.7)		(59.7)
Change in liability for unauthorized reinsurance	—		—		70.8		70.8
Change in reserve on account of change in valuation basis	—		—		(9.1)		(9.1)
Change in asset valuation reserve	—		—		(228.9)		(228.9)


Change in surplus in separate accounts	—		—		2.0		2.0









Dividends to Parent	—		—		(207.0)		(207.0)

Balances as of December 31, 2023	$	5.0	$	1,089.0	$	1,175.0	$	2,269.0

See accompanying notes.

7888

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW – STATUTORY BASIS

(In millions)


	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Cash flows from operating activities
Premiums and annuity considerations collected	$	3,666.5	$	4,345.6	$	4,989.2
Net investment income received	1,805.0		1,460.6		1,474.9
Commissions and expense allowance on reinsurance ceded	427.3		267.6		54.7
Other income	223.8		250.2		178.0
Net transfers (to) from separate accounts	(152.8)		(574.5)		(336.7)
Benefits and loss-related payments	(2,586.9)		(1,992.0)		(4,332.0)
Commissions, other expenses, and taxes paid	(1,162.3)		(1,923.9)		(860.8)
Federal income taxes received (paid)	(88.5)		(55.7)		(15.5)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	2,132.1		1,777.9		1,151.8
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from investments sold, matured, or repaid:
Bonds	7,880.7		5,582.1		7,001.8
Mortgage loans	548.7		831.4		669.3
Other invested assets	760.3		307.1		652.6
Cost of investments acquired:
Bonds	(9,030.4)		(7,202.0)		(8,061.7)
Mortgage loans	(1,274.2)		(1,147.7)		(1,038.4)
Other invested assets	(697.6)		(813.1)		(620.9)
Other, net	(34.5)		(5.6)		(10.3)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(1,847.0)		(2,447.8)		(1,407.6)
Cash flows from financing activities
Capital contribution from Parent	—		125.0		—
Net deposits (withdrawals) on deposit-type contracts and other insurance liabilities	(1.3)		556.7		237.8
Net receipts from (transfers to) Parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates	(1.7)		(17.6)		(5.4)
Dividends to Parent	(207.0)		—		—
Other, net	1,225.2		(100.1)		62.3
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	1,015.2		564.0		294.7
Net increase (decrease) in cash	1,300.3		(105.9)		38.9
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, beginning of year	958.6		1,064.5		1,025.6
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, end of year	$	2,258.9	$	958.6	$	1,064.5

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Non-cash transactions during the year:
Bonds and stock exchanges	$	90.8	$	116.1	$	162.3
Amortization of option costs under Iowa Administrative Code 191-97	62.1		225.9		211.9
Fair value adjustments	34.1		—		—
Investment expense on funds withheld	25.2		24.5		22.8
Mortgage loans – refinances	23.2		53.8		84.1
Initial premium ceded on reinsurance transactions	—		—		314.3
Initial funds withheld balance	—		—		314.3

See accompanying notes.

7989

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – STATUTORY BASIS

(All dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise stated)

1. Description of Business

Symetra Life Insurance Company (the Company) is a stock life insurance company domiciled in the state of Iowa, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Symetra Financial Corporation (the Parent), a Delaware Corporation. The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: Symetra National Life Insurance Company, First Symetra National Life Insurance Company of New York, and Symetra Reinsurance Corporation. The Company's parent is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life Insurance Company, a mutual company (sougo kaisha) organized under the laws of Japan.

Retirement

Benefits

Individual Life

Fixed deferred annuities

Medical stop-loss insurance

Term life insurance

Fixed indexed annuities (FIA)

Group life insurance

Universal life (UL) insurance

Registered index-linked annuities (RILA)

Disability income (DI) insurance

Indexed universal life (IUL) insurance

Single premium immediate annuities (SPIA)

Short-term disability (STD)

Variable universal life (VUL) insurance

Long-term disability (LTD)

Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI)

Absence management

Group voluntary benefits

The Company also services a block of in-force income annuities that has been fully reinsured since 2018 and includes all of the Company's structured settlement annuities. Refer to Note 7 for further discussion.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, Department of Insurance and Financial Services (the Department). Companies domiciled in the state of Iowa prepare their statutory-basis financial statements in accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ (NAIC) Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, subject to any deviations prescribed or permitted by the Department.

Under Iowa Bulletin 07-06, the Department allows insurance companies with approval from the commissioner to use other than market value for assets held in a separate account where general account guarantees are present. The Company, with explicit permission from the Department, is permitted to account for the separate account assets related to its BOLI and RILA business at other than market value. The assets of the BOLI and RILA separate accounts primarily include bonds and commercial mortgage loans that are accounted for in accordance with the guidance otherwise applicable to these assets. Therefore, there is no impact to net income or surplus.

Under Iowa Bulletin 06-01, the Department allows insurance companies to record the change in the fair value of derivative instruments used to economically hedge indexed products in income, consistent with how the change in indexed product reserves is recorded. The Company uses this election for its IUL and RILA products. This election has no net impact on surplus.

Under Iowa Administrative Code (IAC) 191-97, the Department allows companies to account for eligible derivative assets using the amortized cost method if the company can demonstrate that they meet the criteria for an economic hedge. Furthermore, IAC 191-97 also prescribes the use of a reserve calculation methodology for indexed annuity products that only reflects credited interest on reserves at the conclusion of the index term based on actual index performance. The Company uses this election for its FIA products.

The Company has received explicit permission from the Department to record the change in fair value of equity and equity-type investments held in segregated portfolios related to investments supporting two reinsurance transactions through the statements of operations instead of surplus. The segregated portfolios include investments supporting a block of structured settlement annuities in connection with the Income Annuities Inforce Reinsurance Transaction in 2018 and another related to investments supporting a block of FIA and fixed deferred annuities in connection with the Deferred Annuity New Business Reinsurance Transaction in 2022. The change in the fair value of these assets is settled with the reinsurers quarterly in accordance with the reinsurance agreements.

80The state of Iowa has adopted a prescribed accounting practice that differs from that found in the NAIC statutory accounting principles (SAP) related to the admission of a variable funding note as capital and surplus. Symetra Reinsurance Corporation

SYMETRA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – STATUTORY BASIS

(All dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise stated)

~~The state of Iowa has adopted a prescribed accounting practice that differs from that found in the NAIC statutory accounting principles~~ (~~SAP) related to the admission of a variable funding note as capital and surplus. Symetra Reinsurance Corporation (~~SRC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is entitled to admit as an asset, the value of a variable funding note associated with a reinsurance agreement with the Company. There was no impact to net income. If SRC had not used this prescribed practice, the result would not have triggered a regulatory event at the Company. SRC's statutory surplus under the prescribed practice from the state of Iowa was $41.9 and $42.0 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. SRC's statutory deficit would have been $33.0 and $30.5 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 under the SAP.

The impact of the practices described above are summarized as follows:


	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Net income (loss) – Iowa basis	$	91.6	$	84.5	$	136.8
State prescribed practices:
Iowa Bulletin 06-01	(36.6)		50.7		(9.8)
IAC 191-97 – options	13.2		3.5		(9.0)
IAC 191-97 – reserves	(250.5)		146.4		(5.7)
State permitted practices:
Equity-type investments	(34.3)		59.0		(52.7)
Net income (loss) – NAIC basis	$	(216.6)	$	344.1	$	59.6


	As of December 31,
	2023		2022
Statutory surplus – Iowa basis	$	2,269.0	$	2,493.6
State prescribed practices:
Variable funding note	(74.9)		(72.6)
IAC 191-97 – options	(2.2)		(2.0)
IAC 191-97 – reserves	(290.8)		(40.3)
Statutory surplus – NAIC basis	$	1,901.1	$	2,378.7

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with SAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates include those used to determine the following: policy and contract liabilities; the identification and measurement of other-than-temporary impairments (OTTI) of investments; and the admissibility of deferred tax assets (DTAs). The recorded amounts reflect management’s best estimates, though actual results could differ from those estimates. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes available, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein.

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current period presentation.

Statutory accounting practices are different in some respects from financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Below is a description of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including the significant variances from GAAP. In 2016, the Company's Parent became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sumitomo Life Insurance Company, an event which is referred to as the Merger. The Merger was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting (purchase accounting, or PGAAP). In addition to the differences described, the Company's GAAP-basis financial results are also affected by the application of PGAAP, which results in further differences between GAAP and Statutory-basis accounting.

Filing Compare · Symetra Life Insurance Co